Undergraduate Academic Board Agenda...March 30, 2012 Undergraduate Academic Board Page 2 Agenda Chg CHEM A311 Physical Chemistry: A Biological Orientation (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 105-110)

Undergraduate Academic Board Agenda

March 30, 2012 2:00-5:00 ADM 204

I. Roll ( ) Hilary Davies (CAS) ( ) Joan O’Leary (Mat-Su) ( ) Barbara Harville (FS Rep.) ( ) USUAA vacancy ( ) Mari Ippolito (CAS) ( ) Hilary Seitz (COE) ( ) Francisco Miranda (FS Rep.) ( ) Adjunct vacancy ( ) David Edgecombe (CAS) ( ) Cheryl Smith (CTC) ( ) Vacancy (FS at Large) Ex-Officio Members: ( ) Paola Banchero (CAS) ( ) Kevin Keating (LIB) ( ) Vacancy (FS At Large) ( ) Bart Quimby ( ) Helena Jermalovic (COH) ( ) Utpal Dutta (SOE) ( ) Vacancy (COH) ( ) Lora Volden ( ) Marion Yapuncich (KPC) ( ) Bettina Kipp (SA) ( ) Kathrynn Hollis Buchanan (Kodiak) ( ) Scheduling & Publications ( ) Dave Fitzgerald (CBPP) II. Approval of the Agenda (pg. 1-3) III. Approval of Meeting Summary (pg. 4-6) IV. Administrative Report

A. Interim Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment Bart Quimby

B. University Registrar Lora Volden

V. Chair’s Report A. UAB Chair- Hilary Davies

a. Kodiak College Add/Drop Deadline (pg. 7)

B. GERC- Sandra Pence a. GERC Constitution and By-laws (pg. 8-9)

VI. Program/Course Action Request- Second Readings

Add Undergraduate Certificate, Retail Management (pg. 10-16) Chg CHEM A055 Contemporary Chemistry (3 cr)(0+3)(pg. 17-22)

Del CHEM A055L Contemporary Chemistry Laboratory (1 cr)(0+3)(pg. 23-26) Chg CHEM A103 Survey of Chemistry (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 27-35) Chg CHEM A103L Survey of Chemistry Laboratory (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 36-44) Chg CHEM A104 Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 45-52) Chg CHEM A104L Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry Laboratory (1 cr)(0+3)(pg. 53-60) Chg CHEM A105 General Chemistry I (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 61-71) Chg CHEM A105L General Chemistry I Laboratory (1 cr)(0+3)(pg. 72-81) Chg CHEM A106 General Chemistry II (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 82-90) Chg CHEM A106L General Chemistry II Laboratory (1 cr)(0+3)(pg. 91-99) Chg CHEM A253 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 100-104)

1

March 30, 2012 Undergraduate Academic Board Page 2 Agenda

Chg CHEM A311 Physical Chemistry: A Biological Orientation (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 105-110) Chg CHEM A312 Quantitative Analysis (5 cr)(3+6)(pg. 111-116) Chg CHEM A321 Organic Chemistry I (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 117-123) Chg CHEM A322 Organic Chemistry II (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 124-129) Chg CHEM A323L Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2 cr)(0+6)(pg. 130-136) Chg CHEM A331 Physical Chemistry I (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 137-141) Chg CHEM A332 Physical Chemistry II (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 142-146) Chg CHEM A333L Physical Chemistry III (2 cr)(0+6)(pg. 147-152) Chg CHEM A434 Instrumental Methods (Stacked with CHEM A634)(5 cr)(3+6)(pg. 153-164) Chg CHEM A443 Biochemistry Laboratory (2 cr)(0+6)(pg. 165-169) Chg CHEM A450 Environmental Chemistry (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 170-176) Chg CHEM A492 Undergraduate Seminar (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 177-181) Chg CHEM A498 Individual Research (3 cr)(0+9)(pg. 182-186) VII. Program/Course Action Request- First Readings Chg CHEM A441 Principles of Biochemistry I (Stacked with CHEM A641)

(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 187-198)

Add Associate of Applied Science, Paralegal Studies/LEGL (pg. 199-207)

Add Minor, Legal Studies/LEGL (pg. 208-209)

Add Undergraduate Certificate, Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal/LNC (pg. 210-211)

Add Post-Baccalaureate Certificate, Paralegal Studies/LEGL (pg. 212-213) Add Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies/LEGL (pg. 207-237) Add CE A437 Project Planning (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 238-240) Add CE A475 Design of Ports and Harbors (Stacked with CE A675)(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 241-245) Add EEA261 MATLAB for Electrical Engineers(1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 246-248) Chg Minor, Civil Engineering (pg. 249-250) Chg Bachelor of Science, Civil Engineering (pg. 251-264) Chg ATP A100 Private Pilot Ground School (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 265-273) Add ATP A225 Tailwheel Airplane Transition (1 cr)(1+1)(pg. 274-277)

2

March 30, 2012 Undergraduate Academic Board Page 3 Agenda

Chg ATP A232 Advanced Aviation Navigation (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 278-282) Chg ATP A300 CFI Ground School (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 283-287) Chg ATP A301 CFI Flying (2 cr)(1+2)(pg. 288-292) Chg ATP A305 Airplane Multiengine Land Rating (2 cr)(1+2)(pg. 293-297) Add ATP A320 Flight Dynamics (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 298-303) Chg Associate of Applied Science in Professional Piloting (pg. 304-311) Chg Bachelor of Science in Aviation Technology (pg. 312-322) Add ENGL A433 Literacy, Thetoric, and Social Practice (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 323-330) Chg Bachelor of Arts, English (pg. 331-346) Chg Bachelor of Science, Biological Sciences (pg. 347) Chg Bachelor of Arts, Biological Sciences (pg. 348-366) Chg Bachelor of Science, Natural Sciences (pg. 367-392) Chg Bachelor of Arts, History (Student Learning Outcomes) (pg. 393-394)

VIII. Old Business

A. Posthumous Degrees (pg. 395-397)

IX. New Business A. Proposed Modification of Catalog Language Regarding Course Repeats (pg. 398-400)

X. Informational Items and Adjournment

A. GER Assessment Plan (pg. 401-402)

3

Undergraduate Academic Board Summary

March 23, 2012 2:00-5:00 ADM 204

I. Roll (x) Hilary Davies (CAS) (x) Joan O’Leary (Mat-Su) (x) Barbara Harville(FS Rep.) ( ) USUAA vacancy ( ) Mari Ippolito (CAS) (x) Hilary Seitz (COE) (x) Francisco Miranda (FS Rep.) ( ) Adjunct vacancy (x) David Edgecombe (CAS) ( ) Cheryl Smith (CTC) ( ) Vacancy (FS at Large) Ex-Officio Members: ( ) Paola Banchero (CAS) (e) Kevin Keating (LIB) ( ) Vacancy (FS At Large) (x) Bart Quimby ( ) Helena Jermalovic (COH) (x) Utpal Dutta (SOE) ( ) Vacancy (COH) (x) Lora Volden (x) Marion Yapuncich (KPC) (x) Bettina Kipp (SA) (x) Kathrynn Hollis Buchanan (Kodiak) (x) Scheduling & Publications (x) Dave Fitzgerald (CBPP) II. Approval of the Agenda (pg. 1-3) Move Business and Education to the top of first readings Approved as amended III. Approval of Meeting Summary (pg. 4-5) Approved IV. Administrative Report

A. Interim Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment Bart Quimby Computer Science is moving from CAS to Engineering and so are their degrees – request that the board allow the move of the location of the CS material without changing any content Met with Utah Valley University to discuss their General Education process

B. University Registrar Lora Volden Received clarification from statewide on the amount of credits needed for a second masters degree – BOR policy states that a master degree, regardless if it is a second one, requires a total of 30 credits However, if it is a second Master’s degree, 9 credits can be transferred (at the discretion of the department) from the first Master’s degree Everywhere in the catalog it should say that a Master’s degree is 30 credits UAS has a request from faculty to have a process where an email would be sent to faculty when a student withdraws from their course – UAB does not agree

V. Chair’s Report A. UAB Chair- Hilary Davies

B. GERC- Sandra Pence

Working on a process for GER assessment Changing the GERC membership in the Faculty Senate by-laws

VI. Program/Course Action Request- Second Readings Add AKNS A101E Elementary Alutiiq Language I (4 cr)(4+0)(pg. 6-9) Add AKNS A102E Elementary Alutiiq Language II (4 cr)(4+0)(pg. 10-14) Unanimously Approved Add AKNS A109D Alutiiq Orthography (4 cr)(4+0)(pg. 15-18) Unanimously Approved Add Undergraduate Certificate, Retail Management (pg. 19-25) Accepted for second reading, will return for a third reading

4

March 23, 2012 Undergraduate Academic Board Page 2 Summary

VII. Program/Course Action Request- First Readings Chg CHEM A055 Contemporary Chemistry (3 cr)(0+3)(pg. 26-31) Del CHEM A055L Contemporary Chemistry Laboratory (1 cr)(0+3)(pg. 32-34) Chg CHEM A103 Survey of Chemistry (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 35-41) Chg CHEM A103L Survey of Chemistry Laboratory (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 42-48) Chg CHEM A104 Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 49-54) Chg CHEM A104L Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry Laboratory (1 cr)(0+3)(pg. 55-61) Chg CHEM A105 General Chemistry I (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 62-68) Chg CHEM A105L General Chemistry I Laboratory (1 cr)(0+3)(pg. 69-75) Chg CHEM A106 General Chemistry II (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 76-81) Chg CHEM A106L General Chemistry II Laboratory (1 cr)(0+3)(pg. 82-88) Chg CHEM A253 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 89-93) Chg CHEM A311 Physical Chemistry: A Biological Orientation (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 94-99) Chg CHEM A312 Quantitative Analysis (5 cr)(3+6)(pg. 100-105) Chg CHEM A321 Organic Chemistry I (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 106-110) Chg CHEM A322 Organic Chemistry II (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 111-115) Chg CHEM A323L Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2 cr)(0+6)(pg. 116-122) Chg CHEM A331 Physical Chemistry I (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 123-127) Chg CHEM A332 Physical Chemistry II (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 128-132) Chg CHEM A333L Physical Chemistry III (2 cr)(0+6)(pg. 133-138) Chg CHEM A434 Instrumental Methods (Stacked with CHEM A634)(5 cr)(3+6)(pg. 139-150) Chg CHEM A443 Biochemistry Laboratory (2 cr)(0+6)(pg. 151-155) Chg CHEM A450 Environmental Chemistry (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 156-161) Chg CHEM A492 Undergraduate Seminar (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 162-166) Chg CHEM A498 Individual Research (3 cr)(0+9)(pg. 167-171) All CHEM courses accepted for first reading Chg JUST A315 Development of Law (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 172-178) Chg JUST A340 Family Law (cross listed with LEGL A340)(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 179-183) Chg LEGL A340 Family Law (cross listed with JUST A340)(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 184-190) Chg JUST A352 Criminal Law and Procedure (Cross listed with LEGL A352)

(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 191-198) Chg LEGL A352 Criminal Law and Procedure (Cross listed with JUST A352)

(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 199-206) Add JUST A485 Tribal Courts and Alaska Native Rights (Cross Listed with LEGL A485)

(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 207-212) Add LEGL A485 Tribal Courts and Alaska Native Rights (Cross Listed with JUST A485)

(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 213-218) Chg LEGL A101 Introduction to Law (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 219-225)

Chg LEGL A215 Legal Ethics and the Role of the Legal Professional (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 226-231) Chg LEGL A356 Legal Research, Analysis, and Writing (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 232-237) Chg LEGL A362 Contracts, Debt, and Principles of Ownership (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 238-243) Chg LEGL A367 Civil Procedure and Pretrial Practice (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 244-249) Chg LEGL A377 Evidence, Investigation, and Discovery (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 250-255) Chg LEGL A380 Torts, Workers’ Compensation, and Insurance Law(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 256-262) Add LEGL A385 Health Care Law and Regulatory Compliance (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 263-269) Chg LEGL A487 Trial and Advanced Litigation Processes (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 270-276) Add LEGL A489 Legal Studies Senior Seminar (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 277-282) Add LEGL A495 Legal Studies Internship (3-6 cr)(0+5+30)(pg. 283-286)

All JUST and LEGL courses waive first, approve for second The Box 13a. spreadsheets will be submitted for UAB Chair review Add LNC A347 Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal Principles and Practices

(2 cr)(2+0)(pg. 287-292) Add LNC A348 Medical Records Review (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 293-298)

5

March 23, 2012 Undergraduate Academic Board Page 3 Summary

All LNC waive first, approve for second Add Associate of Applied Science, Paralegal Studies/LEGL (pg. 299-307) Add Minor, Legal Studies/LEGL (pg. 308-309) Add Undergraduate Certificate, Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal/LNC

(pg. 310-311) Add Post-Baccalaureate Certificate, Paralegal Studies/LEGL (pg. 312-313)

Add Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies/LEGL (pg. 314-337) Will go on UAB 3/30 Chg Bachelor of Arts, Elementary Education (pg. 338-353) Accepted for first reading Chg Bachelor of Business Administration, Accounting, Major Req (pg. 354) Chg Bachelor of Business Administration, Accounting, Minor Req (pg.355-361) Accepted for first reading Add CE A437 Project Planning (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 362-364) Add CE A475 Design of Ports and Harbors (Stacked with CE A675)(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 365-374)

VIII. Old Business A. Second Reading for Purge Lists (pg. 375-380)

Approved

B. Posthumous Degrees (pg. 381-383)

IX. New Business X. Informational Items and Adjournment

A. Memo from the Provost (pg. 384-387) B. Summary of Curriculum Handbook Edits (pg. 388-389)

See handbook edits on UAB website (http://www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/uab/index.cfm)

6

Faculty at Kodiak College are concerned that the Add/Drop period is less than two weeks for full‐length

semester courses (starts on a Monday or Tuesday and ends on a Friday). We believe that students

should have the opportunity to attend a once a week course twice before having to make up their minds

whether to drop the course or not. We ask UAB to consider setting the Add/Drop period for exactly 10

days M‐F from the beginning of classes for the benefit of all students.

Kathrynn Hollis-Buchanan, MBA, MHA, EdS Student Government and Phi Theta Kappa Advisor Assistant Professor of Business and Accounting University of Alaska, Kodiak College [email protected] 907-486-1210

7

Approved September 2010

1

BYLAWS OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE FACULTY SENATE UNIVERSITY OF ALASKA ANCHORAGE

The General Education Review Committee (GERC) is a standing committee of the Undergraduate Academic Board (UAB) reporting to the Undergraduate Academic Board.

Tthe membership of the GERC shall consist of a minimum of eight to a maximum of twenty members. The UAB Chair will serve in an ex officio position. A minimum of three other members will be concurrently serving members of UAB and UAB members will be from different curricular divisions or campuses. : The following units shall be represented by a faculty member: Each of the GER Tier I and II Categories (i.e. Written Communications, Oral Communications, Quantitative Skills, Natural Sciences, Social Sciences, Humanities, and Fine Arts), College of Arts and Sciences, College of Business and Public Policy, College of Health, Community and Technical College, College of Education, School of Engineering, Consortium Library, and Community Campuses. At least one Community Campus must be represented. There shall be a student member. Members representing Tier I or II Categories may also represent their respective administrative units.

● Five (5) to seven (7) members of the Undergraduate Academic Board (UAB), no two of whom represent the same College or the extended campuses. One member must be an extended campuses’ UAB member.

● At least one faculty member from a discipline represented in each of the General Education Categories: Written Communications, Oral Communications, Quantitative Skills, Natural Sciences, Social Sciences, Humanities, and Fine Arts. Members from these categories will be added if and only if they are not represented among the UAB members selected above.

● At least one faculty representative from each of the UAA colleges: CAS, CBPP, CHSW, Engineering, COE, CTC. Members from these colleges and schools will be added if and only if they are not represented among the UAB members or General Education Category members selected above.

● A student representative.

All membership terms are for two academic years.

The UAB GERC members will be elected by UAB members at a meeting prior to the first Faculty Senate meeting of the academic year. Other members will be appointed by UAB (and Faculty Senate Executive Board if necessary). UAB will request a nomination from faculty of any unit with an open position. The Category discipline representatives, as needed, will be selected by the Faculty Senate Executive Board after a call for nominations is made at the first Faculty Senate meeting. The College representatives, as needed, will be chosen internally at the College(s) otherwise lacking membership. The UAB Chair will notify the college(s) promptly after the Faculty Senate Executive Board selections are made, if they must supply a member to GERC.

A quorum is constituted by a majority of UAB members of the GERC. All other regulations of UAB apply to the GERC.

The Committee shall: (with respect to course actions and reviews)

1) apply the current UAA catalog’s GER category descriptors and GER Student Outcomes as primary criteria for evaluating all GER courses for inclusion in specific categories of the General Education curriculum. Tier 3: Integrative Capstone courses have additional criteria (see http://governance2.uaa.alaska.edu/ger/tier3.model.pdf);

Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"

Formatted: Font: 10 pt







8

Approved September 2010

2

2) review all requests to add to, delete from, or substantively modify the courses in the General Education curriculum;

3) recommend course actions to the Board based on the criteria;

4) facilitate the overall review and processing of General Education course actions by working with initiators and departments;

4b. expedite the review of course action requests currently on hold (with respect to policy)

5) review all requests to modify General Education Requirements or policies;

6) recommend actions to the Board based on the review;

7) undertake such additional tasks or responsibilities relating to GERs as assigned by the Board.

9

1a. School or College CT CTC

1b. Division ADCE Division of Community Ed

1c. Department

CERC Chugiak/Eagle River Campus

2. Complete Program Title/Prefix

Undergraduate Certificate, Retail Management

3. Type of Program Choose one from the appropriate drop down menu: Undergraduate: or Graduate: Undergraduate Certificate CHOOSE ONE

4. Type of Action: PROGRAM PREFIX

Add Add

Change Change

Delete Inactivate

5. Implementation Date (semester/year)

From: Fall/2012 To: /9999

6a. Coordination with Affected Units Department, School, or College: CAS, CBPP, COH, UAF/CTC

Initiator Name (typed): Jeri Rubin Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________

6b. Coordination Email submitted to Faculty Listserv ([email protected]) Date: 10/10/11

6c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 10/12/11

7. Title and Program Description - Please attach the following: Cover Memo Catalog Copy in Word using the track changes function

8. Justification for Action

Provide an industry-recognized and endorsed (Western Association of Food Chains [WAFC]) certificate for retailers and retail employees in the state of Alaska. Useful for individuals already employed in the industry and those seeking employment in retail.

__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Jeri Rubin Initiator (TYPE NAME)

Approved

Disapproved

__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date

Approved

Disapproved

______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date

Approved

Disapproved

__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson

Approved

Disapproved

_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date

Approved

Disapproved

__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date

Program/Prefix Action Request UniversityofAlaskaAnchorage

Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Program of Study or Prefix

10

RETAIL MANAGEMENT UAA Chugiak/Eagle River Campus (CERC) 10928 Eagle River Rd #115, Eagle River, AK 99577 (907) 694-3313, http://www.uaa.alaska.edu/ctc/programs/campuses/eagleriver/ The UAA Chugiak/Eagle River Campus (CERC), as an academic extension site housed in the UAA Community & Technical College

(CTC), serves the entire university by providing general education courses, continuing education, and workforce development and

training. Connecting academic programs with community and industry needs for the mutual benefit of the university and state,

CERC also develops and offers, in coordination with other UAA colleges, academic and non‐academic programs to meet

acknowledged education demands.

Undergraduate Certificate, Retail Management The Retail Management program is offered at the UAA Chugiak/Eagle River Campus.

Offered through CERC in collaboration with the UAA College of Business and Public Policy (CBPP) and jointly through the

University of Alaska Fairbanks (UAF) Community & Technical College (CTC), and endorsed by the Western Association of Food

Chains (WAFC), this 30‐credit hour certificate incorporates educational knowledge and technical skills, providing student

competence in several areas: computer applications, oral communication, business communication, business mathematics,

bookkeeping and accounting, management, human relations and leadership, human resources management, marketing, and retail

management and merchandising. In addition, the certificate provides students an opportunity to choose either career and technical

education‐focused or transfer‐focused courses in some content areas. Students choosing the transfer courses will develop the

academic foundation for the future pursuit of associate and baccalaureate degrees in areas such as accounting, marketing, business,

finance, communications, liberal arts, and other disciplines in which general management competencies are important. This

certificate is being delivered collaboratively with UAF/CTC and, as such, credit from each participating institution is counted

towards fulfillment of residency requirements.

Student Learning Outcomes The specific education outcomes of this program are to produce graduates who are able to do the following:

1. Demonstrate proficiency in the use of computers and computer applications in a retail environment.

2. Employ oral communication concepts, including critical listening skills, in one‐on‐one and small group interactions.

3. Use critical thinking skills.

4. Relate appropriate human and public relations approaches to and in all written, oral, and non‐verbal communications.

5. Demonstrate mathematical competence in solving fundamental business problems, including the use of algebraic

formulas.

6. Define common terms used in bookkeeping and accounting through a working knowledge of accounting principles.

7. Identify and describe management functions including planning, organizing, staffing, directing, and controlling resources

and processes through development of a personal management philosophy.

8. Identify different leadership and management models and styles to ensure appropriate responses in different situations.

9. Describe human resources management principles and methods involved in recruitment, selection, placement, and

training of employees.

10. Define marketing and the core concepts that drive purchasing decisions including needs, wants, demands, products, and

markets.

11. Identify and describe retail management and merchandising techniques.

Admission Requirements Students must satisfy the “Admission to Undergraduate Certificate and Associate Degree Programs” requirements as identified in

the Academic Standards and Regulations, Chapter 7.

Advising Students are encouraged to contact CERC academic and staff advisors for assistance in planning and reviewing their academic

program. Advisors are available prior to enrollment and during the semesters through e‐mail, telephone, or face‐to‐face contact.

11

See contact information above. For students outside of the UAA service areas, if a UAA course is not offered via distance, UAF and

UAS courses for all content areas (except for Retail Management and Merchandising) are available and meet program

requirements. Advisors are available to provide the appropriate UAF and UAS course transfer options.

Preparation Students must meet all UAA requirements to enroll in courses. UAA offers preparatory courses for students needing to improve

academic and study skills in order to succeed in the college environment.

Course Requirements Certain courses require prerequisites or faculty permission, as listed in the UAA course catalog. Contact CERC as noted above for

further information.

Undergraduate Certificate Requirements 1. Complete the General University Requirements for Undergraduate Certificates. These requirements are discussed at the

beginning of this chapter.

2. In the ten listed content areas, complete the following required courses in any combination (30 credits). Any UAF courses

listed that are variable credit must be completed as 3 credits.

* Course meets general course requirements for UAA associate of applied science degrees and/or General Education Requirements

for UAA baccalaureate degrees

Microcomputer Applications: Complete one of the following courses: 3

CIS A105 Introduction to Personal Computers and

Application Software (3)

The following UAF course may also be transferred to meet requirements for this content area:

CIOS F150 Computer Business Applications (3)

Oral Communications: Complete one of the following courses: 3

COMM A111* Fundamentals of Oral Communication (3)

CIOS A261A Interpersonal Skills in Organizations (3)

COMM A237* Interpersonal Communication (3)

The following UAF course(s) may also be transferred to meet requirements for this content area:

COMM F131X Fundamentals of Oral Communication: Group Context (3)

COMM F141X Fundamentals of Oral Communication: Public Context (3)

COMM F180 Introduction to Human Communication (3)

Business Communication (Written): Complete one of the following courses: 3

CIOS A160 Business English (3)

ENGL A111* Methods of Written Communication (3)


ENGL F111X Introduction to Academic Writing (3)

ABUS F170 Business English (3)

ABUS F271 Business Communications (3)

Business Mathematics: Complete one of the following courses: 3

CIOS A116 Business Calculations (3)

MATH A105* Intermediate Algebra (3)


ABUS F155 Business Math (3)

Accounting/Bookkeeping: Complete one of the following courses: 3

ACCT A101 Principles of Financial Accounting I (3)

ACCT A120 Bookkeeping for Business I (3)

12


ABUS F101 Principles of Accounting I (3)

Introduction to Management: Complete one of the following courses: 3

BA A231 Fundamentals of Supervision (3)


ABUS F179 Fundamentals of Supervision (3)

Leadership/Human Relations in Business: Complete one of the following courses: 3

HUMS A153/PSY A153 Human Relations (3)

HUMS A155 Human Relations in the Workplace (3)


ABUS F154 Human Relations (3)

Human Resources Management: Complete the following course: 3

The following UAF course must be transferred to meet requirements for this content area:

ABUS F231 Introduction to Personnel (3)

Marketing/Marketing Management: Complete one of the following courses: 3

BA A260 Marketing Practices (3)


ABUS F260 Marketing Practices (3)

Retail Management and Merchandising: Complete the following course: 3

BA A266 Retailing Management (3)

3. A total of 30 credits is required for this certificate.

Advising note: Students intending to pursue a two‐ or four‐year degree should consult an academic advisor for appropriate course selections.

FACULTY Cynthia Rogers, Assistant Professor and Program Coordinator, [email protected]

Andy Anger, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Melissa Brown, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Charlie Dexter, Professor, [email protected]

Cathy LeCompte, Assistant Professor/Associate Dean, [email protected]

Jeri Rubin, Professor, [email protected]

13

RETAIL MANAGEMENT UAA Chugiak/Eagle River Campus (CERC) 10928 Eagle River Rd #115, Eagle River, AK 99577 (907) 694-3313, http://www.uaa.alaska.edu/ctc/programs/campuses/eagleriver/ The UAA Chugiak/Eagle River Campus (CERC), as an academic extension site housed in the UAA Community & Technical College

(CTC), serves the entire university by providing general education courses, continuing education, and workforce development and

training. Connecting academic programs with community and industry needs for the mutual benefit of the university and state,

CERC also develops and offers, in coordination with other UAA colleges, academic and non‐academic programs to meet

acknowledged education demands.

Undergraduate Certificate, Retail Management The Retail Management program is offered at the UAA Chugiak/Eagle River Campus.

Offered through CERC in collaboration with the UAA College of Business and Public Policy (CBPP) and jointly through the

University of Alaska Fairbanks (UAF) Community & Technical College (CTC), and endorsed by the Western Association of Food

Chains (WAFC), this 30‐credit hour certificate incorporates educational knowledge and technical skills, providing student

competence in several areas: computer applications, oral communication, business communication, business mathematics,

bookkeeping and accounting, management, human relations and leadership, human resources management, marketing, and retail

management and merchandizingmerchandising. In addition, the certificate provides students an opportunity to choose either

career and technical education‐focused or transfer‐focused courses in some content areas. Students choosing the transfer courses

will develop the academic foundation for the future pursuit of associate and baccalaureate degrees in areas such as accounting,

marketing, business, finance, communications, liberal arts, and other disciplines in which general management competencies are

important. This certificate is being delivered collaboratively with UAF/CTC and, as such, credit from each participating institution

is counted towards fulfillment of residency requirements.

Program Student Learning Outcomes The specific education outcomes of this program are to produce graduates who are able to do the following:

1. Demonstrate proficiency in the use of computers and computer applications in a retail environment.

2. Employ oral communication concepts, including critical listening skills, in one‐on‐one and small group interactions.

3. Use critical thinking skills.

4. Relate appropriate human and public relations approaches to and in all written, oral, and non‐verbal communications.

5. Demonstrate mathematical competence in solving fundamental business problems, including the use of algebraic

formulas.

6. Define common terms used in bookkeeping and accounting through a working knowledge of accounting principles.

7. Identify and describe management functions including planning, organizing, staffing, directing, and controlling resources

and processes through development of a personal management philosophy.

8. Identify different leadership and management models and styles to ensure appropriate responses in different situations.

9. Describe human resources management principles and methods involved in recruitment, selection, placement, and

training of employees.

10. Define marketing and the core concepts that drive purchasing decisions including needs, wants, demands, products, and

markets.

11. Identify and describe retail management and merchandizing merchandising techniques.

Admission Requirements Students must satisfy the “Admission to Undergraduate Certificate and Associate’s Degree Programs” requirements as identified in

the Academic Standards and Regulations, Chapter 7.

Advising Students are encouraged to contact CERC academic and staff advisors for assistance in planning and reviewing their academic

program. Advisors are available prior to enrollment and during the semesters through e‐mail, telephone, or face‐to‐face contact.

14

See contact information above. For students outside of the UAA service areas, if a UAA course is not offered via distance, UAF and

UAS courses for all content areas (except for Retail Management and Merchandising) are available and approved as transfer

equivalency for the UAA courses listedmeet program requirements. Advisors are available to provide the appropriate UAF and

UAS course transfer options.

Preparation Students must meet all UAA requirements to enroll in courses. UAA offers preparatory courses for students needing to improve

academic and study skills in order to succeed in the college environment.

Course Requirements Certain courses require prerequisites or faculty permission, as listed in the UAA course catalog. Contact CERC as noted above for

further information.

Undergraduate Certificate Requirements 1. Complete the General University Requirements for Undergraduate Certificates. These requirements are discussed at the

beginning of this chapter.

2. In the ten listed content areas, complete the following required courses in any combination (30 credits). Any UAF courses

listed that are variable credit must be completed as 3 credits.

* Course meets general course requirements for UAA associate of applied science degrees and/or gGeneral eEducation

rRequirements for UAA baccalaureate degrees

Microcomputer Applications: Complete one of the following courses: 3

CIS A105* Introduction to Personal Computers and

Application Software (3)


CIOS F150 Computer Business Applications (3)

Oral Communications: Complete one of the following courses: 3

COMM A111* Fundamentals of Oral Communication (3)

CIOS A261A Interpersonal Skills in Organizations (3)

COMM A237* Interpersonal Communication (3)


COMM F131X* Fundamentals of Oral Communication: Group Context (3)

COMM F141X* Fundamentals of Oral Communication: Public Context (3)

COMM F180 Introduction to Human Communication (3)

Business Communication (Written): Complete one of the following courses: 3

CIOS A160 Business English (3)

ENGL A111* Methods of Written Communication (3)


ENGL F111X* Introduction to Academic Writing (3)

ABUS F170 Business English (3)

ABUS F271 Business Communications (3)

Business Mathematics: Complete one of the following courses: 3

CIOS A116 Business Calculations (3)

MATH A105* Intermediate Algebra (3)


ABUS F155 Business Math (3)

Accounting/Bookkeeping: Complete one of the following courses: 3

ACCT A101 Principles of Financial Accounting I (3)

ACCT A120 Bookkeeping for Business I (3)

Comment [SS1]: All course titles were checked for accuracy by cross‐checking with the 2011‐12 UAA catalog and the 2011‐12 UAF catalog

Formatted: Font: Bold, Italic

Formatted: Font: Italic

Comment [SS2]: Meets general course requirements for the associate degree and the GER course requirements for the baccalaureate degree





Comment [SS5]: Meets general course requirements for the associate degree


15


ABUS F101 Principles of Accounting I (3)

Introduction to Management: Complete one of the following courses: 3

BA A231 Fundamentals of Supervision (3)


ABUS F179 Fundamentals of Supervision (3)

Leadership/Human Relations in Business: Complete one of the following courses: 3

HUMS A153/PSY A153* Human Relations (3) (cross‐listed as PSY A153)

HUMS A155 Human Relations in the Workplace (3)


ABUS F154 Human Relations (3)

Human Resources Management: Complete the following course: 3

The following UAF course must be transferred to meet requirements for this content area:

ABUS F231 Introduction to Personnel (3)

Marketing/Marketing Management: Complete one of the following courses: 3

BA A260 Marketing Practices (3)


ABUS F260 Marketing Practices (3)

Retail Management and Merchandising: Complete the following course: 3

BA A266 Retailing Management (3)

3. A total of 30 credits is required for this certificate.

Advising note: sStudents intending to pursue a two‐ or four‐year degree should consult an academic advisor for appropriate course selections.

FACULTY Cynthia Rogers, Assistant Professor and Program Coordinator, [email protected]

Andy Anger, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Melissa Brown, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Charlie Dexter, Professor, [email protected]

Cathy LeCompte, Assistant Professor/Associate Dean, [email protected]

Jeri Rubin, Professor, [email protected]






16

1a. School or College AS CAS

1b. Division AMSC Division of Math Science

1c. Department CHEMISTRY

2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A055

4. Previous Course Prefix & Number

N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3.0

5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (3+0)

6. Complete Course Title Contemporary Chemistry Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)

7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development

8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:

Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other CCG (please specify)

9. Repeat Status No # of Repeats Max Credits

10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG

11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Fall/2012 To: /9999

12. Cross Listed with Stacked with Cross-Listed Coordination Signature

13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.

Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted

1. see attached table 2. 3.

Initiator Name (typed): Colin McGill Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________

13b. Coordination Email Date: 03/05/2012 submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])


14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities

Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone

15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Introductory course for students with little or no chemistry background. Covers units of measurement, matter, atoms, periodic table, nomenclature, equations, oxidation-reduction, solutions, calculations, and problem solving.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) (MATH A055, or MATH A105, or MATH A107) with minimum grade of C.

16b. Test Score(s)

16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required)

16d. Other Restriction(s)

College Major Class Level

16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable)

17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course

19. Justification for Action Course content guide update. Prerequisite clarification.

__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Initiator (TYPE NAME)

Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage

Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course

17

CHEM A055 – Contemporary Chemistry

Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted

School of Nursing (PSB 103, 786‐4550) 3/26/2012 Dr. Barbara Berner

Associate of Applied Science, Nursing, admission requirement, p.159

Associate of Applied Science, Nursing, Licensed Practical Nurse, admission requirement, p. 160

Chemistry Department (CPSB 101Q, 786‐1238) 3/26/2012 Dr. Eric Holmberg

CHEM A055, course listing, p. 355

CHEM A055L, prerequisite (this course will be deleted after approval), p. 355

CHEM A103, registration restriction, p. 355

CHEM A105, registration restriction, p. 355

Veterinary Assisting (Mat‐Su College, 907‐745‐9774) 3/26/2012 Dr. DuBey

VETT A201, registration restriction, p. 492

18

Course Content Guide for CHEM A055

University of Alaska Anchorage

College of Arts & Sciences

I. Date of Initiation: November 2, 2011

II. Course Information:

A. College: College of Arts & Sciences

B. Course Subject: CHEM

C. Course Number: A055

D. Number of Credits: 3

E. Contact Hours: 3 + 0

F. Course Title: Contemporary Chemistry

G. Grading Basis: A – F

H. Implementation Date: Fall 2012

I. Course Description: Introductory course for students with little or no chemistry

background. Covers units of measurement, matter, atoms, periodic table, nomenclature,

equations, oxidation‐reduction, solutions, calculations, and problem solving.

J. Course Attributes: N/A

K. Prerequisites: (MATH A055, or MATH A105, or MATH A107) with minimum

grade of C.

L. Test Scores: N/A

M. Co‐requisites: N/A

N. Registration Restrictions: N/A

O. Course Fee: No

19

III. Instructional Goals and Student Learning Outcomes:

A. Course Activities: Students will have the opportunity to explore concepts and solve problems relevant to

current topics in chemistry. The instructor will assist in the learning process through a

variety of methods that may include lectures, facilitation of class discussions, group work

and demonstrations.

B. Instructional Goals:

This course is designed to introduce students to fundamental topics in chemistry. It involves

a less rigorous approach than CHEM A103 and focuses mainly on inorganic chemistry.

Mathematics in chemistry, the periodic table and concepts in atomic and molecular

structure, bonding, and chemical reactions are emphasized.

The instructor will:

1. Provide an introduction to chemistry appropriate for a first exposure that will not only

introduce the student to the scientific method and elementary chemical concepts and

calculations, but will also permit recognition of the role that chemistry plays in day to

day lives.

2. Present chemical models of atomic and molecular structure, bonding and chemical

reactions for investigation and development of problem solving and observational skills

on problems relevant to current issues and topics in chemistry.

C. Student Learning Outcomes:

The student will:

1. Analyze chemical and physical events in terms of appropriate chemical vocabulary and

concepts.

2. Recognize and interpret chemical models of atomic and molecular structure, bonding

and chemical reactions.

3. Apply observation, investigative and problem solving skills on problems relevant to

current issues and topics in chemistry.

4. Seamlessly integrate into the next course sequence in chemistry.

D. Assessment Measures:

Various assessment tools can be used at the instructor’s discretion, including but not limited

to quizzes, weekly homework and exams.

20

E. Guidelines for Evaluation:

Evaluation can be based on a variety of instruments such as quizzes, weekly homework and

exams.

IV. Course Level Justification:

This course introduces students to basic, yet fundamental chemistry concepts in atomic and

molecular structure and in atomic and molecular interactions. Students become acquainted

with chemistry as a science discipline. This course serves as a preparatory course for CHEM

A103 and CHEM A105.

V. Topical Course Outline:

1. Measurement and Problem Solving

2. Matter and Energy

3. Atoms and Elements

4. Molecules and Compounds

5. Chemical Composition

6. Chemical Reactions

7. Quantities in Chemical Reactions

8. Electrons in Atoms and the Periodic Table

9. Chemical Bonding

10. Gases

11. Liquids, Solids and Intermolecular Forces

12. Solutions

13. Acid‐Base Chemistry

14. Reduction‐Oxidation Chemistry

VI. Suggested Texts:

Tro, N.J., Introductory Chemistry, 3rd ed. Prentice Hall, 2011.

VII. Bibliography:

Abraham, M.R., Inquiry and the learning cycle, in Chemists’ Guide to Effective Teaching. Pearson Education, 2005.

Bodner, G.M., Constructivism: A Theory of Knowledge. Journal of Chemical Education, 1986.

63(10): p. 873‐878.

Bodner, G.M., I have found you an argument: The conceptual knowledge of beginning chemistry graduate students. Journal of Chemical Education, 1991. 68: p. 385‐388.

21

Spencer, J.N., New Directions in Teaching Chemistry: A Philosophical and Pedagogical Basis. Journal of Chemical Education, 1999. 76(4): p. 566‐569.

Zoller, U., Algorithmic, LOCS and HOCS (chemistry) exam questions: performance and attitudes of college students. International Journal of Science Education, 2002. 24(2) p. 185‐203.

22




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A055L


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

1


6. Complete Course Title Contemporary Chemistry Laboratory Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)



Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other (please specify)







1. None 2. 3.






15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Laboratory designed to teach the fundamentals of working with laboratory equipment, data gathering, analysis, and reporting.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CHEM A055 or concurrent enrollment

16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action There is no need for a lab component in preparatory level chemistry


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




23

CHEM A055L – Contemporary Chemistry Laboratory


Chemistry Department (CPSB 101Q, 786‐1238) 3/26/2012 Dr. Holmberg

CHEM A055L, course listing, (this course will be deleted after approval), p. 355

24

Course Content Guide for CHEM A055L University of Alaska Anchorage

College of Arts & Sciences I. Date: October 20, 2011

II. Course Information

A. College: College of Arts & Sciences B. Course: CHEM A055L

C. Credits: 1.0

D. Course Title: Contemporary Chemistry

E. Grading Basis: A-F

F. Prerequisites: CHEM A055 or concurrent enrollment

G. Lab Fees: Yes

H. Course Description: Laboratory designed to teach the fundamentals of working with laboratory equipment, data gathering, analysis, and reporting.

III. Instructional Goals and Student Learning Outcomes

A. Instructional Goals: The goal of this course is to introduce the student to the scientific method and elementary chemical concepts and calculations in a chemical lab setting. Lab assignments/experiments give students the opportunity to work problems and observe and participate in demonstrations related to the subject matter. Course designed to reinforce concepts learned in CHEM A055 lectures.

B. Student Outcomes: The student analyzes chemical and physical events

in terms of appropriate chemical vocabulary and concepts. The student gains experience in recording data, making computations, producing reports, and drawing conclusions based on laboratory findings.

25

IV. Guidelines for Evaluation

The course grade will be based on a combination of lab reports, quizzes, a mid-term and final exam. Typically, the average grade in a section should be in the C range.

V. Course Level Justification

This course is an introduction to chemistry lab techniques and equipment and serves as preparation for college level chemistry courses.

VI. Topic Course Outline

1. Safety orientation and check-in. 2. Units of Measurement, Significant Figures, and Calculations 3. Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 4. Periodic Table 5. Formula of a Compound 6. Molecular Weight and Molar Mass 7. Chemical Equations 8. Stoichiometry 9. Gas Laws 10. Atomic Structure 11. Properties of Solutions

VII. Suggested Texts

1. Daub, G.D. and Seese, W.S. Basic Chemistry. Prentice Hall. 1996. VIII. Bibliography

1. Chemistry: a basic approach. B. Richard Siebring, Mary Ellen Schaff. New York, McGraw-Hill [1971, c1972].

2. Basic chemistry of life, Milton Toporek. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1975.

3. Introductory Chemistry, Steven Russo, Mike Silver. San Francisco, Benjamin Cummings, 2002.

26




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A103


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title Survey of Chemistry Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)










1. See attached table 2. 3.






15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Survey of topics including: matter, energy, units of measurement, the periodic table, atomic and molecular structure, chemical bonding, radioactivity, oxidation-reduction reactions, solutions involving acids, bases and buffers; and an introduction to organic chemistry with units on functional groups and the chemistry of alkanes, alkenes and alkynes. Special Note: This is an introductory course designed for health science majors and assumes prior knowledge of college preparatory high school chemistry and algebra. CHEM A103L is the laboratory component of this course and requires a separate registration.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) (MATH A105, or MATH A107, or MATH A108, or MATH A109, or MATH A200) with minimum grade of C.

16b. Test Score(s)




16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) CHEM A055 with a minimum grade of C or college preparatory high school chemistry with a minimum grade of C. If the MATH A105 prerequisite is not satisfied, appropriate scores on the SAT or ACT tests or appropriate scores on a UAA-approved placement test such as the Accuplacer Placement test.





27


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


28

CHEM A103 – Survey of Chemistry


GER, natural sciences, p. 84 3/05/2012

CAS requirement, B.S. degree, natural sciences, p. 87 3/05/2012

Health Sciences (DPL 404, 786‐6565)

B.S. Health Sciences, BSHS Physician Assistant Track, admission requirement, p. 154 3/26/2012 Dr. John Riley

School of Nursing (PSB 103, 786‐4550) 3/26/2012 Dr. Barbara Berner

B.S. Nursing Science, admission requirement, p. 162

B.S. Nursing Science, major requirement, p. 162

Registered Nurse Option, admission requirement, p. 163

Registered Nurse Option, major requirement, p. 163

Computer Electronics (Kenai Peninsula College, 907‐262‐0330) 3/26/2012 Rich Kochis

A.A.S. Computer Electronics, general requirement, p. 187

Dental Hygiene (AHS 160, 786‐6929) 3/26/2012 Robin Wahto

A.A.S. Dental Hygiene, admission requirement, p. 200

29

B.S. Dental Hygiene, admission requirement, p. 200

Dietetics and Nutrition (CUDY 126, 786‐4728) 3/26/2012 Tim Doebler

B.S. Nutrition, Community Nutrition Emphasis, support course, p. 203

Industrial Process Instrumentation, (Kenai Peninsula College, 907‐262‐0330) 3/26/2012 Henry Haney

A.A.S. Industrial Process Instrumentation, general requirement, p. 210

Medical Laboratory Technology (AHS 169, 786‐4930) 3/26/2012 Heidi Mannion

A.A.S. Medical Laboratory Technology, support course, p. 215

B.S. Medical Technology, support course, p. 216

Occupational Safety and Health (KPC, University Center 118, 786‐6421) 3/26/2012 Don Webber

A.A.S. Occupational Safety and Health, graduation requirement, p. 217

Process Technology (KPC, Kenai River Campus, 907‐262‐0300)

A.A.S. Process Technology, general requirement, p. 220 (twice)

Renewable Energy (Kodiak College, 907‐486‐1209) 3/26/2012 Lorraine Stewart

A.A.S. Technology, major requirement, p. 225

30

Chemistry Department (CPSB 101Q, 786‐1238) 3/26/2012 Eric Holmberg


CHEM A103L, prerequisite, p. 356

CHEM A104, prerequisite, p. 356


Medical Laboratory Technology (CTC, AHS 169, 786‐4930) 3/26/2012 Heidi Mannion

MEDT A132, prerequisite, p. 436







31




I. Date of Initiation: January 30, 2012







F. Course Title: Survey of Chemistry



I. Course Description: Survey of topics including: matter, energy, units of

measurement, the periodic table, atomic and molecular structure, chemical bonding,

radioactivity, oxidation‐reduction reactions, solutions involving acids, bases and buffers; and

an introduction to organic chemistry with units on functional groups and the chemistry of

alkanes, alkenes and alkynes. Special Note: This is an introductory course designed for

health science majors and assumes prior knowledge of college preparatory high school

chemistry and algebra. CHEM A103L is the laboratory component of this course and requires

a separate registration.

J. Course Attributes: UAA GER Natural Sciences Requirement

K. Prerequisites: (MATH A105, or MATH A107, or MATH A108, or MATH A109, or

MATH A200) with minimum grade of C

L. Test Scores: N/A

32


N. Registration Restrictions: CHEM A055 with a minimum grade of C or college preparatory

high school chemistry with a minimum grade of C. If the MATH A105 prerequisite is not

satisfied, appropriate scores on the SAT or ACT tests or appropriate scores on a UAA‐

approved placement test such as the Accuplacer Placement test.

O. Course Fee: No


A. Course Activities: Students will explore concepts and solve problems relevant to current topics in chemistry.

The instructor will assist in the learning process through a variety of methods that may

include lectures, facilitation of class discussions, and demonstrations.


This course is designed to fulfill the needs of general education requirements and to provide

a foundation in general chemistry specifically for health science majors. It is intended to be a

survey of general and organic chemistry with significant emphasis on health‐related

material. The periodic table, atomic and molecular structure, bonding, and chemical

reactions, skills in measurements, balancing chemical equations and problem solving are

emphasized.


1. Present models of the periodic table, atomic and molecular structure, chemical bonding

and reactions for development of observational skills and conceptual foundations in

chemistry.

2. Present questions to initiate discussion, help students differentiate, link and integrate

ideas and develop their own concepts, to articulate their thinking and explain models

and solutions.

3. Provide multiple human health‐related contexts for applying concepts and invite

students to defend and verify their models and their solutions to problems.


The student will:

1. Analyze chemical and physical events in terms of appropriate chemical vocabulary and

concepts.

33

2. Recognize and interpret chemical models of the periodic table, atomic and molecular

structure, bonding and chemical reactions.

3. Apply science methodology with emphasis on exploring and verifying measurements

and chemical equations in health‐related problems.





This course introduces students to chemistry concepts in atomic and molecular structure

and in atomic and molecular interactions. Students learn basic skills in model exploration

and verification for comprehension and retention of concepts and become acquainted with

chemistry as a science discipline and how it pertains to the health sciences. This course

serves as a preparatory course for CHEM A104.


1. Matter, Energy, and Measurement

2. Atoms

3. Chemical Bonds

4. Chemical Reactions

5. Gases, Liquids, and Solids

6. Solutions and Colloids

7. Reaction Rates and Chemical Equilibrium

8. Acids and Bases

9. Nuclear Chemistry

10. Organic Chemistry

11. Alkanes

12. Alkenes and Alkynes


Bettelheim, F.A., Brown, W.H., Campbell, M.K. and Farrell, S.O., Introduction to General, Organic & Biochemistry. Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2009.

Bettelheim, F.A., Brown, W.H., Campbell, M.K. and Farrell, S.O., Introduction to General, Organic & Biochemistry: Student Solution Manual. Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2009.

34

VII. Bibliography:



63(10): p. 873‐878.




35




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A103L


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

1


6. Complete Course Title Survey of Chemistry Laboratory Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Introductory chemistry laboratory course with experiments designed to introduce students to the basics of laboratory equipment, data collection, data analysis, and reporting; and to illustrate, augment and apply concepts covered in CHEM A103. Special Note: Students who do not meet the prerequisites for this course may be administratively dropped at the discretion of the faculty. Attendance is mandatory for all chemistry laboratory courses the first week of class. Unless prior arrangements are made with the instructor, any student who does not attend the first scheduled meeting for this lab may be administratively dropped and a student on a waiting list will be added in their place. Any fees resulting from either of these drop procedures or any late registration procedure will be the responsibility of the student.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CHEM A103 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment

16b. Test Score(s)









36


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


37

CHEM A103L – Survey of Chemistry Laboratory




Health Sciences (DPL 404, 786‐6565) 3/26/2012 John Riley

B.S. Health Sciences, BSHS Physician Assistant Track, admission requirement, p. 154

School of Nursing (PSB 103, 786‐4550) 3/26/2012 Barbara Burner








B.S. Dental Hygiene, admission requirement, p. 200, 201

38

B.S. Dental Hygiene, support course, p. 201





Medical Laboratory Technology (AHS 169, 786‐4930)



Occupational Safety and Health (KPC, University Center 118, 786‐6421) 3/26/2012 Don Webber

A.A.S. Occupational Safety and Health, graduation requirement, p. 217

Process Technology (KPC, Kenai River Campus, 907‐262‐0300) 3/26/2012 Henry Haney

A.A.S. Process Technology, general requirement, p. 220 (twice)



39

Chemistry Department (CPSB 101, 786‐1238) 3/26/2012 Eric Holmberg

CHEM A103L, course listing, p. 356

CHEM A104L, will be a prerequisite once approved – currently a special note, p. 356









40


College of Arts & Sciences I. Date of Initiation: October 20, 2011


A. College: College of Arts & Sciences B. Course Subject: CHEM

C. Course Number: A103L



F. Course Title: Survey of Chemistry Laboratory

G. Grading Basis: A-F


I. Course Description: Introductory chemistry laboratory course

with experiments designed to introduce students to the basics of laboratory equipment, data collection, data analysis, and reporting; and to illustrate, augment and apply concepts covered in CHEM A103. Special Note: Students who do not meet the prerequisites for this course may be administratively dropped at the discretion of the faculty. Attendance is mandatory for all chemistry laboratory courses the first week of class. Unless prior arrangements are made with the instructor, any student who does not attend the first scheduled meeting for this lab may be administratively dropped and a student on a waiting list will be added in their place. Any fees resulting from either of these drop procedures or any late registration procedure will be the responsibility of the student.

J. Course Attributes: GER Natural Sciences Lab only

K. Prerequisites: CHEM A103 with minimum grade of C or

concurrent enrollment

L. Test Scores: N/A

M. Corequisites: N/A

41


O. Course Fee: Yes III. Instructional Goals and Student Learning Outcomes

A. Course Activities:

Students will explore concepts and solve problems relevant to experimental and theoretical chemistry. Exercises and experiments provide students with chemical models and/or chemical data followed by questions to guide them through the learning cycle, building conceptual understanding in a process emulating the scientific method. The instructor will assist the learning process through a variety of methods that may include: lecture, group discussions, demonstration and/or discussions with individuals, groups or the entire class.


This course is designed to fulfill the needs of general education requirements and to provide a foundation in general chemistry and the general chemistry laboratory, specifically for health science majors. It is intended to be an introduction to the chemistry laboratory. Safety in the laboratory environment, the proper use of glassware and equipment, and an integration of chemistry concepts, mathematics, technology, problem solving and kinesthesis are emphasized. The instructor will:

1. Provide students with a safe, supervised environment to encourage self confidence in lab.

2. Provide students with standard operating procedures for each experiment and examples of experimental setups to encourage proper lab technique.

3. Present models of the periodic table, atomic and molecular structure, chemical bonding and reactions for development of observational skills and conceptual foundations in chemistry.

4. Pose questions to initiate discussion, help students differentiate, link and integrate ideas and develop their own concepts, to articulate their thinking and explain models and solutions.

5. Provide multiple human health-related contexts for applying concepts and invite students to defend and verify their models and their solutions to problems.

42


The student will:

1. Safely and correctly demonstrate previously covered hands on skills in the chemistry laboratory.

2. Conduct laboratory work systematically by physically performing procedures as outlined by the curriculum.

3. Recognize and interpret chemical models of the periodic table, atomic and molecular structure, bonding and chemical reactions.

4. Explore and verify science methodology through measurements and chemical equations in health-related problems.

5. Demonstrate effective communication skills for discussing, applying and verifying chemistry concepts across multiple human-health related contexts.


Various assessment tools can be used, including, but not limited to quizzes, preparatory questions sets, lab reports, homework, and practical skill evaluations.

IV. Course Level Justification

This course introduces students to chemistry laboratory concepts. Students develop basic laboratory skills through model exploration and verification for comprehension and retention of concepts and become acquainted with chemistry as a laboratory science discipline.

VI. Topic Course Outline

1. Laboratory Safety and Orientation 2. Mathematics in Chemistry 3. Introduction to the Chemistry Laboratory 4. The Use of Laboratory Glassware 5. Computers and Analytical Software Orientation 6. Plotting Measured Data to Generate a Graph 7. Synthesis of Potassium Dioxalatocuprate (II) Dihydrate 8. Solutions and Electrolytes 9. Determination of Concentration Using Spectrophotometry 10. Kinetics: Measuring Reaction Rates 11. Analysis of Vinegar by Titration 12. Determination of Buffer Capacity

43

VII. Suggested Texts

1. Bettelheim, F.A., Brown, W.H., Campbell, M.K. and Farrell, S.O., Introduction to General, Organic & Biochemistry. Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.

2. Bettelheim, F.A., Introduction to General, Organic & Biochemistry: Student Solution Manual. Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.

3. Kennish, J. and Schlabaugh, A., Survey of Chemistry Laboratory Manual. University of Alaska Anchorage, Chemistry Department, 2011.

VIII. Bibliography

1. Abraham, M.R., Inquiry and the learning cycle, in Chemists’ Guide to Effective Teaching. Pearson Education, 2005.

2. Bodner, G.M., Constructivism: A Theory of Knowledge. Journal of Chemical Education, 1986. 63(10): p. 873 – 878.

3. Bodner, G.M., I have found you an argument: The conceptual knowledge of beginning chemistry graduate students. Journal of Chemical Education, 1991. 68: p. 385 – 388.

4. Farrel, J.J., R.S. Moog, and Spencer, J.N., A Guided Inquiry General Chemistry Course. Journal of Chemical Education, 1999. 76(4): p. 570 – 574.

5. Spencer, J.N., New Directions in Teaching Chemistry: A Philosophical and Pedagogical Basis. Journal of Chemical Education, 1999. 76(4): p. 566 – 569.

6. Zoller, U., Algorithmic, LOCS and HOCS (chemistry) exam questions: performance and attitudes of college students. International Journal of Science Education, 2002. 24 (2) p. 185 – 203.

44




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A104


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry Intro to Org Chem/Biochem Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) This is the second semester course in the sequence for health science majors. The course content includes common nomenclature of organic compounds, organic functional group reactions, biochemical processes and pathways, biological macromolecules and metabolites. Special Note: CHEM A104L is the lab component of this course and requires a separate registration.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CHEM A103 with minimum grade of C.

16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action Course content guide update.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




45

CHEM A104 – Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry




School of Nursing (PSB 103, 786‐4550) 3/26/2012 Barbara Berner











46







DH A365, prerequisite, p. 374

Dietetics & Nutrition (CUDY 126, 786‐4728)

DN A203, prerequisite, p. 376








47

Nursing Sciences (CHSW, PSB 103, 786‐4550) 3/26/2012 Barbara Berner

NS A216, prerequisite, p. 443

48











F. Course Title: Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry



I. Course Description: This is the second semester course in the sequence for health

science majors. The course content includes common nomenclature of organic compounds,

organic functional group reactions, biochemical processes and pathways, biological

macromolecules and metabolites. Special Note: CHEM A104L is the lab component of this

course and requires a separate registration.

J. Course Attributes: UAA GER Natural Sciences Requirement

K. Prerequisites: CHEM A103 with minimum grade of C

L. Test Scores: N/A



49

O. Course Fee: No


A. Course Activities: Students will explore concepts and solve problems relevant to current topics in chemistry

including historical discoveries and technological advances. Activities provide students with

chemical models and/or chemical data followed by questions to guide them through the

learning cycle, building conceptual understanding in a process emulating the scientific

method. The instructor will assist in the learning process through a variety of methods that

may include lectures, facilitation of class discussions, and demonstrations.



a foundation in general chemistry specifically for health science majors. It is intended to be a

survey of organic and biochemistry with significant emphasis on health‐related material.

Concepts in applying organic compound nomenclature rules, organic functional group

reactions and reactivities, biochemical processes, biological macromolecules and

metabolites are emphasized.


1. Present basic nomenclature rules in organic chemistry and organic functional group

reactivities and biological chemical reactions for investigation and development of

observational skills and conceptual foundations in chemistry.

2. Present questions to initiate discussion, help students differentiate, link and integrate

ideas and develop their own concepts, to articulate their thinking and explain models

and solutions.

3. Provide multiple human health‐related contexts for applying concepts and invite

students to defend and verify their models and their solutions to problems.


The student will:

1. Recognize and use appropriate organic compound nomenclature.

2. Explore and solve chemical problems relevant to current health science using organic

functional group reactivities.

3. Demonstrate basic skills of recognizing biochemical processes involving biological

macromolecules and metabolites and applying their models and solutions to health‐

related problems in context of historical discoveries and technological advances.

50





This course introduces students to organic, and biochemistry concepts in atomic and

molecular structure and in atomic and molecular interactions. Students learn basic skills in

model exploration and verification for comprehension and retention of concepts and

become acquainted with chemistry as a science discipline and how it pertains to the health

sciences.


1. Benzene and its derivatives

2. Amines

3. Aldehydes and Ketones

4. Alcohols, Ethers, Esters and Thiols

5. Carboxylic Acids

6. Carboxylic Anhydrides

7. Amides

8. Chirality and Carbohydrates

9. Lipids

10. Proteins

11. Enzymes

12. Bioenergetics

13. Biochemical Pathways


Bettelheim, F.A., Brown, W.H., Campbell, M.K. and Farrell, S.O., Introduction to General, Organic & Biochemistry. Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2009.

Bettelheim, F.A., Brown, W.H., Campbell, M.K. and Farrell, S.O., Introduction to General, Organic & Biochemistry: Student Solution Manual. Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2009.

51

VII. Bibliography:



63(10): p. 873‐878.




52




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A104L


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

1


6. Complete Course Title Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry Laboratory Intro to Org Chem/Biochem Lab Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)











Initiator Name (typed): Coln McGill Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________





15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Second semester introductory chemistry laboratory course. Experiments are designed to reinforce concepts students have been exposed to regarding the basics of laboratory equipment, data collection, data analysis, and reporting. This course illustrates, augments and applies concepts covered in CHEM A104. Special Note: Students who do not meet the prerequisites for this course may be administratively dropped at the discretion of the faculty. Attendance is mandatory for all chemistry laboratory courses the first week of class. Unless prior arrangements are made with the instructor, any student who does not attend the first scheduled meeting for this lab may be administratively dropped and a student on a waiting list will be added in their place. Any fees resulting from either of these drop procedures or any late registration procedure will be the responsibility of the student. Pregnant students should be aware that they will be using chemicals in this course that are teratogenic and may cause harm to unborn children.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CHEM A103L with minimum grade of C and (CHEM A104 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment)

16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action This course requires pre-existing chemistry laboratory skills and knowledge of laboratory safety practices. Course content guide update. Course description update.



53


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


54

CHEM A104L – Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry Laboratory




School of Nursing (PSB 103, 786‐4550) 3/26/2012 Barbara Berner





Dental Hygiene (AHS 160, 786‐6929)







55



Nursing Sciences (CHSW, PSB 103, 786‐4550) 3/26/2012 Barbara Berner

NS A216, prerequisite, p. 443

56








F. Course Title: Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry

Laboratory



I. Course Description: Second semester introductory chemistry laboratory course. Experiments are designed to reinforce concepts students have been exposed to regarding the basics of laboratory equipment, data collection, data analysis, and reporting. This course illustrates, augments and applies concepts covered in CHEM A104. Special Note: Students who do not meet the prerequisites for this course may be administratively dropped at the discretion of the faculty. Attendance is mandatory for all chemistry laboratory courses the first week of class. Unless prior arrangements are made with the instructor, any student who does not attend the first scheduled meeting for this lab may be administratively dropped and a student on a waiting list will be added in their place. Any fees resulting from either of these drop procedures or any late registration procedure will be the responsibility of the student. Pregnant students should be aware that they will be using chemicals in this course that are teratogenic and may cause harm to unborn children.


K. Prerequisites: CHEM A103L with minimum grade of C

and (CHEM A104 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment)

57

L. Test Scores: N/A



O. Course Fee: Yes





This course is designed to fulfill the needs of general education requirements and to provide a foundation in general chemistry and the general chemistry laboratory, specifically for health science majors. It is intended to be an introduction to the chemistry laboratory. Safety in the laboratory environment, the proper use of glassware and equipment, and an integration of chemistry concepts, mathematics, technology, problem solving and kinesthesis are emphasized. The instructor will:

1. Provide students with a safe, supervised environment to encourage self confidence in the lab.

2. Provide students with standard operating procedures for each experiment and examples of experimental setups to encourage proper lab technique.


4. Present questions to initiate discussion, help students differentiate, link and integrate ideas and develop their own concepts, to articulate their thinking and explain models and solutions.

58

5. Provide multiple human health-related contexts for applying concepts and invite students to defend and verify their models and their solutions to problems.


The student will:

1. Safely and correctly demonstrate previously covered skills in the chemistry laboratory.

2. Conduct laboratory work systematically by following procedures as outlined by the curriculum.


4. Demonstrate science methodology with emphasis on exploring and verifying measurements and chemical equations in health-related problems rather than memorizing facts and answering “algorithmic” questions.

5. Demonstrate effective communication skills for discussing, applying and verifying chemistry concepts.


Various assessment tools can be used, including, but not limited to quizzes, preparatory questions sets, lab reports, homework, and comprehensive exams.



V. Topic Course Outline

1. Laboratory Safety and Orientation 2. Nomenclature 3. Identification of Alcohols and Phenols 4. Properties of Carboxylic Acids and Esters 5. Preparation of Acetylsalicylic Acid 6. Using Molecular Models to Explore the Structure of Organic Compounds 7. Stereochemistry 8. Carbohydrates 9. Isolation of Caffeine from Tea Leaves 10. Preparation and Properties of a Soap

59

11. Acid-Base Properties of Amino Acids 12. Quantitative Analysis of Vitamin C Contained in Foods

VI. Suggested Texts

1. Bettelheim, F.A., Introduction to General, Organic & Biochemistry: Student Solution Manual. Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.

2. Bettelheim, F.A., Brown, W.H., Campbell, M.K. and Farrell, S.O., Introduction to General, Organic & Biochemistry. Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.

3. Bettelheim, F.A. and Landesberg, J.M., Laboratory Experiments for Introduction to General, Organic, and Biochemistry. Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.

VII. Bibliography







60




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A105


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title General Chemistry I Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Introduction to general chemistry for science majors which includes topics in elements and compounds, the periodic table, atomic and subatomic theory and spectroscopy, bonding, various chemical reactions, thermodynamics, atomic and molecular interactions in gases, liquids, solids and solution chemistry. Special Note: Assumes prior knowledge of college preparatory high school chemistry and algebra. CHEM A105L is the laboratory component of this course and requires a separate registration.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) (MATH A105, or MATH A107, or MATH A108, or MATH A109, or MATH A200) with minimum grade of C.

16b. Test Score(s)




16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) CHEM A055 with a minimum grade of C or college preparatory high school chemistry with a minimum grade of C. If the MATH A105 prerequisite is not satisfied, appropriate scores on the SAT or ACT tests or appropriate scores on a UAA-approved placement test such as the Accuplacer Placement test.





61


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


62

CHEM A105 – General Chemistry I




Biological Sciences (CPSB 101P, 786‐4770) 3/26/2012 Fred Rainey

B.A. Biology, major requirement, p. 96

B.S. Biology, major requirement, p. 96

Chemistry (CPSB 101Q, 786‐1238) 3/26/2012 Eric Holmberg

B.S. Chemistry, major requirement, chemistry option, p. 99

B.S. Chemistry, major requirement, biochemistry option, p. 99

Chemistry, minor requirement, p. 99

Geological Sciences (CPSB 101, 786‐4940) 3/26/2012 LeeAnn Munk

B.S. Geological Sciences, major requirement, p. 106

Natural Sciences (CPSB 101P, 786‐4770) 3/26/2012 Fred Rainey

B.S. Natural Sciences, major requirement, Environmental Sciences Option, p. 120

63

B.S. Natural Sciences, major requirement, Pre‐Health Professions Option, p. 122

B.S. Natural Sciences, major requirement, General Sciences Option, p. 123

Computer Electronics (Kenai Peninsula College, 907‐262‐0330) 3/26/2012 Janelle North


Construction Management (UC 130, 786‐6465) 3/26/2012 Donn Ketner

B.S. Construction Management, support course, p. 193





B.S. Dietetics, support course, p. 202

B.S. Nutrition, Community Nutrition Emphasis, major requirement for RD status, p. 204

B.S. Nutrition, Nutrition Science Emphasis, support course, p. 204


64






Civil Engineering (ENGR 201, 786‐1900) 3/26/2012 Ziata Lokteva

B.S. Civil Engineering, civil engineering requirements, p. 234

Engineering: Computer systems, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering (ENGR 201, 786‐1900) 3/26/2012 Janelle North

B.S. Engineering, major requirement, p. 237

Minor, Engineering, prerequisite, p. 243


BIOL A115, prerequisite, p. 344



65






Electrical Engineering (ENGR 201, 786‐1900) 3/26/2012 Janelle North

EE A441, prerequisite, p. 394

Geological Sciences (CPSB 101R, 786‐4940) 3/26/2012 LeeAnn Munk

GEOL A340, prerequisite, p. 409

Medical Laboratory Technology (CTC, AHS 169, 786‐4930) 3/26/2012 Heidi mannion






66



67











F. Course Title: General Chemistry I



I. Course Description: Introduction to general chemistry for science majors which

includes topics in elements and compounds, the periodic table, atomic and subatomic

theory and spectroscopy, bonding, various chemical reactions, thermodynamics, atomic and

molecular interactions in gases, liquids, solids and solution chemistry. Special Note:

Assumes prior knowledge of college preparatory high school chemistry and algebra. CHEM

A105L is the laboratory component of this course and requires a separate registration.

J. Course Attributes: UAA GER Natural Sciences Requirement.

K. Prerequisites: (MATH A105, or MATH A107, or MATH A108, or MATH A109, or

MATH A200) with minimum grade of C.

L. Test Scores: N/A


68

N. Registration Restrictions: CHEM A055 with a minimum grade of C or college preparatory

high school chemistry with a minimum grade of C. If the MATH A105 prerequisite is not

satisfied, appropriate scores on the SAT or ACT tests or appropriate scores on a UAA‐

approved placement test such as the Accuplacer placement test.

O. Course Fee: No



Activities provide students with chemical models and/or chemical data followed by

questions to guide them through the learning cycle, building conceptual understanding in a

process emulating the scientific method. The instructor will assist in the learning process

through a variety of methods that may include lectures, facilitation of class discussions, and

demonstrations.



a foundation in general chemistry specifically for science and engineering majors. It involves

a significantly more rigorous approach than CHEM A103/A104, and does not concentrate

specifically on health related problems nor emphasize Organic or Biochemistry. Concepts in

atomic and molecular structure, bonding, and chemical reactions, skills in model

exploration, and hypotheses building and testing using problem solving skills are

emphasized.



reactions for investigation and develop problem solving and observational skills on

problems relevant to current issues and topics in chemistry.

2. Present convergent and divergent questions to initiate discussion on the relevance of

current chemical models to observe and understand natural phenomena, help students

differentiate, link and integrate ideas and develop their own concepts, to articulate their

thinking and explain models and solutions.

3. Provide multiple historical, cultural and socially relevant contexts for applying concepts

and quantitative skills.

69


The student will:



2. Apply observation, investigative and problem solving skills on problems in chemistry.

3. Demonstrate skills in science methodology such as exploring and selecting appropriate

models.

4. Solve problems related to current chemistry topics that pertain to broad societal issues.

5. Create, communicate, defend and verify their solutions to problems across multiple

contexts.





This course introduces students to general chemistry concepts in atomic and molecular

structure and in atomic and molecular interactions. Students learn basic skills in model

exploration and verification for comprehension and retention of concepts and become

acquainted with chemistry as a science discipline. This course serves as a preparatory course

for CHEM A106.


1. Chemical Foundations

2. Atoms, Molecules, and Ions

3. Stoichiometry

4. Types of Chemical Reactions and Solution Stoichiometry

5. Gases

6. Thermochemistry

7. Atomic Structure and Periodicity

8. Bonding: General Concepts

9. Covalent Bonding: Orbitals

10. Liquids and Solids

11. Properties of Solutions

70


Zumdahl, S.S. and Zumdahl, S.A., Chemistry. Brooks Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.

Zumdahl, S.S. and Zumdahl, S.A., Chemistry: Student Solution Manual. Brooks Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.

VII. Bibliography:



63(10): p. 873‐878.




71




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A105L


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

1


6. Complete Course Title General Chemistry I Laboratory Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Introductory chemistry laboratory course with experiments designed to introduce students to the basics of laboratory equipment, data collection, data analysis, and reporting; and to illustrate, augment and apply concepts covered in CHEM A105. Special Note: Students who do not meet the prerequisites for this course may be administratively dropped at the discretion of the faculty. Attendance is mandatory for all chemistry laboratory courses the first week of class. Unless prior arrangements are made with the instructor, any student who does not attend the first scheduled meeting for this lab may be administratively dropped and a student on a waiting list will be added in their place. Any fees resulting from either of these drop procedures or any late registration procedure will be the responsibility of the student.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CHEM A105 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment

16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action Clarification of prerequisites. Course content guide update.



72


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


73

CHEM A105L – General Chemistry I Laboratory















74





Construction Management (UC 130, 786‐6465) 3/26/2012 Don Ketner

B.S. Construction Management, support course, p. 193









75















76

Chemistry Department (CPSB 101Q, 786‐1238) 3/26/2012 Eric Holmberg











77








F. Course Title: General Chemistry I Laboratory



I. Course Description: Introductory chemistry laboratory course

with experiments designed to introduce students to the basics of laboratory equipment, data collection, data analysis, and reporting; and to illustrate, augment and apply concepts covered in CHEM A105. Special Note: Students who do not meet the prerequisites for this course may be administratively dropped at the discretion of the faculty. Attendance is mandatory for all chemistry laboratory courses the first week of class. Unless prior arrangements are made with the instructor, any student who does not attend the first scheduled meeting for this lab may be administratively dropped and a student on a waiting list will be added in their place. Any fees resulting from either of these drop procedures or any late registration procedure will be the responsibility of the student.


78

K. Prerequisites: CHEM A105 with minimum grade of C or

concurrent enrollment

L. Test Scores: N/A





Students will explore concepts and solve problems relevant to experimental and theoretical chemistry. Exercises and experiments provide students with chemical models and/or chemical data followed by questions to guide them through the learning cycle, building conceptual understanding in a process emulating the scientific method. The instructor will assist the learning process through a variety of methods that may include lecture, group discussions, demonstration and/or discussions with individuals, groups or the entire class.


This course is designed to fulfill the needs of general education requirements and to provide a foundation in general chemistry and the general chemistry laboratory. It is intended to be an introduction to the chemistry laboratory. Safety in the laboratory environment, the proper use of glassware and equipment, and an integration of chemistry concepts, mathematics, technology, problem solving and kinesthesis are emphasized. The instructor will:

1. Provide students with a safe, supervised environment. 2. Supply students with standard operating procedures for each

experiment and examples of experimental setups to instruct proper lab technique.


79

4. Present questions to initiate discussion, help students integrate chemistry concepts, and explain models and solutions.


The student will:

1. Safely and correctly repeat previously covered skills in the chemistry laboratory.



4. Demonstrate science methodology with emphasis on exploring and verifying measurements and chemical.



Various assessment tools can be used, including, but not limited to quizzes, preparatory questions sets, lab reports, homework, and practical skill evaluations.




1. Laboratory Safety and Orientation 2. Mathematics in Chemistry 3. Introduction to the Chemistry Laboratory 4. The Use of Laboratory Glassware 5. Computers and Analytical Software Orientation 6. Solution Preparation and pH 7. Determination of Concentration Using Spectrophotometry 8. Determination of the Molar Volume of H2 Gas 9. Solutions, Electrolytes and Conductivity 10. Hardware Models: Limiting Reactant and Theoretical Yield 11. Synthesis of Potassium Dioxalatocuprate (II) Dihydrate 12. Calorimetry and the Enthalpies of Neutralization

80

VI. Suggested Texts

1. Kennish, J. and Schlabaugh, A., General Chemistry I Laboratory Manual. University of Alaska Anchorage, Chemistry Department, 2011.

2. Zumdahl, S.S. and Zumdahl, S.A., Chemistry. Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.

3. Zumdahl, S.S. and Zumdahl, S.A., Chemistry: Student Solution Manual. Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.

VII. Bibliography







81




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A106


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title General Chemistry II Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) The second semester in the general chemistry sequence for science majors. Topics include kinetics, equilibrium chemistry, acid-base chemistry, oxidation-reduction reactions, electrochemical cell chemistry, thermodynamics, nuclear chemistry, and chemical analysis methods. Special Note: CHEM A106L is the laboratory component of this course and requires a separate registration.


16b. Test Score(s)








Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




82

CHEM A106 – General Chemistry II











Geological Sciences (CPSB 101, 786‐4940)





83












B.S. Engineering, Mechanical Engineering specialization required course, p. 238

Minor, Engineering, prerequisite, p. 243

84





CE A441, prerequisite, p. 352








Engineering Science (ENGR 201, 786‐1900) 3/26/2012 Ziata Lokteva

ES A346, prerequisite, p. 394

Geological Sciences (CPSB 101R, 786‐4940) 3/26/2012 LeeAnn Munk

85





Mechanical Engineering (ENGR 201, 786‐1973) 3/26/2012 Janelle North

ME A334, prerequisite, p. 435

86











F. Course Title: General Chemistry II



I. Course Description: The second semester in the general chemistry sequence for

science majors. Topics include kinetics, equilibrium chemistry, acid‐base chemistry,

oxidation‐reduction reactions, electrochemical cell chemistry, thermodynamics, nuclear

chemistry, and chemical analysis methods. Special Note: CHEM A106L is the laboratory

component of this course and requires a separate registration.

J. Course Attributes: UAA GER Natural Sciences Requirement.

K. Prerequisites: CHEM A105 with minimum grade of C.

L. Test Scores: N/A



87

O. Course Fee: No




questions to guide them through the learning cycle, building conceptual understanding in a

process emulating the scientific method. The instructor will assist in the learning process

through a variety of methods that may include lectures, facilitation of class discussions, and

demonstrations.



a foundation in general chemistry specifically for science and engineering majors. It involves

a significantly more rigorous approach than CHEM A103/A104, and does not concentrate

specifically on health related problems nor emphasize Organic or Biochemistry. Concepts in

various types of chemical interactions and dynamics, development of chemical analysis

methods, skills in model exploration, and hypotheses building and testing using problem

solving skills are emphasized.









3. Provide multiple historical and culturally relevant contexts for applying concepts and

quantitative skills.


The student will:



2. Apply observation, investigative and problem solving skills to problems in chemistry.

88


models.

4. Solve problems on current chemistry topics.


contexts.





This course introduces students to general chemistry concepts in molecular interactions,

reaction dynamics and methods of analysis. Students learn basic skills in model exploration

and verification for comprehension and retention of concepts and become acquainted with

chemistry as a science discipline.


1. Chemical Kinetics

2. Chemical Equilibrium

3. Acids and Bases

4. Acid‐Base Equilibria

5. Solubility and Complex Ion Equilibria

6. Spontaneity, Entropy, and Free Energy

7. Electrochemistry

8. The Nucleus: A Chemist’s View

9. Transition Metals and Coordination Chemistry


Zumdahl, S.S. and Zumdahl, S.A., Chemistry. Brooks Cole, 2010.

Zumdahl, S.S. and Zumdahl, S.A., Chemistry: Student Solution Manual. Brooks Cole, 2010.

89

VII. Bibliography:



63(10): p. 873‐878.




90




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A106L


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

1


6. Complete Course Title General Chemistry II Laboratory General Chem II Lab Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) The second semester of this introductory chemistry laboratory course sequence. Experiments are designed to reinforce concepts students have been exposed to regarding the basics of laboratory equipment, data collection, data analysis, and reporting. This course illustrates, augments and applies concepts covered in CHEM A106. Special Note: Students who do not meet the prerequisites for this course may be administratively dropped at the discretion of the faculty. Attendance is mandatory for all chemistry laboratory courses the first week of class. Unless prior arrangements are made with the instructor, any student who does not attend the first scheduled meeting for this lab may be administratively dropped and a student on a waiting list will be added in their place. Any fees resulting from either of these drop procedures or any late registration procedure will be the responsibility of the student.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CHEM A105L with minimum grade of C and (CHEM A106 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment)

16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action Clarification of prerequisites. Course content guide update.



91


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


92

CHEM A106L – General Chemistry II Laboratory















93











Engineering: Computer systems, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering (ENGR 201, 786‐1900) 3/26/2012 janelle North

B.S. Engineering, Mechanical Engineering specialization required course, p. 238



94



CE A441, prerequisite, p. 352




CHEM A321, prerequisite, p. 356 (removed as a prerequisite if approved)


95








F. Course Title: General Chemistry II Laboratory



I. Course Description: The second semester of this introductory

chemistry laboratory course sequence. Experiments are designed to reinforce concepts students have been exposed to regarding the basics of laboratory equipment, data collection, data analysis, and reporting. This course illustrates, augments and applies concepts covered in CHEM A106. Special Note: Students who do not meet the prerequisites for this course may be administratively dropped at the discretion of the faculty. Attendance is mandatory for all chemistry laboratory courses the first week of class. Unless prior arrangements are made with the instructor, any student who does not attend the first scheduled meeting for this lab may be administratively dropped and a student on a waiting list will be added in their place. Any fees resulting from either of these drop procedures or any late registration procedure will be the responsibility of the student.

96


K. Prerequisites: CHEM 105L with minimum grade of C and

(CHEM A106 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment)

L. Test Scores: N/A



O. Course Fee: Yes




B. Instructional Goals: Instructional Goals:

This course is designed to fulfill the needs of general education requirements and to provide a foundation in general chemistry and the general chemistry laboratory. It is intended to be an introduction to the chemistry laboratory. Safety in the laboratory environment, the proper use of glassware and equipment, and an integration of chemistry concepts, mathematics, technology, problem solving and kinesthesis are emphasized. The instructor will:

1. Provide students with a safe, supervised environment. 2. Supply students with standard operating procedures for each

experiment and examples of experimental setups to instruct proper lab technique.

97


4. Present questions to initiate discussion, help students integrate chemistry concepts, and explain models and solutions.


The student will:

1. Safely and correctly repeat previously covered skills in the chemistry laboratory.



4. Demonstrate science methodology with emphasis on exploring and verifying measurements and chemical.



Various assessment tools can be used, including, but not limited to quizzes, preparatory questions sets, lab reports, homework, and comprehensive exams.




1. Laboratory Safety and Orientation 2. Mathematics and Computers in Chemistry 3. Chemical Equilibrium and the Equilibrium Constant 4. Determination of the Empirical Formula of a Coordination Complex using

Job’s Method 5. Determination of a Ksp Using Spectrophotometry 6. Analysis of Vinegar by Titration 7. Determination of Buffer Capacity 8. Spectrophotometric Determination of the pKa of Bromothymol Blue

98

9. Determination of Oxalate by Titration 10. Dependence of Cell Potential on Concentration: The Nernst Equation 11. Simultaneous Spectrophotometric Quantitation 12. Chemical Kinetics: Measuring Reaction Rates

VI. Suggested Texts

1. Kennish, J. and Schlabaugh, A., General Chemistry I Laboratory Manual. University of Alaska Anchorage, Chemistry Department, 2011.

2. Zumdahl, S.S. and Zumdahl, S.A., Chemistry. Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.

3. Zumdahl, S.S. and Zumdahl, S.A., Chemistry: Student Solution Manual. Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.

VII. Bibliography




4. Farrel, J.J., Moog, R.S., and Spencer, J.N., A Guided Inquiry General Chemistry Course. Journal of Chemical Education, 1999. 76(4): p. 570 – 574.



99




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A253


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title Principles of Inorganic Chemistry Principles of Inorganic Chem Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Study of structure and bonding of inorganic compounds with emphasis on molecular symmetry, d-metal complexes and catalysis.


16b. Test Score(s)








Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




100

CHEM A253 – Principles of Inorganic Chemistry






B.S. Natural Sciences, major requirement, environmental sciences option, p. 121




101











F. Course Title: Principles of Inorganic Chemistry



I. Course Description: Study of structure and bonding of inorganic compounds with

emphasis on molecular symmetry, d‐metal complexes and catalysis



L. Test Scores: N/A



O. Course Fee: No

102


A. Course Activities: Students will explore concepts and solve problems relevant to current topics in inorganic

chemistry. Activities provide students with opportunities to build conceptual understanding

of topic material. The instructor will assist in the learning process through a variety of

methods that may include lectures and student presentations.


Introduce chemistry majors to principles of inorganic chemistry, focusing on symmetry

groups, bonding of molecules, and ligand field theory.


The student will:

1. Classify compounds to the appropriate symmetry group.

2. Examine the bonding in molecules.

3. Apply concepts of symmetry and ligand field theory.



to quizzes, unit exams, student presentations, and a comprehensive final exam.


This is a course in intermediate inorganic chemistry. It involves a significantly more rigorous

approach than CHEM A105/A106.


1. Atomic Structure

2. The structure of simple solids

3. Molecular structure and bonding

4. Molecular symmetry

5. Acids and bases

6. Oxidation and reduction

7. d‐metal complexes

8. Catalysis

103


Atkins, P.W. and Shriver, D., Inorganic chemistry, 3rd ed. W.H. Freeman and Company, 2001.

Housecroft, C.E. and Sharpe, A.G., Inorganic Chemistry. Prentice Hall, 2001.

VII. Bibliography:

Jolly, W.L., Modern Inorganic Chemistry. McGraw‐Hill , 1991.

Rayner‐Canham, G. and Overton T., Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd ed,. W.H. Freeman

and Company, 2003.

Rodgers, G., Introduction to Coordination, Solid State and Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry. McGraw Hill College Division, 1994.

Schubert, U. and Husing, N., Synthesis of Inorganic Materials. Wiley‐VCH, 2001.

104




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A311


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3.0


6. Complete Course Title Physical Chemistry: A Biological Orientation Biophysical Chemistry Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Designed to introduce the principles of physical chemistry to students primarily interested in the biochemical and biological aspects of chemistry. Topics of physical chemistry are presented from the viewpoint of their application to biochemical problems. Included are discussions of thermodynamics and biochemical energetics, properties of solutions and electrolytes, electrochemical applications to biological oxidation-reduction reactions, chemical and enzyme kinetics.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CHEM A106 with minimum grade of C and MATH A200 with minimum grade of C.

16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action Course content guide update. Change course prerequisite to increase access to non-majors.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




105

CHEM A311 – Physical Chemistry: A Biological Orientation






B.S. Natural Sciences, major requirement, pre‐health professions option, p. 123



106




I. Date of Initiation: November 2, 2011







F. Course Title: Physical Chemistry: A Biological Orientation



I. Course Description: Designed to introduce the principles of physical chemistry to

students primarily interested in the biochemical and biological aspects of chemistry. Topics

of physical chemistry are presented from the viewpoint of their application to biochemical

problems. Included are discussions of thermodynamics and biochemical energetics,

properties of solutions and electrolytes, electrochemical applications to biological oxidation‐

reduction reactions, chemical and enzyme kinetics.


K. Prerequisites: CHEM A106 with minimum grade of C and MATH A200 with

minimum grade of C.

L. Test Scores: N/A


107


O. Course Fee: No


A. Course Activities: Students will explore concepts and solve problems relevant to biological physical chemistry.


questions to develop conceptual understanding. The instructor will assist in the learning

process through a variety of methods that may include lectures, facilitation of class

discussions, facilitation of real‐time problem solving, and provision of supplementary

reading material.


This course is designed as an intermediate approach to physical chemistry and has a

biological orientation.


1. Present models of thermodynamics, biochemical energetics and chemical and enzyme

kinetics for investigation and develop problem solving and observational skills on

problems relevant to topics in biological physical chemistry.


current chemical models to observe and understand biological/biochemical phenomena.

3. Provide multiple biological/biochemical contexts for applying concepts and quantitative

skills.

4. Evaluate properties of solutions and electrolytes as they pertain to biological physical

chemistry.

5. Explore electrochemical applications to biological oxidation‐reduction reactions.


Students will solve complex problems in applied biological physical chemistry.

The student will:


topics in the physical chemistry of biological systems.


models.

108

3. Demonstrate the applications of thermodynamics, kinetics, and theory as they apply to

biological systems.

4. Verify and communicate their solutions to problems across multiple biological contexts.



to homework, take‐home exams, in‐class exams and a comprehensive final exam.


This course requires a background in the principles of chemistry, calculus and basic concepts

in physics. It also requires a great deal of analytical thinking and attention to detail.


1. Thermodynamics

2. Biochemical Energetics

3. Properties of Solutions and Electrolytes

4. Electrochemical Applications to Biological Oxidation‐Reduction Reactions

5. Chemical Kinetics

6. Enzyme Kinetics


Tinoco, I., Sauer, K., Wang, J.C. and Puglisi, J.D., Physical Chemistry: Principles and Applications in Biological Sciences, 4th ed. Prentice Hall, 2001.

Watson, J.D., The Double Helix. Touchstone, 2001.

VII. Bibliography:

Barrow, G.M., Physical Chemistry for the Life Sciences. McGraw Hill Publishing Company,

2000.

Chang, R., Physical Chemistry for the Chemical and Biological Sciences. University Science Books, 2000.

Freifelder, D., Physical Biochemistry. W.H. Freeman and Company, 1982.

Miller, A., Tanner, J., Essentials of Chemical Biology. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2008.

109

Vaidhyanathan, V.S., Regulation and Control Mechanisms in Biological Systems. Prentice Hall, 1993.

Van Holde, K.E., Johnson, W.C., and Shing Ho, P., Principles of Physical Biochemistry. Prentice Hall, 2005.

110




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A312


CHEM A212

5a. Credits/CEUs

5


6. Complete Course Title Quantitative Analysis Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) General principles of chemical analysis, including introduction to volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental methods, theory, problems, and laboratory. Special Note: Pregnant students should be aware that they will be using chemicals in this course that are teratogenic and may cause harm to unborn children.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CHEM A106 with minimum grade of C and CHEM A106L with minimum grade of C.

16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action Course number changed to appropriately reflect the content addressed in the course and provide continuity with curriculum offered on other UA campuses. A special note was added to indicate teratogenicity of chemicals used in this course. Course content guide update.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




111

CHEM A212 – Quantitative Analysis














112











F. Course Title: Quantitative Analysis



I. Course Description: General principles of chemical analysis, including introduction

to volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental methods, theory, problems, and laboratory.

Special Note: Pregnant students should be aware that they will be using chemicals in this

course that are teratogenic and may cause harm to unborn children.


K. Prerequisites: CHEM A106 with minimum grade of C and CHEM A106L with

minimum grade of C.

L. Test Scores: N/A



113

O. Course Fee: Yes


A. Course Activities: Students will study concepts and solve problems relevant to current topics in physical

analytical chemistry. Activities provide students with chemical models and/or chemical data

followed by questions to guide them through the learning cycle, building conceptual

understanding. In the lecture portion of this course, the instructor will direct the learning

process through a variety of methods that may include: lectures, facilitation of class

discussions, facilitation of real‐time problem solving and use of the Socratic method.

Laboratory activities will include real‐time computer‐assisted data collection, data analysis,

graphing of results and sound interpretation of results. In addition to keeping a laboratory

notebook, students are required to supplement their record keeping with electronically

processed materials such as spreadsheets and graphs.


This course is designed as a lead‐in to more advanced analytical and physical chemistry

courses, and provides the fundamental instrumentation training based upon which further

experimental work in chemistry is founded. This course serves as the basis for

undergraduate research preparation.





2. Present a detailed explanation of statistical analysis for small data sets including

methods of regression and propagation of error.

3. Provide multiple historical, cultural, environmental and socially relevant contexts for

applying concepts and quantitative skills and invite students to defend and verify their

models and their solutions to problems relevant to these contexts.

4. Provide students the opportunity to gain laboratory experience focusing on applied

physical chemistry, fundamental instrumental techniques, calibration, quality‐assurance

/ quality control and statistical analysis including regression analysis.

114


Students will solve complex problems in applied thermodynamics related to analytical

chemistry both in the lecture and laboratory portions of this course.

The student will:

1. Understand and interpret chemical models of atomic and molecular structure, bonding


2. Apply observation, investigative and problem solving skills relevant to analytical and

applied chemistry.

3. Perform required laboratory experiments.


contexts.

5. Model laboratory processes in the lecture and then perform representative processes in

the laboratory.

6. Apply statistical analysis to results obtained in all laboratory experiments.

7. Utilize a wide range of equipment and instrumentation and perform appropriate data

analysis and interpretation of acquired data.

8. Apply quality control in the chemistry laboratory with the goal of excellence in

performance.



to: homework, lab reports, exams, and a comprehensive American Chemical Society final

exam.


This course introduces students to concepts in analytical chemistry, reaction dynamics and

introductory methods of analysis. Students learn intermediate skills in applied physical

chemistry and elementary statistics. Verification for comprehension and retention of

concepts are performed using appropriate evaluation tools.


1. The Analytical Process

2. Chemical Measurements

3. Tools in Chemistry

4. Experimental Error

115

5. Statistics

6. Quality Assurance and Calibration Methods

7. Chemical Equilibrium

8. Activity and the Systematic Treatment of Equilibrium

9. Monoprotic Acid‐Base Equilibria

10. Polyprotic Acid‐Base Equilibria

11. Acid‐Base Titrations

12. Chelation Titrations

13. Advanced Topics in Equilibrium

14. Fundamentals of Electrochemistry

15. Electrodes and Potentiometry

16. Redox Titrations

17. Electroanalytical Techniques

18. Fundamentals of Spectrophotometry


Harris, D.C., Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 8th ed. W.H. Freeman and Company, 2010.

Harris, D.C., Quantitative Chemical Analysis: Student Solutions Manual. W.H. Freeman and

Company, 2010.

VII. Bibliography:

Liengme, B., A Guide to Microsoft Excel 2007 for Scientists and Engineers. Academic Press,

2008.

Miller, J.C. and Miller, J.N., Statistics for Analytical Chemistry. Ellis Horwood Ltd, 1993.

116




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A321


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title Organic Chemistry I Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Investigates the chemistry of carbon compounds including alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, alkyl halides, and arenes. Discusses physical properties, nomenclature, synthesis, reactions, reaction mechanisms, and stereochemistry of these compounds.


16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action Completion of CHEM A106L (previous prerequisite) is not required until students take CHEM 323L. Course content guide update.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




117

CHEM A321 – Organic Chemistry I



B.S. Biological Sciences, major requirement, p. 96









B.S. Dietetics, major requirement, p. 203

B.S. Nutrition, major requirement, p. 204

Nutrition Science Emphasis, major requirement, p. 205

118










Dietetics & Nutrition (CTC, CUDY 126, 786‐4728) 3/26/2012 Tim Doebler






119




120

Course Content Guide for CHEM A321 University of Alaska Anchorage

College of Arts & Sciences I. Date of Initiation: January 30, 2012






F. Course Title: Organic Chemistry I



I. Course Description: Investigates the chemistry of carbon

compounds including alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, alkyl halides, and arenes. Discusses physical properties, nomenclature, synthesis, reactions, reaction mechanisms, and stereochemistry of these compounds.



L. Test Scores: N/A



O. Course Fee: No

121

III. Instructional Goals and Student Learning Outcomes A. Instructional Goals:


1. Explain structure and bonding of carbon compounds. 2. Explain functional groups. 3. Explain physical properties, nomenclature, and reactions of

alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, alkyl halides, and arenes. B. Student Learning Outcomes:

Student Learning Outcomes- Students will:

Assessment Methods

Detect functional groups and the type of bonding present in an organic compound.

Exams

Analyze the nomenclature and physical properties of organic compounds containing alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, alkyl halides, and arenes.

Exams

Analyze the reactions and mechanisms of organic compounds containing alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, alkyl halides, and arenes.

Exams

IV. Course Activities:

A. Lecture B. Assigned problems C. Exams

V. Guidelines for Evaluation

Students will be evaluated based on their performance on in-class exams and a comprehensive final exam.

VI. Course Level Justification

This course requires a background in the principles of chemistry. It also requires a great deal of analytical thinking and attention to detail.

122

VII. Topic Course Outline

1. Covalent Bonding and Shapes of Molecules 2. Alkanes and Cycloalkanes 3. Stereoisomerism and Chirality 4. Acids and Bases 5. Bonding, Nomenclature and Properties of Alkenes 6. Reactions of Alkenes 7. Alkynes 8. Alkyl Halides 9. Substitution and Elimination 10. Alcohols 11. Ethers, Epoxides, and Sulfides 12. Infrared Spectroscopy 13. NMR

VIII. Suggested Texts

1. Brown, W.H., Foote, C.S., Iverson, B.L. and Anslyn, E., Organic Chemistry, Hybrid Edition 6th ed. Brooks/Cole, 2011.

2. Brown, W.H., Foote, C.S., Iverson, B.L. and Anslyn, E., Study Guide with Solutions Manual for Brown/Foote/Iverson/Anslyn’s Organic Chemistry, 6th ed. Brooks/Cole, 2011.

IX. Bibliography

1. Alonso, M.E., The Art of Problem Solving in Organic Chemistry. Wiley, 1987.

2. Wade, L.G., Organic Chemistry, 5th ed. Pearson Education Inc., 2003.

123




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A322


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title Organic Chemistry II Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Continuation of CHEM A321. Includes the study of spectroscopic techniques for structure determination, and the chemistry of alcohols, ethers, epoxides, thiols, sulfides, carbonyl compounds, amines, carbohydrates, and amino acids. Emphasizes nomenclature, physical properties, synthetic methods, and reaction mechanisms.


16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action Course content guide update. Improve wording in course description.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




124

CHEM A322 – Organic Chemistry II















125




126








F. Course Title: Organic Chemistry II



I. Course Description: Continuation of CHEM A321. Includes the

study of spectroscopic techniques for structure determination, and the chemistry of alcohols, ethers, epoxides, thiols, sulfides, carbonyl compounds, amines, carbohydrates, and amino acids. Emphasizes nomenclature, physical properties, synthetic methods, and reaction mechanisms.



L. Test Scores: N/A



O. Course Fee: No

127



1. Introduce the use of spectroscopic techniques used to determine the structure of organic compounds.

2. Introduce physical properties, nomenclature, reactions, and mechanisms of alcohols, ethers, epoxides, thiols, sulfides, carbonyl compounds, carbohydrates, and amines.

B. Student Learning Outcomes:


Assessment Methods

Deduce the structure of an organic compound when given appropriate spectroscopic information.

Exams

Analyze the nomenclature and physical properties of organic compounds containing ethers, epoxides, thiols, sulfides, carbonyl groups, carbohydrates, and amines.

Exams

Analyze the reactions of organic compounds containing ethers, epoxides, thiols, sulfides, carbonyl groups, carbohydrates, and amines.

Exams


A. Lecture B. Assigned problems C. Exams


Students will be evaluated based on their performance on in-class exams and a comprehensive final exam.

128




1. Structure Determination: MS and IR Spectroscopy 2. Structure Determination: NMR Spectroscopy 3. Conjugated Dienes and Ultraviolet Spectroscopy 4. Alcohols and Phenols 5. Ethers and Epoxides; Thiols and Sulfides 6. Aldehydes and Ketones: Nucleophilic Addition Reactions 7. Biomolecules: Carbohydrates 8. Carboxylic Acids 9. Carboxylic Acid Derivatives and Nucleophilic Acyl Substitution

Reactions 10. Carbonyl Alpha-Substitution Reactions 11. Carbonyl Condensation Reactions 12. Amines 13. Biomolecules: Amino Acids



2. Brown, W.H., Foote, C.S., Iverson, B.L. and Anslyn, E., Study Guide with Solutions Manual for Brown/Foote/Iverson/Anslyn’s Organic Chemistry, 6th ed. Brooks/Cole, 2011.

IX. Bibliography

1. Alonso, M.E., The Art of Problem Solving in Organic Chemistry. Wiley, 1987.

2. Wade, L.G., Organic Chemistry, 5th ed. Pearson Education Inc., 2003.

129




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A323L


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

2


6. Complete Course Title Organic Chemistry Laboratory Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) A practical implementation of the theory learned in CHEM A321 and A322. Purification techniques, spectroscopic methods, and synthetic methods of organic compounds will be taught. Special Note: Students who do not meet the prerequisites for this course may be administratively dropped at the discretion of the faculty. Attendance is mandatory for all chemistry laboratory courses the first week of class. Unless prior arrangements are made with the instructor, any student who does not attend the first scheduled meeting for this lab may be administratively dropped and a student on a wait list will be added in their place. Any fees resulting from either of these drop procedures or any late registration procedure will be the responsibility of the student. Pregnant students should be aware that they will be using chemicals in this course that are teratogenic and may cause harm to unborn children.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CHEM A106L with minimum grade of C and CHEM A321 with minimum grade of C and (CHEM A322 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment).

16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action Extensive laboratory experience and knowledge of safety procedures are needed prior to entry into this course. A special note was added to indicate teratogenicity of chemicals used in this course. Corequisite removed and added to prerequisites. Course content guide update.



130


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


131

CHEM A323L – Organic Chemistry Laboratory















132








F. Course Title: Organic Chemistry Laboratory



I. Course Description: A practical implementation of the theory

learned in CHEM A321 and A322. Purification techniques, spectroscopic methods, and synthetic methods of organic compounds will be taught. Special Note: Students who do not meet the prerequisites for this course may be administratively dropped at the discretion of the faculty. Attendance is mandatory for all chemistry laboratory courses the first week of class. Unless prior arrangements are made with the instructor, any student who does not attend the first scheduled meeting for this lab may be administratively dropped and a student on a wait list will be added in their place. Any fees resulting from either of these drop procedures or any late registration procedure will be the responsibility of the student. Pregnant students should be aware that they will be using chemicals in this course that are teratogenic and may cause harm to unborn children.

133


K. Prerequisites: CHEM A106L with minimum grade of C

and CHEM A321 with minimum grade of C and (CHEM A322 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment).

L. Test Scores: N/A



O. Course Fee: Yes


A. Instructional Goals: The instructor will:

1. Introduce students to the standard purification techniques used for organic compounds.

2. Introduce students to analytical methods used to detect and quantify organic compounds.

3. Introduce students to spectroscopic techniques used for the structure elucidation of organic compounds.

4. Introduce students to the methods and equipment used to carry out standard organic reactions.

134



Assessment Methods

Set up organic reactions and follow their progress

Laboratory reports, notebook, final exam

Purify products of organic reactions Laboratory reports, notebook, final exam

Analyze the product composition and purity

Laboratory reports, notebook, final exam


A. Experiments B. Laboratory reports C. Maintaining a laboratory notebook D. Comprehensive final exam


Students will be evaluated based on their performance on laboratory reports, keeping a laboratory notebook and a comprehensive final exam.




1. Lab Safety and Orientation 2. Introduction to Microscale Organic Laboratory Equipment and

Techniques 3. Determination of Physical Properties 4. Purification Techniques for Organic Compounds 5. Microscale Organic Laboratory Experiments

135


1. Lehman, J.W., Microscale Operational Organic Chemistry 2nd ed. Pearson, 2009.

IX. Bibliography


2. Mayo, D.W., Pike, R.M., and Trumper, P.K., Microscale Organic

Laboratory: with Multistep and Multiscale Synthesis. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 2000.

3. Williamson, K.L., Macroscale and Microscale Organic Experiments. Houghton Mifflin Company, 2003.

136




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A331


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title Physical Chemistry I Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) A quantitative study of principles of thermodynamics, kinetic molecular theory of gases, and chemical kinetics. Applications to solutions, phase equilibria, chemical reactions and transport properties. A brief introduction to quantum mechanics and spectroscopy. Special Note: MATH A302 is strongly recommended.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) (CHEM A106, CHEM A106L, MATH A202, PHYS A212, and PHYS A212L) all with minimum grade of C.

16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action Course content guide update. Clarify prerequisite wording.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




137

CHEM A331 – Physical Chemistry I












Physics (CPSB 101Q, 786‐1238) 3/26/2012 Jim Pantaleone

PHYS A413, prerequisite, p. 467

138








F. Course Title: Physical Chemistry I



I. Course Description: A quantitative study of principles of

thermodynamics, kinetic molecular theory of gases, and chemical kinetics. Applications to solutions, phase equilibria, chemical reactions and transport properties. A brief introduction to quantum mechanics and spectroscopy. Special Note: MATH A302 is strongly recommended.


K. Prerequisites: (CHEM A106, CHEM A106L, MATH

A202, PHYS A212, and PHYS A212L) all with minimum grade of C.

L. Test Scores: N/A



O. Course Fee: No

139


A. Instructional Goals:


1. Present principles of thermodynamics with application to gases, solution, and phase equilibria.

2. Introduce molecular kinetic theory and transport properties. 3. Introduce chemical kinetics. 4. Familiarize students with quantum mechanics and spectroscopy.



Assessment Methods

Demonstrate skills for prediction of chemical / physical phenomena using thermodynamics and chemical kinetics.

Quizzes, Exams

Apply the knowledge of kinetics to design methods for determination of reactions’ mechanisms.

Quizzes, Exams


A. Lecture B. Assignments C. Critical Thinking Questions D. Quizzes E. Exams


Students will be evaluated based on their performance on quizzes, in-class exams and a comprehensive final exam.

140


This course requires a background in the principles of chemistry, calculus and basic concepts in physics. It also requires a great deal of analytical thinking and attention to detail.


1. Principles of Thermodynamics: laws of thermodynamics, application to chemical and physical equilibria.

2. Molecular Kinetic Theory: Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution, transport properties.

3. Chemical Kinetics: order of the reactions, reversible reactions, mechanisms, applications.

4. Introduction to Spectroscopy. VIII. Suggested Texts

1. Engel, T. and Reid, P., Physical Chemistry, 2th ed. Prentice Hall, 2009. IX. Bibliography

1. Atkins, P. and de Paula, J., Physical Chemistry, 9th ed. W.H. Freeman and Company, 2009.

2. Silbey, R.J., Alberti, R.A., and Bawendi, M.G., Physical Chemistry, 4th ed. Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2004.

3. Tinoco, I., Sauer, S., Wang J.C., and Puglisi J.D., Physical Chemistry: Principles and Applications in Biological Sciences, 4th ed. Prentice Hall, 2001.

141




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A332


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title Physical Chemistry II Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Principles of quantum mechanics with application to atomic and molecular structure and spectroscopy. Introduction to statistical mechanics. Special Note: MATH A302 is strongly recommended.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) [CHEM A331 with minimum grade of C or PHYS A303 with minimum grade of C] and MATH A314 with minimum grade of C.

16b. Test Score(s)








Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




142

CHEM A332 – Physical Chemistry II










Physics (CPSB 101Q, 786‐1238) 3/26/2012 Jim Pantaleone

PHYS A403, prerequisite, p. 467

143








F. Course Title: Physical Chemistry II



I. Course Description: Principles of quantum mechanics with

application to atomic and molecular structure and spectroscopy. Introduction to statistical mechanics. Special Note: MATH A302 is strongly recommended.


K. Prerequisites: [CHEM A331 with minimum grade of C or

PHYS A303 with minimum grade of C] and MATH A314 with minimum grade of C.

L. Test Scores: N/A



O. Course Fee: No

144



1. Introduce principles of quantum mechanics. 2. Introduce techniques appropriate for application of quantum

mechanics to problems in atomic and molecular structure. 3. Introduce principles of statistical mechanics.



Assessment Methods

Demonstrate skills describing the quantum nature of particles and atoms.

Quizzes, Exams

Interpret atomic and molecular structure. Quizzes, Exams

Examine and compare a variety of spectroscopic techniques for the investigation of molecular structures.

Quizzes, Exams

Incorporate appropriate knowledge from sources such as textbooks and scientific literature into their problem solving strategies.

Quizzes, Exams


A. Lecture B. Assignments C. Critical Thinking Questions D. Quizzes E. Exams

145


Students will be evaluated based on their performance on quizzes, in-class exams and a comprehensive final exam.


This course requires a background in the principles of chemistry, calculus and basic concepts in physics and linear algebra. It also requires a great deal of analytical thinking and attention to detail.


1. Principles of quantum mechanics: postulates of quantum mechanics, operators, observables, applications to simple systems (such as particle in the box, harmonic oscillator, etc.)

2. Atomic and molecular structure and spectroscopy: rotations and vibrations, atomic and molecular orbitals and applications to electronic spectroscopy

3. Introduction to statistical mechanics: Boltzmann distribution, molecular partition functions, introduction to statistical thermodynamics


1. Atkins, P. and de Paula, J., Physical Chemistry, 9th ed. Freeman and Company, 2009.

2. Engel, T. and Reid, P., Physical Chemistry, 2th ed. Prentice Hall, 2009.

IX. Bibliography

1. Atkins, P. and de Paula, J., Physical Chemistry, 9th ed. W.H. Freeman and Company, 2009.

2. McQuarrie, D.A., Quantum Chemistry, 2nd ed. University Science Books, 2007.

3. Silbey, R.J., Alberti, R.A., and Bawendi, M.G., Physical Chemistry, 4th ed. Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2004.


146




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A333L


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

2


6. Complete Course Title Physical Chemistry Lab Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) A practical implementation of the theory learned in CHEM A331 and CHEM A332. Selected laboratory and computational experiments in thermodynamics, kinetics, transport phenomena, molecular and atomic structure.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) [CHEM A331 with minimum grade of C and (CHEM A332 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment)] or [PHYS A403 with minimum grade of C and PHYS A413 with minimum grade of C].

16b. Test Score(s)








Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




147

CHEM A333L – Physical Chemistry Lab








148








F. Course Title: Physical Chemistry Lab



I. Course Description: A practical implementation of the theory

learned in CHEM A331 and CHEM A332. Selected laboratory and computational experiments in thermodynamics, kinetics, transport phenomena, molecular and atomic structure.


K. Prerequisites: [CHEM A331 with minimum grade of C

and (CHEM A332 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment)] or [PHYS A403 with minimum grade of C and PHYS A413 with minimum grade of C].

L. Test Scores: N/A



O. Course Fee: Yes

149




1. Introduce students to techniques and principles behind laboratory experiments in physical chemistry.

2. Introduce various spectroscopic techniques. 3. Familiarize students with a variety of computational approaches. 4. Expose students to an environment close to one found in research

laboratories. 5. Develop students’ technical writing skills.



Assessment Methods

Develop working knowledge of a variety of physical chemistry techniques.

Lab Reports, Exams

Compare and apply a variety of computational approaches for problems in physical chemistry.

Lab Reports, Exams

Develop and practice technical writing skills for clear presentation of technical data.

Lab Reports

Design procedures for their experiments. Quizzes

Compare a variety of spectroscopic techniques to observe and explore atomic and molecular properties.

Lab Reports, Exams

150


A. Laboratory exercises B. Computational exercises C. Prelab lectures D. Laboratory reports E. Exams


Students will be evaluated based on their performance on laboratory reports and exams. Quizzes may be given at the instructor’s discretion.


This course requires a background in the principles of chemistry and basic concepts in physics. It also requires a great deal of analytical thinking and attention to detail.


1. Various laboratory techniques in physical chemistry. Examples include experiments on basic thermodynamic principles, phase equilibria, kinetics, transport properties, and basic spectroscopy techniques on simple systems.

2. Computational approaches. Examples include modeling of Boltzmann distribution, molecular dynamic simulations, and modeling of various molecular spectra.


1. Garland, C., Nibler, J. and Shoemaker, D., Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8th ed. McGraw-Hill, 2008.

IX. Bibliography

1. Atkins, P. and de Paula, J., Physical Chemistry, 9th ed. W.H. Freeman and

Company, 2009. 2. Engel, T. and Reid, P., Physical Chemistry, 2th ed. Prentice Hall, 2009. 3. McQuarrie, D.A., Quantum Chemistry, 2nd ed. University Science Books,

2007. 4. Silbey, R.J., Alberti, R.A., and Bawendi, M.G., Physical Chemistry, 4th ed.

Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2004.

151


152




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A434


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

5


6. Complete Course Title Instrumental Methods Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)







12. Cross Listed with Stacked with CHEM A634 Cross-Listed Coordination Signature









15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Techniques in operating new and specialized instruments for qualitative and quantitative analysis and analytical methods of an advanced nature. For students in chemistry and allied fields.


16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action Course content guide update. Correct contact hours.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




153

CHEM A434 – Instrumental Methods










CHEM A634, stacked with CHEM A434, p. 358

154











F. Course Title: Instrumental Methods



I. Course Description: Techniques in operating new and specialized instruments for

qualitative and quantitative analysis and analytical methods of an advanced nature. For

students in chemistry and allied fields.



L. Test Scores: N/A



O. Course Fee: Yes

155

P. Stacked With: CHEM A634


A. Course Activities: Students will explore concepts and solve problems relevant to current topics in analytical

instrumental methods. Activities provide students with chemical models and/or chemical

data followed by questions to guide them through the learning cycle, building conceptual

understanding in a process emulating the scientific method. In the lecture portion of this

course, the instructor will assist in the learning process through a variety of methods that

may include: lectures, facilitation of class discussions, facilitation of real‐time problem

solving and use of the Socratic method. Laboratory activities will include methodology

development, real‐time computer‐assisted data collection, data analysis, statistical analysis,

graphing of results and interpretation of results. In addition to keeping a laboratory


processed materials such as spreadsheets and graphs.


This course is designed as an advanced instrumental analysis chemistry course, and provides

an advanced instrumentation training base which emulates analyses and conditions found in

industry and research laboratories.













physical chemistry, methodology development, fundamental instrumental techniques,

calibration, quality‐assurance / quality control and statistical analysis including

regression analysis.

156



chemistry and instrumental methods both in the lecture and laboratory portions of this

course.

The student will:




current issues and topics in chemistry.


models.

4. Solve problems on current chemistry topics that pertain to broad societal issues.


contexts.

6. Model laboratory processes as part of the lecture curriculum, after which they perform

representative processes in the laboratory.

7. Develop their own experimental and instrumental methodologies for sample processing,

data acquisition and data processing.


9. Utilize a wide range of equipment and instrumentation and perform extensive data

analysis and interpretation of acquired data.

10. Apply quality control to their own performance in the chemistry laboratory with the

goal of excellence in performance.



to homework, lab reports, take‐home exams, in‐class exams and a comprehensive American

Chemical Society final exam.


Evaluation can be based on a variety of instruments such as: homework, lab reports, take‐

home exams, in‐class exams and a comprehensive American Chemical Society final exam.


This course provides students with a more in‐depth look at concepts in analytical chemistry,

reaction dynamics and advanced methods of analysis. Students learn advanced skills in

157

applied physical chemistry and intermediate statistics. Verification for comprehension and

retention of concepts are performed using appropriate evaluation tools.


1. Measurement Basics

2. Atomic Spectroscopy

3. Molecular Spectroscopy

a. Focusing on Ultraviolet/Visible Spectroscopy in the laboratory

b. Focusing on Mass Spectrometry in the laboratory

4. Electroanalytical Chemistry

Focusing on Potentiometry in the laboratory

5. Separation Methods

a. Focusing on Gas Chromatographic separations in the laboratory

b. Focusing on Liquid Chromatographic separations in the laboratory

6. Automated Methods of Analysis

Focusing on Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry in the laboratory


Skoog, D.A., Holler, F.J. and Crouch, S.R., Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 6th ed. Brooks Cole, 2007.

VII. Bibliography:

Harris, D.C., Quantitative Chemical Analysis. W.H. Freeman and Company, 2010.


2008.


158




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A634


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

5


6. Complete Course Title Advanced Instrumental Methods Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Lectures concurrent with CHEM A434. Techniques in operating new and specialized instruments for qualitative and quantitative analysis and analytical methods of an advanced nature. For students in chemistry and allied fields. Graduate students will be required to develop an instrumental method, to submit a research paper summarizing their findings, including designs for future experiments on the subject and to give a seminar on the topic. Special Note: Not available for credit to students who have completed CHEM A434.


16b. Test Score(s)






19. Justification for Action Course content guide update. Prerequisite clarification. Correct contact hours.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




159

CHEM A634 – Advanced Instrumental Methods


Applied Environmental Science & Technology (ENGR 201, 786‐1900) 3/26/2012 Ziata Lokteva

M. and M.S. Applied Environmental Science & Technology, course requirement, p. 308




160











F. Course Title: Advanced Instrumental Methods



I. Course Description: Lectures concurrent with CHEM A434. Techniques in operating

new and specialized instruments for qualitative and quantitative analysis and analytical

methods of an advanced nature. For students in chemistry and allied fields. Graduate

students will be required to develop an instrumental method, to submit a research paper

summarizing their findings, including designs for future experiments on the subject and to

give a seminar on the topic. Special Note: Not available for credit to students who have

completed CHEM A434.



L. Test Scores: N/A


161


O. Course Fee: Yes

P. Stacked With: CHEM A434


A. Course Activities: Students will explore concepts and solve problems relevant to current topics in analytical

instrumental methods. Activities provide students with chemical models and/or chemical

data followed by questions to guide them through the learning cycle, building conceptual

understanding in a process emulating the scientific method. In the lecture portion of this

course, the instructor will assist in the learning process through a variety of methods that

may include: lectures, facilitation of class discussions, facilitation of real‐time problem

solving and use of the Socratic method. Laboratory activities will include methodology

development, real‐time computer‐assisted data collection, data analysis, statistical analysis,

graphing of results and interpretation of results. In addition to keeping a laboratory


processed materials such as spreadsheets and graphs. In addition, students design a

research project which includes a literature search, method development, sample

preparation and analysis and the completion of a comprehensive report.


This course is designed as an advanced instrumental analysis chemistry course, and provides

an advanced instrumentation training base which emulates analyses and conditions found in

industry and research laboratories.









3. Provide multiple historical, cultural, and environmental contexts for applying concepts

and quantitative skills and invite students to defend and verify their models and their

solutions to problems relevant to these contexts.

162


physical chemistry, methodology development, fundamental instrumental techniques,

calibration, quality‐assurance / quality control and statistical analysis including

regression analysis.



chemistry and instrumental methods both in the lecture and laboratory portions of this

course.

The student will:



2. Apply observational, investigative and problem solving skills.

3. Select models appropriate to specific systems.

4. Create, communicate, and verify their solutions to problems across multiple contexts.

5. Develop experimental and instrumental methodologies for sample processing, data

acquisition and data processing.


7. Utilize a wide range of equipment and instrumentation and perform data analysis and

interpretation of acquired data.

8. Apply quality control to performance in the chemistry laboratory.

9. Design and complete a research protocol and submit a comprehensive report that

includes a description of the purpose of the research project, hypothesis testing and

evaluation, data presentation and drawing conclusions as to the success of the protocol,

meaning of results and potential future experimental directions.



to: homework, lab reports, take‐home exams, in‐class exams and a comprehensive

American Chemical Society final exam.


Evaluation can be based on a variety of instruments such as: homework, lab reports, take‐

home exams, in‐class exams and a comprehensive ACS final exam.

163


This course provides students with a more in‐depth look at concepts in analytical chemistry,

reaction dynamics and advanced methods of analysis. Students learn advanced skills in

applied physical chemistry and intermediate statistics. Verification for comprehension and

retention of concepts are performed using appropriate evaluation tools. In addition to the

CHEM A434 curriculum, 600‐level students are required to complete an extensive research

project and report, integrating concepts from multiple academic disciplines and using one or

more of the instrumental methods taught in this course.


1. Measurement Basics

2. Atomic Spectroscopy

3. Molecular Spectroscopy

a. Focusing on Ultraviolet/Visible Spectroscopy in the laboratory

b. Focusing on Mass Spectrometry in the laboratory

4. Electroanalytical Chemistry

a. Focusing on Potentiometry in the laboratory

5. Separation Methods

a. Focusing on Gas Chromatographic separations in the laboratory

b. Focusing on Liquid Chromatographic separations in the laboratory

6. Automated Methods of Analysis

a. Focusing on Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry in the laboratory


Skoog, D.A., Holler, F.J. and Crouch, S.R., Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 6th ed. Brooks Cole, 2007.

VII. Bibliography:

Harris, D.C., Quantitative Chemical Analysis. W.H. Freeman and Company, 2010.


2008.


164




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A443


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

2


6. Complete Course Title Biochemistry Laboratory Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Laboratory course designed to provide instruction in modern biochemical laboratory techniques.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CHEM A441 with minimum grade of C and (CHEM A442 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment).

16b. Test Score(s)








Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




165

CHEM A443 – Biochemistry Laboratory













166








F. Course Title: Biochemistry Laboratory



I. Course Description: Laboratory course designed to provide

instruction in modern biochemical laboratory techniques.


K. Prerequisites: CHEM A441 with minimum grade of C and

(CHEM A442 with minimum grade of C or concurrent enrollment).

L. Test Scores: N/A



O. Course Fee: Yes



167


1. Introduce students to the standard purification techniques used for biochemical compounds.

2. Introduce students to analytical methods used to detect and quantify biochemical compounds.

3. Introduce students to spectroscopic techniques used for the structure elucidation of biochemical compounds.

4. Introduce students to the methods and equipment used to carry out standard biochemical reactions.



Assessment Methods

Set up biochemical reactions and follow their progress

Laboratory reports, notebook, comprehensive exam

Purify products of biochemical reactions Laboratory reports, notebook, comprehensive exam

Analyze the product composition, purity, and quantity

Laboratory reports, notebook, comprehensive exam


A. Experiments B. Laboratory reports C. Maintaining a laboratory notebook D. Comprehensive final exam


Students will be evaluated based on their performance on laboratory reports, keeping a laboratory notebook and a comprehensive final exam.

168


This course requires a solid background in the principles of general, organic, and biochemistry and associated laboratory practices. It also requires a great deal of analytical thinking and attention to detail.


1. Lab Safety and Orientation 2. Acids, Bases and Buffers 3. Enzyme Purification and Kinetics 4. Protein Purification and Assays 5. Capillary Electrophoresis 6. Ion-Exchange Chromatography 7. Affinity Chromatography 8. Gel Filtration Chromatography 9. Electrophoresis 10. Western Blots and SDS-PAGE 11. Restriction Enzymes 12. Cloning and Expression of Foreign Proteins


1. Farrell, S.O. and Taylor, L.E., Experiments in Biochemistry: A Hands-On Approach, 2nd ed. Brooks Cole, 2005.

IX. Bibliography

1. Simpson, R.J., Adams, P.D., Golemis, E.A., Basic Methods in Protein Purification and Analysis: A Laboratory Manual. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2008.

2. Switzer, R.L., Garrity, L.F., Experimental Biochemistry. W.H. Freeman, 1999.

3. Thompson, D.A., Thompson, C.C., Biochemistry Lab Manual. CreateSpace, 2009.

169




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A450


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title Environmental Chemistry Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) This course examines the origin and evolution of the environment, energy, mineral resources, solid wastes, recycling, air and water pollution, and the effects of foreign substances on living systems. The relationships among these problems will be demonstrated and quantitative chemical principles applied. Special Note: This course is an introduction to environmental chemistry for all science majors.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number)

16b. Test Score(s)




16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Junior or Senior standing in Biology, Chemistry, or Engineering.


19. Justification for Action Course content guide update. Course description clarification.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




170

CHEM A450 – Environmental Chemistry



B.S. Chemistry, upper‐division elective, chemistry option, p. 99

Environment & Society (BMH 213, 786‐6049) 3/26/2012 Dorn VanDommelen

B.A. Environment & Society, Natural Sciences and Environmental Emphasis, p. 105

B.S. Environment & Society, Natural Sciences and Environmental Emphasis, p. 105

Minor, Environmental Studies, required course, p. 105




B.S. Civil Engineering, engineering requirement, p. 235

Applied Environmental Science & Technology (ENGR 201, 786‐1900) 3/26/2012 Ziata Lokteva

M. and M.S. Applied Environmental Science & Technology, course requirement, p. 308

171



172











F. Course Title: Environmental Chemistry



I. Course Description: This course examines the origin and evolution of the

environment, energy, mineral resources, solid wastes, recycling, air and water pollution, and

the effects of foreign substances on living systems. The relationships among these problems

will be demonstrated and quantitative chemical principles applied. Special Note: This

course is an introduction to environmental chemistry for all science majors.


K. Prerequisites: N/A

L. Test Scores: N/A


N. Registration Restrictions: Junior or Senior standing in Biology, Chemistry, or Engineering.

173

O. Course Fee: No


A. Course Activities: 1. Lecture 2. Assigned problems 3. Exams 4. Research Proposal



1. Present chemical models for investigation and develop problem solving and

observational skills on problems relevant to current issues and topics in environmental

chemistry.


current environmental models to observe and understand natural phenomena, help

students differentiate, link and integrate ideas and develop their own concepts, to

articulate their thinking and explain models and solutions.





The student will:

1. Solve problems relevant to the origin and evolution of the earth’s environment, about

man’s impacts on this environment resulting from energy production and use of the

atmosphere, hydrosphere and the biosphere.

2. Use quantitative chemical principles to evaluate the interrelationships of

anthropomorphic influences on changes occurring in the atmosphere, hydrosphere and

biosphere.

3. Communicate problems and verify solutions.

4. Design and submit a written research proposal testing a hypothesis answering a specific

question concerning a current contamination mechanism.

174



to assigned problems, three in‐class exams and a research proposal.


This course requires extensive multidisciplinary knowledge from biology, chemistry,

engineering, mathematics, and physics. It requires the integration of this knowledge to

solve multidimensional problems and understand complex concepts.


1. Energy

a. Energy Flows and Supplies

b. Fossil Fuels

c. Nuclear Energy

d. Renewable Energy

e. Energy Utilization

2. Atmosphere

a. Climate

b. Oxygen Chemistry

c. Stratospheric Ozone

d. Air Pollution

3. Hydrosphere / Lithosphere

a. Water Resources

b. Water as Solvent

c. Water and the Lithosphere

d. Oxygen and Life

e. Water Pollution and Water Treatment

4. Biosphere


Spiro, T.G. and Stigliani, W.M., Chemistry of the Environment, 2nd ed. Prentice Hall, 2003.

175

VII. Bibliography:

1. Brasseur, G.P., Orlando, J.J., and Tyndall, G.S., Atmospheric Chemistry and Global Change. Oxford University Press, 1999.

2. Hemond, H.F. and Fechner‐Levy, E.J., Chemical Fate and Transport in the Environment, 2nd ed. Academic Press, 2000.

3. Pankow, J.F., Aquatic Chemistry Concepts. Lewis Publishers, 1991.

6. Schwarzenbach, R.P., Gschwend, P.M., and Imboden, D.M., Environmental Organic Chemistry, 2nd Ed. Wiley Interscience, 2003.

7. Stumm, W. and Morgan, J.J., Aquatic Chemistry. Wiley Interscience, 1996.

8. Thibodeaux, L.J., Environmental Chemodynamics. Wiley Interscience, 1996.

176




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A492


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

1


6. Complete Course Title Undergraduate Seminar Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)




9. Repeat Status Yes # of Repeats 1 Max Credits 2












15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Topical subjects in chemistry and biochemistry presented by undergraduate students.


16b. Test Score(s)




16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Junior or Senior standing and Department Chair permission.


19. Justification for Action Course content guide update. Registration restrictions clarification. Repeat status to reflect need for consecutive semesters.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




177

CHEM A492 – Undergraduate Seminar










178








F. Course Title: Undergraduate Seminar



I. Course Description: Topical subjects in chemistry and

biochemistry presented by undergraduate students.



L. Test Scores: N/A


N. Registration Restrictions: Junior or Senior standing and Department

Chair permission.

O. Course Fee: No

179



1. Assign peer-reviewed articles and provide other relevant materials to prepare students for two public in-class presentations.

2. Mentor students through the preparation for in-class presentations. 3. Provide a complete evaluation and critique of student

presentations. B. Student Learning Outcomes:

Student Learning Outcomes Students will:

Assessment Methods

Review peer-reviewed scientific literature critically.

In-class and group discussions

Prepare and present a synopsis of peer-reviewed articles relevant to undergraduate student-specific research topics.

Multimedia and oral presentation evaluation

Prepare and present research experiment design, methodology, results, and conclusions.

Multimedia and oral presentation evaluation

IV. Course Activities: This course is a lecture class that meets 1 hour per week for 15 weeks. V. Guidelines for Evaluation

Students will be evaluated based on participation and performance on in-class oral presentations.


This course requires a significant knowledge and comprehension of Biology, Chemistry and Mathematics. It emphasizes critical evaluation of advanced level scientific materials, integration of experimental research

180

content, and effective communication of a wide range of topics within sub-disciplines of chemistry.


A. Assignment of peer-reviewed scientific literature B. Mentoring and preparation for oral presentations C. Student presentations

VIII. Bibliography

The bibliography will vary depending on the research project being pursued. Chemical journals will be the major source.

181




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A498


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title Individual Research Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)




9. Repeat Status Yes # of Repeats 1 Max Credits 6












15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Research projects to be arranged with individual faculty members who will direct the study of research.


16b. Test Score(s)




16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Junior or Senior standing and Department Chair permission.


19. Justification for Action Course content guide update. Clarification of registration restrictions. Repeat status to reflect need for consecutive semesters.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




182

CHEM A498 – Individual Research










183








F. Course Title: Undergraduate Research



I. Course Description: Research projects to be arranged with

individual faculty members who will direct the study of research.



L. Test Scores: N/A


N. Registration Restrictions: Junior or Senior standing and Department

Chair permission.



184


1. Teach students the fundamentals of chemical research. 2. Mentor students through the processes of:

a. selecting a research topic b. finding and reviewing relevant scientific literature c. designing a project around a hypothesis d. hypothesis testing e. data acquisition f. data reduction g. statistical analysis (where appropriate) h. writing a final comprehensive report

3. Provide evaluation and critique of student progress on an on-going basis.


Student Learning Outcomes Students will:

Assessment Methods

Review pertinent scientific literature critically.

Research advisor assessment, research paper

Design a research project to include hypothesis selection, experimental design, hypothesis testing, data acquisition, data reduction, and statistical analysis (where appropriate).


Write a comprehensive research report to include introduction, materials and methods, results, and discussion sections.



This is a laboratory research course that meets 9 hours per week for 15 weeks.


To earn a grade of C, the student is expected to complete 9 hours per week of laboratory work. In addition, the student is expected to complete a literature search and final report. The final report will include an introduction, material and methods, results, and discussion sections. A

185

grade of B or above will be earned if the quality of the work is deemed above average or superior by the student’s research advisor.


This course requires a significant knowledge and comprehension of the scientific method, advanced experimental laboratory skills and knowledge of appropriate and prudent safety practices in the chemical laboratory.

VII. Course Outline

This course is unstructured. The student is expected to meet with a research advisor on a regular basis to discuss results and receive direction.

VIII. Bibliography

The bibliography will vary depending on the research project being pursued. Chemical journals will be the major source.

186




2. Course Prefix

CHEM

3. Course Number

A441


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title Principles of Biochemistry I Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)











Initiator Name (typed): Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________





15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) A study of the structure and function of amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, lipids and membranes. Special Note: Students who complete CHEM A441 as part of their undergraduate degree cannot receive credit towards their graduate degree from CHEM A641.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) BIOL A115 with minimum grade of C and CHEM A322 with minimum grade of C.

16b. Test Score(s)




16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Junior standing. Completion of all GER Tier 1 (basic college-level skills) courses. Completion of seven credits of GER Tier 2 courses in the Natural Sciences including BIOL A115.


19. Justification for Action Course content guide update. Include Chem 641 as a stacked option for graduate students.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




187

CHEM A441 – Biochemistry I


GER, Tier 3: Integrative Capstone, p. 85










B.S. Dietetics, major requirement, p. 203

B.S. Nutrition, major requirement, p. 204


188






Dietetics & Nutrition (CTC, CUDY 126, 786‐4728) 3/26/2012 Tim Doebler


189









F. Course Title: Principles of Biochemistry I


H. Implementation Date: Fall 2012 I. Course Description: A study of the structure and function of amino

acids, proteins, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, lipids and membranes. Special Note: Students who complete CHEM A441 as part of their undergraduate degree cannot receive credit towards their graduate degree from CHEM A641.

J. Course Attributes: UAA GER Integrative Capstone K. Prerequisites: BIOL A115 with minimum grade of C and CHEM

A322 with minimum grade of C. L. Test Scores: N/A M. Corequisites: N/A N. Registration Restrictions: Junior standing. Completion of all GER Tier

1 (basic college-level skills) courses. Completion of seven credits of GER Tier 2 courses in the Natural Sciences including BIOL A115.

190

O. Course Fee: No P. Stacked With: CHEM A641




1. Introduce students to the fundamental topics of biomolecules, protein

structure function, mechanisms of enzymes action, and kinetics in biological systems.

2. Encourage knowledge integration by presenting biochemistry in an integrated context that relates knowledge from biology, chemistry and mathematics to understand macromolecular structure and function.

3. Encourage critical thinking by providing science reading assignments from primary literature, and requiring a written report (or oral presentation or in-class discussion) that requires critical assessments of the articles.

4. Encourage information literacy by instructing the use of bibliographic searches in finding topics in current scientific literature for their writing assignments.


Student Learning Outcomes –

Students will: Assessment Strategies and Student

Artifacts

Demonstrate a working knowledge of biomolecules, protein structure function, mechanisms of enzymes action, and kinetics in biological systems.

Written reports, Exams

Integrate knowledge from biology, chemistry, and math to understand macromolecular structure and function

Written reports, Exams

Actively participate in and contribute to in-class discussion of primary research literature

Oral (or written) presentations and in-class discussion work facilitated by the instructor.

Demonstrate effective use of scientific literature to investigate questions and provide support for informed arguments

Written reports

191


A. Lecture B. Critical reading, analysis and discussion of primary research literature with

written (or oral) reports C. Assigned problems to be worked outside of class D. Exams E. Research and/or papers reviewing literature on a current theoretical or

practical topic in biochemistry V. Guidelines for Evaluation

A. At least 3 written exams, one of which is a comprehensive final exam B. Reports (written or oral) on primary literature C. Research paper D. Grades will be assigned based primarily on exam performance with no more

than 30% of the grade based on reports and a research paper. The grading scale is defined in the syllabus or assigned after a normal curve distribution.


This course builds upon a foundation of knowledge in Tier 1 GER, Tier 2 GER, and lower- and upper-division courses in the major; requires extensive prerequisite multidisciplinary knowledge from biology, chemistry (a total of 2 years), and mathematics; requires integrating of this knowledge to solve new types of problems and understand new concepts.


A. Thermodynamic principles B. Amino Acids C. Nucleic Acids D. Purification techniques E. Covalent structures of proteins, structure, and dynamics F. Sugars and Polysaccharides G. Lipids and membranes H. Enzymes, catalysis, and kinetics

192


1. Garrett, R.H. and Grisham, C.M., Biochemistry, 4th ed. Brooks Cole, 2008. 2. Lehninger, A., Nelson, D.L. and Cox, M.M., Lehninger Principles of

Biochemistry, 5th ed. Freeman, 2008. 3. Voet, D. and Voet, J.G., Biochemistry, 4th ed. Wiley, 2010. 4. Voet, D., Voet, J.G. and Pratt, C.W., Fundamentals of Biochemistry: Life at

the Molecular Level, 3rd ed. Wiley, 2008. IX. Bibliography

1. Alberts, B., Johnson, A., Lewis, J., Raff, M., Roberts, K., and Walter, P., Molecular Biology of the Cell. Garland Publishing, 2002.

2. Fersht, A., Structure and Mechanism in Protein Science: A Guide to Enzyme Catalysis and Protein Folding. W.H. Freeman and Company, 1999.

3. Lewin, B., Genes IX. Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2007. 4. Scientific Journals such as (not a complete list):

Biological Chemistry Biochemistry Biophysical Journal Cell European Journal of Molecular Biology Journal of Biological Chemistry Journal of molecular Biology Molecular Biology Molecular Cell Nature Nature Structure Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences Science

193

194

195

196

197

198

Cover Memo Legal Studies 1

MEMORANDUM

To: COH/UAB Curriculum Committees

From: Deborah Periman, Paralegal Studies Certificate Program Coordinator

Date: February 20, 2012

Re: Jointly Submitted Program Action Requests proposing:

• a Legal Nurse Consulting Paralegal Undergraduate Certificate

• an Associate of Applied Science, Paralegal Studies

• a Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies

• a Minor, Legal Studies

• a Post-Baccalaureate Certificate, Paralegal Studies

The Justice Center is restructuring its existing 60 credit undergraduate certificate in

Paralegal Studies to make better use of existing resources within the Justice Center and College

of Health, significantly increase student options and the depth of Justice Center programs, and

respond to market demand in the legal field. The restructured program will convert the existing

60 credit American Bar Association (ABA) approved Paralegal Studies Certificate into a 60

credit Associate of Applied Science, Paralegal Studies degree. The Justice Center is also

utilizing its existing core of legal specialty courses to develop:

• a Legal Nurse Consultant (LNC) Paralegal certificate for students working on or

holding a nursing degree,

• a Bachelor of Arts degree in Legal Studies,

• a Legal Studies Minor,

• a post-baccalaureate certificate in Paralegal Studies.

Together, these five program options will comprise the expanded Legal Studies

curriculum in the Justice Center. Every Legal Studies student will be encouraged to engage in

supervised pro bono service to Alaska legal aid agencies, and may seek to graduate with Pro

Bono Service Honors. All program options will be ABA-approved and grounded in a common

core of courses combining theoretical knowledge of the law with skills-based training in

American legal practice.1

This common core of courses, required in each program, is the foundation for maintaining

ABA approval. The courses are designed to meet the ABA’s definition of a “legal specialty”

course, which means that the course covers substantive law or process and is developed to

emphasize professional workplace skills.2

These courses are taught by faculty with Juris Doctor

degrees who have direct experience as licensed attorneys working with legal

1 The Justice Center will seek ABA approval for the changes to the existing program as soon as the

curriculum changes are approved by the Board of Regents. 2

Students completing each option must take the Legal Studies Exit Exam before receiving their

credential. No minimum score is required; the exam is used to allow the Justice Center to continually

assess the program quality.

199


paraprofessionals, or who have themselves worked as paralegals. The ABA mandates at least 18

semester hours of legal specialty coursework in each program option approved.

Each of the proposed programs described below meets the ABA requirement, and

incorporates additional coursework intended to address the specific needs of the targeted student

population. Each program option shares the same admission standards3, to ensure that all

students have the necessary background to develop their professional competencies. By

restructuring its existing paralegal undergraduate certificate into these five program options, the

Justice Center can better serve the academic needs of the wide range of students within the UAA

community.

LNC Paralegal

The work performed by LNC Paralegals has been recognized as a subcategory of

paralegal practice by the American Bar Association since the 1990’s. These paralegals work in

private law firms on personal injury cases; for health care institutions in risk management, peer

review, and compliance; for government agencies handling workers’ compensation, occupational

safety, medical benefits, and fraud cases; and in a multitude of other settings where legal and

medical issues intersect.

The proposed LNC Paralegal program is structured to accommodate two types of

students. The first is nursing students enrolled at UAA, who are taking non-nursing courses

while they wait to get into their clinical courses. The second is nursing graduates wanting to

change the focus of their nursing career or enhance their professional life with paralegal work.

Thus, although the certificate is awarded only to nursing graduates, nursing students may enroll

as pre-majors and complete their legal coursework before they graduate from nursing school.4

Once they graduate from nursing, they can return to the LNC Paralegal program for a semester to

complete the three courses in the program that are restricted to nursing graduates. These are the

two courses with the LNC prefix, and the Nursing course, Introduction to Forensic Nursing.

For students beginning the program with a nursing degree in hand, they may commence

their studies with the two prerequisite courses for the higher level legal specialty courses and

with the LNC specific courses. In the second semester they can move on to the higher level legal

specialty courses. This structure allows the nursing graduate to complete the program in two or

three semesters.

Three new courses are proposed to support the LNC Paralegal Certificate program. They

are LNC A347, LNC Paralegal Principles and Practice, and LNC A348, Medical Records

Review, both of which are open only to nursing graduates, and LEGL A385, Health Care Law

and Regulatory Compliance, which may be taken as an elective by other Legal Studies students.

3

The University does not have a mechanism for putting admissions restrictions on program minors. However, the Legal Studies Minor requires students to take LEGL A356 (Legal Research, Analysis,

and Writing), which has the same writing competency prerequisites as the other programs’ admission

requirements, in effect holding minor students to the same standard. 4

Should these students for some reason not finish their nursing degree, their Legal Studies credits will

transfer seamlessly into the AAS in Paralegal Studies or the Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies so the

students can still finish a degree efficiently.

200


LNC Paralegal Students will also take NURS A442, Introduction to Forensic Nursing, through the

School of Nursing.5

Associate of Applied Science, Paralegal Studies

This program is the equivalent of the existing 60 credit undergraduate certificate in

Paralegal Studies that has been approved by the ABA since 1992. In this program restructuring,

the core legal specialty courses have been revised slightly to reflect changes in the paralegal

workplace, respond to suggestions by the Program Advisory Committee,6

and allow students to

complete the program more efficiently. However, the solid core of fundamental legal principles

and practices remains unchanged.

The program prerequisites have been modified to permit students to become full majors

more quickly and to move into the legal research and writing course with less delay. Students

may now be admitted as full majors, and take the legal research and writing course with a C,

rather than a B, in English A111. (In the past, many students who came to us with less than a B

in English A111, but with an A or B in their 200 level writing course, then had to retake English

A111 to get that grade up to a B.) In order to ensure that lowering the English A111 minimum

grade to a C does not result in less skilled writers graduating from the program, an additional

three credits of writing are now required.7

The last three credits of writing must be taken at the

300 or 400 level, and students must complete the upper division course with at least a B. As this

is a graduation requirement, and not an admissions requirement, students should be able to

progress through the program more efficiently, as they improve their writing skills through

continuing coursework.

The AAS students are also required to complete three credit hours of Computer

Information Systems or Computer Information and Office Systems coursework.8

This change is

in direct response to ABA and Advisory Committee recommendations that students graduate

with a high degree of computer literacy. Program advising materials for the AAS will

recommend that students take additional computer courses beyond the minimum required. This

is the only one of the Legal Studies programs that requires computer coursework, in that this is

the only program in which students may complete their studies with just 60 credits of college-

level work. In each of the other programs students will complete their coursework with a

minimum of 90 credits (the LNC Paralegal with an associate degree in nursing); most will have a

minimum of 120 credits (the Bachelor of Arts and the Minor), and the Post-Baccalaureate

students will have a minimum of 144 credits. This additional coursework should ensure that

these students have additional experience with technology. However, advising notes for all

5 The Justice Center has coordinated with the School of Nursing regarding seats for LNC Paralegal

Students in this course. 6

The UAA Paralegal Studies Certificate Program Advisory Committee has written a letter to the

University administration expressing its full support for the proposed program changes. A copy of the

letter is attached. 7 The Justice Center has coordinated with the Department of English regarding this change.

8 The Justice Center has coordinated with Computer Information Systems and Computer Information and

Office Systems regarding this change.

201


programs will recommend that students who are deficient in this area take additional computer

courses.

The new program also requires students to complete one of the oral communication and

one of the quantitative skills GER courses.9

This, together with the written communication

courses that are program prerequisites, meets the ABA requirement that students take general

education coursework in at least three disciplinary areas. It also helps ensure that students are

laying the foundation to advance into a four year program if they later so choose. For that same

reason, students are required to take no more than seven credit hours in any one disciplinary area

when completing their General Course Requirements for Associate of Applied Science Degrees,

and are advised to select general education courses that meet the University requirements for

baccalaureate degrees.

Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies

The Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies creates an area of study that allows graduates of the

existing Paralegal Studies Certificate Program at UAA, and graduates of the ABA approved

AAS degree in Paralegal Studies at UAF10

to bridge into a four-year degree program without

losing credit for any of the work previously completed.11

It also offers a program of study for

incoming bachelor degree seeking students interested in legal careers. At present there is no

four-year degree in Alaska covering this field of study; thus, students looking for a legal studies

program who would previously have had to go out of state may now choose to stay at home to

get their degree.

This degree option, like the LNC Paralegal Certificate and the AAS degree, rests on the

core sequence of legal specialty courses that covers both substantive law and theory, and also

prepares students for the legal workplace by offering training in foundational and advanced

practice skills. However, the Bachelor of Arts option creates an opportunity for students to

explore in much greater depth and scope the origins of the American legal system, and the role of

the rule of law in the ordering of social and economic relations. In this respect, the program is

strengthened by its situs in the Justice Center, which allows the program to incorporate required

constitutional development and courts curricula without developing new courses.

The proposed program also draws upon a host of existing courses from other disciplines.

For years UAA has offered a great breadth of isolated law-related courses, spread across

9 The Justice Center has coordinated with the Departments of Communication and of Mathematical

Sciences regarding this change. 10

Although conversion of the existing undergraduate certificate in Paralegal Studies to an AAS degree

will result in both the UAA and UAF campuses offering this degree, the programs do not represent duplicative effort. The ABA does not approve on-line programs, hence neither of these programs may be

offered on a distance basis. Moreover, students in UAA’s AAS program are required to complete 225

hours of internship placement with local law offices or legal departments (as are the currently enrolled

certificate students); the success of these internships rests on local contact and supervision. 11

The Justice Center has coordinated with the Paralegal Studies program at UAF to develop a written

articulation agreement for graduates of the AAS program there who wish to complete a Bachelor of Arts

in their field.

202


units as diverse as Aviation, Construction Management, and Geomatics. The proposed Bachelor

of Arts pulls together those courses into an extensive list of law-related elective options that

allow students with myriad career goals to explore their interests.

Only two new courses are proposed to support the Bachelor of Arts option: LEGL/JUST

A485, Tribal Courts and Alaska Native Rights, and LEGL A489, Legal Studies Senior Seminar.

The Tribal Courts class was created to add depth to the Bachelor of Arts electives, and to support

the Justice program, the Alaska Native Studies program, and other units across campus that work

to help students better understand their Alaska home. Tribal Courts and Alaska Native Rights is

an important addition to the UAA curriculum that will assist students in understanding the

intricacies of government and tribal relationships in Alaska, contemporary issues related to

Alaska Native rights, and the role of tribal courts in Alaska’s justice system. The Senior

Seminar, taught as a legal specialty course, is designed as the capstone experience for Bachelor

of Arts and Legal Studies Minors. The course pulls together advanced concepts from disparate

fields of law, and requires students to integrate those concepts with the practice skills developed

in their previous legal specialty courses.

Students in the Bachelor of Arts program are encouraged to engage with Alaska legal aid

providers and begin developing an appreciation for public service during their time at UAA. All

students in the Bachelor of Arts program are required to complete three credit hours of

community engagement internship.12

Students who contribute their time to addressing unmet

legal needs in the state, by volunteering with approved legal aid agencies, and who go beyond

the hours required in their internship, may graduate with Pro Bono Service Honors. These

program honors are available to students in all program options, to encourage every Legal

Studies student to engage in supervised pro bono service.13

In sum, the Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies can best be summarized as nascent -- a

program presently existing and just waiting to be identified, resting as it does almost entirely on

courses already listed in the UAA catalog. The Justice Center is uniquely positioned within the

University to bring these courses together into an ABA-approved four-year degree. Uniting

these disparate pieces of the existing curriculum together into a coherent program of legal

studies, with an emphasis on public service and improving access to Justice, provides a valuable

new option for existing students, and an attractive draw for prospective students.

Minor, Legal Studies

The Minor in Legal Studies fills a gap long-recognized in the Justice Center, for students

majoring in Justice or other disciplines who need a minor and are drawn to the legal practice-

based skills and concepts presented in the current 60 credit Paralegal Studies certificate. Justice

students in the past were granted a waiver of the minor requirement if they obtained a Paralegal

12 The Justice Center has coordinated this requirement with the Center for Community Engagement and

Learning. 13

The volunteer hours required are adjusted to reflect the varying completion times of the program

options.

203


certificate, but this required students to go through the academic petition process. The Legal

Studies Minor will allow these students and others to efficiently obtain an ABA-approved

credential in just 21 hours of study, by taking the program’s Introduction to Law, a GER non-

legal specialty course, and the required 18-hour legal specialty core. It will also provide support

for pre-law students majoring in other disciplines

Post-Baccalaureate Certificate, Paralegal Studies

Over the last five years, 16% of the students enrolling in the undergraduate Paralegal

Studies Certificate Program at UAA had already earned at least a Bachelor’s degree. The

program has awarded undergraduate certificates to a number of students already holding

Master’s degrees, and to one student holding a Ph.D. The undergraduate certificate was the only

option available to these students. With the proposed Post-Baccalaureate Certificate, such

students will have the option of obtaining a credential that explicitly recognizes their prior

academic accomplishment and enhances their employability to a greater degree than does the

undergraduate certificate.

This option is structured to allow these students to meet all of the ABA requirements for

paralegal education in the minimum number of credits (24) required for post-baccalaureate

certificates under Board of Regents Policy. This will make the program an attractive continuing

education option for students already in the workforce.

Summary

The federal government’s most recent Occupational Outlook Handbook shows that

“Employment of paralegals and legal assistants is projected to grow 28 percent between 2008

and 2018, much faster than the average for all occupations” (emphasis added). Thus, the

restructuring of the Justice Center’s undergraduate certificate into five different ABA-approved

program options directly aligns with UAA’s Vision for 2017 of “driving Alaska’s social and

economic development through education and training for workforce development and high-

demand careers.” Together, these new program options provide a variety of ways for different

student populations to prepare for in-demand positions in the legal profession.

These changes also support Priorities A and C of UAA’s strategic plan, UAA 2017.

Priority A calls for strengthening the UAA instructional program by developing courses that

address opportunities and challenges of Alaskan life and increase participation in service

learning. Providing workforce training in a rapidly growing field, with an emphasis on Alaska-

based practice, and providing structured student opportunities for volunteer service to the

community fit squarely within the goals of Priority A.

Strategic plan Priority C calls for expanding educational opportunity and increasing

student success, in part by improving “the rates at which students attain their educational goals”

and increasing the number who achieve the highest academic distinction. Creation of the

bachelor’s degree and post-baccalaureate certificate are concrete steps toward increasing the

number of students achieving higher academic distinction. In addition, the new program options

reconfigure admissions requirements and prerequisites, and facilitate the transition from two-

year to four-year programs, enabling students to more efficiently achieve their certificate or

204


degree. This change increases the likelihood that students will “stay on track” and finish in two

or four years – important progress toward the future envisioned in UAA, 2017.

205

1a. S C

2. Com

As

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

CCEJPC,

In D

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

ThundeStuddegrgradBachprepto gr

chool or CollegeCH College of H

mplete Program

ssociate of A

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: Fall/201

Coordination with

EL (2/10/12), JUST, PHIL

nitiator Name (tyDate:__________

Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

he 60 credit Aergraduate cedies Programree preferablduation, partihelor of Artsaring studen

row "much f

e Health

Title/Prefix

Applied Scien

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

12 To:

h Affected Units

; ENGL (2/1L, PS, SOC

yped): Deborah_______

ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

Associate ofertificate in P

m Advisory Ce to the certiicularly milits, Legal Studnts for high-dfaster" than a

Propos

1b. Div AJ

nce, Paraleg

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

/9999

11/12); CIOS(2/15/12); M

h Periman

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 1/3

Please attach the

Cover Memo

f Applied SciParalegal Stu

Committee anificate for stutary studentsdies. It direcdemand careaverage throu

sal to Initiate

vision US Division of

al Studies/L

UndergraAssociat

Departm

S (2/11/12); MATH (2/20

(uaa-faculty@list

1/12 & 2/16

following:

ience, Paraleudies. The cnd in responudents likelys and dependctly aligns weers. Bureauughout the p

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

Justice

EGL

aduate:te of Applied Scie

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

CIS (2/11/10/12)

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

/12

Catalog Copy

egal Studies change is in

nse to regulaty to be transdents. The n

with UAA's Vu of Labor reprojection pe

m/Prefix Acity of Alaskange, or De

1c. Departm

Justice

orence

ge

vate

r College: NUR2); COMM

Initiat

u) Date

in Word using

will replaceresponse to tory changesferring scho

new programVision for 20eports show eriod.

ction Requeka Anchoragelete a Prog

ent

e Center

Graduate:

RS (1/27/12)(2/11/12); A

tor Signed Initial

e: 11/31/12 &

the track chan

e the existingrecommend

s in other staools or movinm is designed017 of drivinthat the para

est ge gram of Stu

: C

); JUST (1/3ATA, BA, CM

s: _________

& 2/15/12

nges function

g 60 credit dations by thates that makng out of stad as a scaffong Alaska's ealegal field i

udy or Prefi

CHOOSE ONE

1/12); M, GEO,

he Paralegal ke the ate after ld to the economy by is expected

ix

206

__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Deborah Periman Initiator (TYPE NAME)

Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


207

1a. S C

2. Com

Mi

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

CCEJPC,

In D

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

OnABAlegalthe lthe plegalavail


mplete Program

inor, Legal S

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: Fall/201

Coordination with



Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

nce approvedA approved ml studies areaegal classes

past. The prol paraprofesslable to stud

e Health

Title/Prefix

Studies/LEG

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

12 To:

h Affected Units



ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

d by the Amminor in the a. It also clato satisfy thogram also ssionals befor

dents while o

Propos

1b. Div AJ

GL

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

/9999

11/12); CIOS(2/15/12); M

h Periman

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 1/3

Please attach the

Cover Memo

erican Bar Astate. The ch

arifies for stuheir minor resupports prere or during

optimizing us

sal to Initiate


UndergraMinor

Departm

S (2/11/12); MATH (2/20

(uaa-faculty@list

1/12 & 2/16

following:

Association (hange is proudents, advisquirement, a-law studentlaw school.se of existing

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

Justice

aduate:

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

CIS (2/11/10/12)

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

/12

Catalog Copy

(ABA), the Moposed in ressors, and thea question thts majoring i This propog resources w


1c. Departm

Justice

or

ge

vate


Initiat

u) Date

in Word using

Minor in Legsponse to stue registrar's ohat has confuin other discsal increaseswithin the C


ent

e Center

Graduate:CHOOSE

RS (1/27/12)(2/11/12); A

tor Signed Initial

e: 11/31/12 &

the track chan

gal Studies wudent demanoffice that Juused some stciplines who s the number

College of He

est ge gram of Stu

: E ONE


s: _________

& 2/15/12

nges function

will establishnd for a minoustice studentudents and amay wish tor of programealth.

udy or Prefi

1/12); M, GEO,

h the only or in the nts may use advisors in o work as

m options

ix

208


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


209

1a. S C

2. Com

Le

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

CCEJPC,

In D

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

ThgradBar AThe backalso the C


mplete Program

egal Nurse C

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: Fall/201

Coordination with



Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

his program pduates. It wilAssociation certificate re

kgrounds. It expands the

College of H

e Health

Title/Prefix

Consultant Pa

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

12 To:

h Affected Units



ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

provides an ll be the first(ABA), it w

esponds to calso respond

e depth of theHealth.

Propos

1b. Div AJ

aralegal / LN

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

/9999

11/12); CIOS(2/15/12); M

h Periman

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 1/3

Please attach the

Cover Memo

alternate cart LNC Paral

will provide sontinuing deds to the deme existing pa

sal to Initiate


NC

UndergraUndergra

Departm

S (2/11/12); MATH (2/20

(uaa-faculty@list

1/12 & 2/16

following:

reer route or egal certificstudents withemand in Almand for tranaralegal prog

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

Justice

aduate:aduate Certificat

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

CIS (2/11/10/12)

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

/12

Catalog Copy

supplementate availableh a credentiaaska and acrns-disciplinagram and inc


1c. Departm

Justice

orte

ge

vate


Initiat

u) Date

in Word using

tal career ope in Alaska. al recognizedross the counary training creases utiliz


ent

e Center

Graduate:

RS (1/27/12)(2/11/12); A

tor Signed Initial

e: 1/31/12 &

the track chan

tion for nurs Once approd by Americntry for paraat the Unive

zation of exi

est ge gram of Stu

: C


s: _________

2/15/12

nges function

sing studentsoved by the Acan legal empalegals with ersity. The csting resourc

udy or Prefi

CHOOSE ONE

1/12); M, GEO,

s and American ployers. nursing

certificate ces within

ix

210


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


211

1a. S C

2. Com

Po

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

CCEJPC,

In D

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

ThcertiABApursuCertiprofeattracertiresouhighthan


mplete Program

ost-Baccalaur

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: Fall/201

Coordination with



Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

he Post-Baccficate to an A

A approved puing an Assoificate, howe

fessional resuactive to studficate increaurces. It dir

h-demand caraverage thro

e Health

Title/Prefix

reate Certifi

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

12 To:

h Affected Units



ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

calaureate CeAAS degreepost-baccalaociate degreever, highligume by enhadents consideases the progectly aligns reers. Bureaoughout the

Propos

1b. Div AJ

cate, Paraleg

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

/9999

11/12); CIOS(2/15/12); M

h Periman

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 1/3

Please attach the

Cover Memo

ertificate is pe. Once appraureate certife does little

ghts and recoancing their aering graduagram optionswith UAA's

au of Labor rprojection p

sal to Initiate


gal Studies/L

UndergraCHOOS

Departm

S (2/11/12); MATH (2/20

(uaa-faculty@list

1/12 & 2/16

following:

proposed in croved by theficate in the sto enhance t

ognizes theseacademic cre

ate school ous available to Vision 2017reports showperiod.

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

Justice

LEGL

aduate:E ONE

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

CIS (2/11/10/12)

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

/12

Catalog Copy

conjunction e American Bstate. For sttheir academe students' pedentials. T

ut of state, wo students w7 of driving

w that the par


1c. Departm

Justice

or

ge

vate


Initiat

u) Date

in Word using

with changiBar Associattudents alrea

mic credentiaprior achieveThe Post-Bacwho would prwith no additi

Alaska's ecoralegal field


ent

e Center

Graduate:Graduate

RS (1/27/12)(2/11/12); A

tor Signed Initial

e: 11/31/12 &

the track chan

ing the presetion (ABA), ady possessinals. The Posement and adccalaureate Crefer to remaional demanonomy by pr

d is expected

est ge gram of Stu

: Certificate


s: _________

& 2/15/12

nges function

ent undergrait will estab

ng a Bachelost-Baccalauredvances theirCertificate isain in Alaskad on institutreparing studto grow "mu

udy or Prefi

1/12); M, GEO,

aduate blish the onlyor's degree, eate r s likely to bea. This tional dents for uch faster"

ix

y

212


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


213

1a. S C

2. Com

Ba

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

CCEJPC,

In D

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

Onfour In adtwo yparalprogstude"muc


mplete Program

achelor of Ar

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: Fall/201

Coordination with



Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

nce approvedyear degree

ddition, the pyear degree legal progra

gram is direcents for highch faster" th

e Health

Title/Prefix

rts, Legal Stu

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

12 To:

h Affected Units



ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

d by the Am program in program proor certificatm and increatly aligned w

h-demand cahan average t

Propos

1b. Div AJ

udies/LEGL

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

/9999

11/12); CIOS(2/15/12); M

h Periman

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 1/3

Please attach the

Cover Memo

erican Bar AAlaska, enavides a bridge in legal stuases utilizatiwith the Univareers. Bureathroughout th

sal to Initiate


L

UndergraBachelor

Departm

S (2/11/12); MATH (2/20

(uaa-faculty@list

1/12 & 2/16

following:

Association (abling studenge to a bacheudies. The pion of existinversity's Visau of Labor he projection

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

Justice

aduate:r of Arts

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

CIS (2/11/10/12)

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

/12

Catalog Copy

(ABA), this nts desiring aelor's degree

program signng resourcession for 2017reports shown period.


1c. Departm

Justice

or

ge

vate


Initiat

u) Date

in Word using

program wila bachelor's e for UAA anificantly exs within the C7 of driving w that the pa


ent

e Center

Graduate:CHOOSE

RS (1/27/12)(2/11/12); A

tor Signed Initial

e: 1/31/12 &

the track chan

ll provide thdegree in th

and UAF studxpands the deCollege of HAlaska's eco

aralegal field

est ge gram of Stu

: E ONE


s: _________

2/15/12

nges function

he only ABAhis field to stadents graduaepth of the eHealth. Moronomy in thad is expected

udy or Prefi

1/12); M, GEO,

A approved ay in state. ating with a xisting

reover, the at it preparesd to grow

ix

s

214


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


215

1

LEGAL STUDIES Consortium Library (LIB), Room 213, (907) 786-1810 http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu

The UAA Justice Center, established by the Alaska Legislature in 1975, has a mandate to provide statewide justice‐related

education, research, and service. The Justice Center is an interdisciplinary unit that provides undergraduate, graduate, and

professional education; conducts research in the areas of crime, law, and justice; and provides service to government units, justice

agencies, and community organizations throughout urban and rural Alaska to promote a safe, healthy, and just society.

The Justice Center offers a variety of programs that prepare students for work in law‐related or public service fields. The core of

each program is a foundational sequence of courses combining theoretical knowledge of the law with skills‐based training in

American legal practice.

Legal Studies Goals Students in all programs will acquire:

1. Broad‐based knowledge achieved through general college education.

2. Exceptionally strong competency in critical thinking and in written and oral communication skills.

3. Clear understanding of the rules of ethics governing American judges, lawyers, and paralegals.

4. Comprehensive legal vocabulary and understanding of judicial processes.

5. Operational knowledge of legal investigatory and discovery techniques.

6. Command of skills required for legal research, critical analysis, and technical drafting.

7. Knowledge of theories of law, historical influences on the development of law, and fundamental principles of substantive

law.

8. Appreciation for the role of law in the allocation of public resources and regulation of social and economic relationships.

To accomplish these goals, the following program options are offered: Certificate, Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal; Associate of

Applied Science, Paralegal Studies; Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies; Minor, Legal Studies; and Post‐Baccalaureate Certificate,

Paralegal Studies. Students may also work toward Pro Bono Service Honors.

Pro Bono Service Honors The Justice Center awards Pro Bono Service Honors to those Legal Studies students who work toward improving access to justice

by contributing volunteer service to Alaska legal aid agencies. Students majoring in any of the Legal Studies programs, as well as

Legal Studies Minors, are eligible to graduate with Pro Bono Service Honors upon satisfactory completion of the following

requirements:

1. Meet the catalog requirements for the Minor, Degree, or Certificate sought.

2. Complete, as applicable, the following number of volunteer hours with a legal services agency approved by the Legal Studies

Program Coordinator:

a. Certificate, Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal: 50 hours

b. Associate Applied Science, Paralegal Studies: 60 hours

c. Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies: 120 hours

d. Minor, Legal Studies: 50 hours

e. Post‐Baccalaureate Certificate, Paralegal Studies: 50 hours

3. Students intending to graduate with Pro Bono Service Honors must obtain written verification of their hours of service from

the legal service agency or agencies assisted.

4. In the semester they intend to graduate, students must submit their verification of service hours and written notice of their

intent to graduate with Pro Bono Service Honors to the Legal Studies Program Coordinator. The verification and notice must

be received by the Legal Studies Coordinator on or before the date established by the registrar’s office as the deadline to apply

for graduation.

216

2

Certificate, Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal The American Bar Association defines a paralegal as a person “who is employed or retained by a lawyer, law office, corporation,

governmental agency or other entity and who performs specifically delegated substantive legal work for which a lawyer is

responsible.” In this context, a Legal Nurse Consultant (LNC) Paralegal augments his or her substantive legal knowledge with

specialized nursing education and experience. The LNC Paralegal Certificate is designed for registered nurses who hold an

associate or baccalaureate degree in nursing from an accredited institution. The program provides students the same core legal

education all paralegal students receive, along with specialized courses directed toward medical issues in the practice of law. It

prepares students to work with lawyers providing medical expertise to law firms, health care institutions, insurance companies,

government agencies, and other organizations handling legal matters associated with health care; disabilities, physical or mental

injury, or death; medical credentialing, licensing, or privileges; workers’ compensation; or medical benefits. The program is

approved by the American Bar Association.

Note: Students obtaining a certificate are not authorized to provide direct legal services to the public. The program offers training for

paraprofessionals who are authorized to perform substantive legal work under the supervision of a licensed attorney. The program does not train

lawyers. Students completing the program may wish to sit for the American Association of Legal Nurse Consultants Certification

Exam accredited by the American Board of Nursing Specialties. The program is not accredited as a nursing specialty.

Student Learning Outcomes Students who complete this program will:

1. Produce superior university‐level written documents and oral reports.

2. Identify and accurately apply the rules of professional ethics governing lawyers and nonlawyer staff, and the rules governing

the unauthorized practice of law in Alaska.

3. Interpret and accurately apply legal terminology and foundational principles of substantive and procedural law in the analysis

of legal issues.

4. Develop and execute legal and medical research plans using law and medical library resources and commonly used legal and

medical research databases.

5. Synthesize primary and secondary legal authorities and draft memoranda of legal analysis.

6. Prepare legal investigation and discovery plans and draft legal pleadings that conform to the rules of civil procedure and

incorporate standard techniques and resources for managing a case in litigation.

7. Integrate substantive principles of law and medical/clinical practice in the analysis of medical evidence.

8. Formulate theories of injury causation pursuant to accepted principles of forensic nursing.

9. Construct from the American Association of Legal Nurse Consultants (AALNC) Code of Ethics and Conduct, the AALNC’s

Scope and Standards of Practice, and the Alaska Bar Association’s Rules of Professional Responsibility coherent principles of

ethical practice for the Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal.

Admission Requirements 1. Students must meet the University Admission Requirements for Admission to Undergraduate Certificate and Associate

Degree Programs.

2. Students must hold an associate of arts or baccalaureate degree in nursing from an accredited institution before receiving the

LNC Paralegal Certificate. Students holding an associate of applied science degree in nursing who have satisfied the

university’s general education requirements may also receive the certificate. Nursing majors and pre‐majors who have not

completed their degree will be admitted to the program as pre‐majors and may proceed through the Legal Studies and Justice

courses in the program provided all individual course prerequisites are met. Courses with the LNC prefix are open to nursing

graduates only.

3. Students must have completed the equivalent of ENGL A111 with a minimum grade of C and (ENGL A211 or ENGL

A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214 or ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a

minimum grade of B.

4. Students must have achieved a minimum GPA of 2.0 in their degree program or hold a 2.0 overall GPA at UAA to be

admitted to the program as majors or pre‐majors.

5. Students who do not meet the admissions requirements will be admitted as pre‐majors. Students may take up to 12

credit hours of Legal Studies courses while in pre‐major status.

Advising 1. Students who have not completed the English prerequisites for admission to the program should begin their English

coursework in their first semester as a pre‐major.

217

3

2. For purposes of determining whether the English prerequisite to admission has been met, transfer credit will be

determined at the departmental level.

3. Transfer credit for all Legal Studies and Justice courses will be determined at the departmental level. Lower division

coursework at another institution will not be awarded transfer credit for an upper division course.

4. Proficiency in the use of computers and standard office software is an important component of the work of LNC

Paralegals. Students are strongly encouraged to build their technological skills through coursework in Computer

Information & Office Systems (CIOS), Computer Information Systems (CIS), or Computer & Network Technology

(CNT) as they progress through the legal nurse consulting program.

5. Campus restrictions for this program are enforced in accordance with American Bar Association Guidelines for the

Approval of Paralegal Education Programs. Therefore, the certificate cannot be completed at extended campuses.

Courses designated in this catalog as legal specialty courses may be taken only at the Anchorage campus.

6. Students interested in the LNC Paralegal certificate should consult a faculty advisor in the Justice Center before

enrolling in Legal Studies or LNC Paralegal courses. Certificate Requirements 1. Complete the following required core courses:

LEGL A101 Introduction to Law (3)

LEGL A215 Legal Ethics and the Role of the Legal Professional (3)

LEGL A356 Legal Research, Analysis, and Writing (3)

LEGL A367 Civil Procedure and Pretrial Practice (3)

LEGL A377 Evidence, Investigation, and Discovery (3)

LEGL A380 Torts, Workers’ Compensation, and Insurance Law (3)

LEGL A385 Health Care Law and Regulatory Compliance (3)

LEGL A487 Trial and Advanced Litigation Processes (3)

LNC A347 Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal Principles and Practices (2)

LNC A348 Medical Records Review (1)

30

NURS A442 Introduction to Forensic Nursing (3)

2. Students must achieve a minimum grade of C in each required course to receive the certificate. Courses may be repeated twice

to improve grades according to university or program policy.

3. All LNC Paralegal students must take the Legal Studies Exit Examination. There is no minimum score required for

graduation.

4. A total of 30 credits is required for the certificate.

Associate of Applied Science, Paralegal Studies The American Bar Association defines a paralegal as a person “who is employed or retained by a lawyer, law office, corporation,


responsible.” The Associate of Applied Science in Paralegal Studies provides students with the specialized skills and knowledge to

build a career performing substantive legal work under the supervision of a lawyer, in accordance with American Bar Association

standards, or to work in a variety of public service and government agencies where familiarity with government regulation and

legal processes is required. The program is approved by the American Bar Association.

The Associate of Applied Science Paralegal Studies is coordinated with the Bachelor of Arts Legal Studies. Students obtaining the

Associate degree may apply their core courses and general education credits toward completion of the baccalaureate degree.

Note: Students obtaining a degree are not authorized to provide direct legal services to the public. The program offers training for


lawyers.






218

4

of legal issues.

4. Develop and execute legal research plans using law library resources and commonly used legal research databases.




7. Relate legal rules and doctrines to client problems in the performance of entry‐level paralegal duties in a private law firm,

public legal service agency, or law department.

Admission Requirements 1. Students must complete the University’s Admission to Associate of Applied Science programs requirements.

2. Students must have completed ENGL A111 with a minimum grade of C and (ENGL A211 or ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or

ENGL A214 or ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a minimum grade of B. 3. Students must have a 2.00 overall GPA.

4. Students who do not meet the admissions requirements will be admitted as pre‐majors. Students may take up to 12 credit

hours of Legal Studies courses while in pre‐major status.



2. Campus restrictions for this program are enforced in accordance with American Bar Association Guidelines for the Approval

of Paralegal Education Programs. Therefore, the degree cannot be completed at extended campuses. Courses designated in

this catalog as legal specialty courses may be taken only at the Anchorage campus.

3. Students who have completed a Baccalaureate or Associate of Arts or Sciences degree at an accredited institution and have

completed written communication courses equivalent to those required for admission to the Paralegal Studies degree, with the

minimum grades required for admission, will be deemed to have completed all program general education requirements.

4. Students who have completed a Baccalaureate or Associate of Arts or Sciences degree at an accredited institution, but have not

completed written communication courses equivalent to those required for admission to the Paralegal Studies degree with the

minimum grades required for admission, will need to complete those written communication and minimum grade

requirements, but will otherwise be deemed to have completed all program general education requirements.

5. For purposes of determining whether the English prerequisite to admission has been met, transfer credit will be determined

at the departmental level.

6. Transfer credit for all Legal Studies and Justice courses will be determined at the departmental level.

7. Students interested in the Associate of Applied Science, Paralegal Studies should consult a faculty advisor in the Justice Center

before enrolling in Legal Studies courses.

8. Students who plan to pursue a baccalaureate degree in addition to the Associate of Applied Science should also consult an

academic advisor in their intended area of baccalaureate study for appropriate general elective course selections.

Degree Requirements 1. Complete 9 credits in written communications comprising ENGL A111 with a minimum grade of C, (ENGL A211 or

ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214) with a minimum grade of B, and (ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL

A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a minimum grade of B.

9 2. Complete 3 credits in oral communications comprising either (COMM A111, A235, A237 or A241) with a minimum

grade of C.

3

3. Complete 3 credits in quantitative skills from the University’s General Education Requirements with a minimum grade

of D.

3

4. Complete 3 credits in Computer Information & Office Systems or Computer Information Systems with a minimum

grade of C.

3

5. Complete 12 credit hours selected from the General Course Requirements for Associate of Applied Science Degrees

found at the beginning of this chapter with a minimum grade of D. Courses used to fulfill the Writing Proficiency, Oral

Communication Skills or Quantitative Skills or degree requirements may not be used to meet this requirement. No more

than 7 credits may be taken from any one disciplinary area. Note that students are strongly advised to select courses that also

meet the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees found at the beginning of this chapter.

12

6. Complete 3 credit hours of any Legal Studies or Justice elective at the 100 level or above with a minimum grade of D. 3

7. Complete the following required core courses with a minimum grade of C (21‐24 credits):

LEGL A101 Introduction to Law

LEGL A215 Legal Ethics and the Role of the Legal Professional

3

3

219

5

LEGL A356 Legal Research, Analysis, and Writing

LEGL A367 Civil Procedure and Pretrial Practice

LEGL A377 Evidence, Investigation, and Discovery

LEGL A487 Trial and Advanced Litigation Processes

LEGL A495 Internship (3‐6)

3

3

3

3

3

8. Complete one of the following upper division Legal Studies elective courses with a minimum grade of C (3 credits):

LEGL/JUST A340 Family Law (3)

LEGL/JUST A352 Criminal Law and Procedure (3)

LEGL A362 Contracts, Debt, and Principles of Ownership (3)



LEGL A489 Legal Studies Senior Seminar (3)

Other upper division law course from Justice or Legal Studies curriculum with Legal Studies Coordinator approval (3)

3

9. Complete three credit hours from one of the following electives with a minimum grade of C.

JUST A315 Development of Law (3)

JUST/PS A343 Constitutional Law (3)

JUST A344 Courts and Civil Liberties (3)

JUST A374 The Courts (3)

3

10. Students must achieve a minimum grade of C in each Legal Studies core course and in the selected Legal Studies and

Justice electives to receive the degree. Courses may be repeated twice to improve grades according to university or

program policy.

11. All Paralegal Studies majors must take the Legal Studies Exit Examination. There is no minimum score required for

graduation.

12. A total of 60 credits is required for the degree.

Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies The Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies provides students with a broad educational background in American law and policy that

prepares them well for a lifetime of informed civic participation. Students will also acquire the technical skills and specialized

knowledge that will enable them to build a career working under the supervision of lawyers in federal and state agencies or court

systems, in a variety of legal service settings, in private law offices or corporate legal departments, and in a multitude of other

public and private organizations where familiarity with government regulation and legal processes is required. The program also

lays the academic foundation for students who later wish to advance to graduate programs in law or public policy. The program is




lawyers.





3. Interpret and accurately apply legal terminology and foundational principles of substantive and procedural law.





7. Assess and critique theories of law and the impact of American law, both historically and currently, on social and economic

relationships, access to public resources, and individual liberties.

8. Construct from disparate fields of substantive law a unified theory of law as a mechanism for ordering social and economic

relationships.

Admission Requirements 1. Students must complete the University’s Admission to Baccalaureate Programs Requirements.

220

6


ENGL A214 or ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a minimum grade of B.

3. Students must have a 2.00 overall GPA.





2. Students are strongly encouraged to complete a Certificate in Civic Engagement or to augment their degree with a

Justice Minor or a minor in another discipline. Students should note, however, that courses that may be used to satisfy

either the Legal Studies degree or the Justice Minor will not be counted toward the completion requirements of both

programs.




5. Proficiency in the use of computers and standard office software is an important component of legal practice. Students

are strongly encouraged to build their technological skills through coursework in Computer Information & Office

Systems (CIOS), Computer Information Systems (CIS), or Computer & Network Technology (CNT) as they progress

through the program.


Approval of Paralegal Education Programs. Therefore, the Legal Studies degree cannot be completed at extended

campuses. Courses designated in this catalog as legal specialty courses may be taken only at the Anchorage campus.

7. Transfer credit for Legal Studies and Justice courses will be determined at the departmental level.

8. Legal Studies majors who have completed the Associate of Applied Science in Paralegal Studies at the University of

Alaska Fairbanks will receive full transfer credit for their courses in accordance with the Articulation Agreement on file

in the Justice Center and posted on the Justice Center website. However, students must complete 120 total credit hours

for the degree; 42 of those credits must be upper division.

9. Students interested in the Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies should consult a faculty advisor in the Justice Center before

enrolling in Legal Studies courses.

Degree Requirements 1. Complete 9 credits in written communications comprising ENGL A111 with a minimum grade of C, (ENGL A211

or ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214) with a minimum grade of B, and (ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or

ENGL A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a minimum grade of B.


grade of C.

3

3. Complete the University’s General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees in the areas of Quantitative

Skills, Fine Arts, Humanities, Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences, found at the beginning of this chapter with a

minimum grade of D in each course.

25

4. Complete the University‐required Integrative Capstone with a minimum grade of D. 3

5. Complete the following required core courses with a minimum grade of C in each course:


JUST A374 Courts (3)









30

6. Complete 15 credits (12 upper division) from the following list of law‐related electives with a minimum grade of C

in each course:

ATA A133 Aviation Law and Regulations (3)

BA A432 Real Estate Law (3)

15

221

7

CM A401 Construction Law (3)

GEO A267 Boundary Law I (3)

GEO A457 Boundary Law II (3)

JPC A202 First Amendment and Media Ethics (3)

JPC A313 Movies and the First Amendment (3)

JUST A241 Business Law I (3)

JUST A242 Business Law II (3)

JUST/PS A343 Constitutional Law (3


JUST/JPC A413 Communications Law (3)





LEGL/JUST A485 Tribal Courts and Alaska Native Rights (3)

LEGL A495 Internship (with instructor approval) (3‐6)

PHIL A406 Philosophy of Law (3)

PS A424 International Law and Organizations (3)

SOC A308 Sociology of Law (3)

Other upper division law courses from the Justice or Legal Studies curriculum may be used to satisfy this

requirement with departmental approval. Only 6 credits of JUST 490 may be used to satisfy elective requirements

for the BA degree or minor in Legal Studies.

7. Complete a minimum of 3 credits of Civic Engagement Internship, CEL A395 with a minimum grade of C.

8. Students must achieve a minimum grade of C in each Legal Studies core course and in the Legal Studies electives to

receive the degree. Courses may be repeated twice to improve grades according to university or program policy.

9. All Legal Studies majors must take the Legal Studies Exit Examination. There is no minimum score required for

graduation.

3

10. A total of 120 credits is required for the degree. At least 42 credits must be upper division, 24 of which must be in

residence.


Students seeking a baccalaureate degree in another subject may obtain a minor in Legal Studies by completing each of the following

courses. The Legal Studies Minor provides students with the technical skills and specialized knowledge to work under the

supervision of lawyers in federal and state agencies or court systems, in a variety of legal service settings, in private law offices or

corporate legal departments, and in a multitude of other public and private organizations where familiarity with government

regulation and legal processes is required. The program also lays the academic foundation for students who later wish to advance to

graduate programs in law or public policy. The program is approved by the American Bar Association.

Note: Students obtaining a Legal Studies Minor are not authorized to provide direct legal services to the public. The program offers training for


lawyers.

Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the broad‐based knowledge and critical thinking, writing, oral communication, and quantitative skills acquired in

their baccalaureate program, students who complete the Legal Studies Minor will:









Advising

222

8

1. There are no formal admission standards for the Minor in Legal Studies. However, students completing the Minor must

take LEGL 356, Legal Research, Analysis, and Writing. The prerequisites for this class are ENGL A111 with a minimum

grade of C and (ENGL A211 or ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214 or ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL A313

or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with minimum grade of B. Therefore, students who intend to complete a Legal Studies

Minor should begin their English coursework early in their program of study.




through the Legal Studies Minor.


Approval of Paralegal Education Programs. Therefore, the Legal Studies Minor cannot be completed at extended



5. Students interested in the Legal Studies Minor should consult a faculty advisor in the Justice Center before enrolling in

Legal Studies courses.

6. Legal Studies courses fulfill the Justice elective requirements for the Justice BA except where the student has elected a

Legal Studies Minor. Legal Studies courses cannot be used (counted twice) to meet both the requirements of the Legal

Studies Minor and the Bachelor of Arts in Justice.

Minor Requirements 1. A total of 21 credits is required for the minor.

2. A minimum grade of C in each course is required. Courses may be repeated twice to improve grades according to university

or program policy.

3. Students must complete the following courses (21‐24 credits):

LEGL A101 Introduction to Law 3

LEGL A215 Legal Ethics and the Role of the Legal Professional 3

LEGL A356 Legal Research, Analysis, and Writing 3

LEGL A367 Civil Procedure and Pretrial Practice 3

LEGL A377 Evidence, Investigation, and Discovery 3

LEGL A487 Trial and Advanced Litigation Processes 3

LEGL A489 Legal Studies Senior Seminar 3 (or LEGL 495 Internship (3‐6) with instructor approval) 3

4. All students minoring in Legal Studies must take the Legal Studies Exit Examination. There is no minimum score required for

graduation.

Post-Baccalaureate Certificate, Paralegal Studies The American Bar Association defines a paralegal as a person “who is employed or retained by a lawyer, law office, corporation,


responsible.” The Post‐Baccalaureate Certificate in Paralegal Studies is designed for students who have completed a baccalaureate

degree and wish to continue their education. It provides students with the technical skills and specialized knowledge to work

under the supervision of lawyers in federal and state agencies or court systems, in a variety of legal service settings, in private law

offices or corporate legal departments, and in a multitude of other public and private organizations where familiarity with

government regulation and legal processes is required. The program is approved by the American Bar Association.



lawyers.






223

9







Admission Requirements 1. Students must meet the university requirements for admission to post‐baccalaureate certificate programs listed in the

university catalog.

2. Students must have completed the equivalent of ENGL A111 with a minimum grade of C and (ENGL A211 or ENGL A212 or

ENGL A213 or ENGL A214 or ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a minimum

grade of B. Students who have not met this English requirement may be admitted as pre‐majors and take up to 12 credit hours

in the program before being admitted as full majors.

3. Students must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 in their baccalaureate program.








4. Lower division coursework at another institution will not be awarded transfer credit for an upper division course.








7. Students interested in the Post‐Baccalaureate Certificate, Paralegal Studies should consult a faculty advisor in the Justice

Center before enrolling in Legal Studies courses.

Certificate Requirements 1. Complete the following required core courses (21‐24 credits):








3

3

3

3

3

3

3

2. Complete one of the following Legal Studies elective courses (3 credits):







Other upper division Legal Studies or Justice course with Legal Studies

Coordinator approval (3)

3. All Paralegal Studies students must take the Legal Studies Exit Examination.

There is no minimum score required for graduation.


3

224

10

FACULTY John Angell, Professor Emeritus, [email protected]

Allan Barnes, Professor, [email protected]

Jason Brandeis, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Sharon Chamard, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Robert Congdon, Professor Emeritus, [email protected]

Ronald Everett, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Cory Lepage, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Bradley Myrstol, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Troy Payne, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Deborah Periman, Program Coordinator/Associate Professor, [email protected]

Marny Rivera, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Andre Rosay, Director, [email protected]

Nancy Schafer, Professor Emeritus, [email protected]

225

1

Formatted: Footer

From 2011-2012 catalog 02/16/2012

PARALEGAL STUDIES Consortium Library (LIB), Room 213, (907) 786-1810 http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu

Undergraduate Certificate, Paralegal Studies The Paralegal Studies Undergraduate Certificate Program is approved by the American Bar Association. ProgramThe UAA Justice Center, established by the Alaska Legislature in 1975, has a mandate to provide statewide justice‐

related education, research, and service. The Justice Center is an interdisciplinary unit that provides undergraduate, graduate, and

professional education; conducts research in the areas of crime, law, and justice; and provides service to government units, justice

agencies, and community organizations throughout urban and rural Alaska to promote a safe, healthy, and just society.

The Justice Center offers a variety of programs that prepare students for work in law‐related or public service fields. The core of

each program is a foundational sequence of courses combining theoretical knowledge of the law with skills‐based training in

American legal practice.

Legal Studies Goals 1. Students in all programs will acquire:

1. Broad‐based knowledge achieved through general college education.

2. 2. Exceptionally strong competency in critical thinking and in written and oral communication skills.

3. 3. Comprehensive Clear understanding of ethical responsibilities as assistants to attorneys,

governed by the rules of professional responsibility.ethics governing American judges, lawyers, and

paralegals..

4. 4. Legal Comprehensive legal vocabulary and understanding of procedure required to perform paralegal

duties in a civil practicejudicial processes. 5. 5. Operational knowledge of the interviewing and legal investigatory and discovery techniques required for

paralegal performance. 6. 6. Command of skills required for both law library and computerized legal research, and for memoranda

of legalcritical analysis, and technical drafting. 7. Knowledge of the variety of legal specialties performed by paralegals. 7. 8. Practical experienceKnowledge of theories of law, historical influences on the development of law, and

fundamental principles of substantive law.

8. Appreciation for the role of law in a law office or agency that allowsthe allocation of public resources and regulation of social and economic relationships.

Style Definition: List Paragraph: Font:

Style Definition: Normal: Font:

Formatted: Pa113, Space Before: 27 pt,After: 3 pt, Adjust space between Latin andAsian text, Adjust space between Asian text andnumbers

Formatted: Font: Gill Sans MT, 20 pt, Fontcolor: Custom Color(RGB(34,30,31))

Formatted: Font: Gill Sans MT, 20 pt, NotBold, Font color: Custom Color(RGB(34,30,31))

Formatted: Font: 8 pt, Font color: CustomColor(RGB(34,30,31))

Formatted ... [1]

Formatted ... [2]

Formatted ... [3]

Formatted ... [4]

Formatted ... [5]

Formatted ... [6]

Formatted ... [7]

Formatted ... [8]

Formatted ... [9]

Formatted ... [10]

Formatted ... [11]

Formatted ... [12]

Formatted ... [13]

Formatted ... [14]

Formatted ... [15]

Formatted ... [16]

Formatted ... [17]

Formatted ... [18]

Formatted ... [19]

Formatted ... [20]

Formatted ... [21]

Formatted ... [22]

Formatted ... [23]

Formatted ... [24]

Formatted ... [25]

Formatted ... [26]

Formatted ... [27]

Formatted ... [28]

Formatted ... [29]

Formatted ... [30]

226

2

Formatted: Footer

To accomplish these goals, the following program options are offered: Certificate, Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal; Associate of

Applied Science, Paralegal Studies; Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies; Minor, Legal Studies; and Post‐Baccalaureate Certificate,

Paralegal Studies. Students may also work toward Pro Bono Service Honors.

Pro Bono Service Honors The Justice Center awards Pro Bono Service Honors to those Legal Studies students who work toward improving access to justice

by contributing volunteer service to Alaska legal aid agencies. Students majoring in any of the Legal Studies programs, as well as

Legal Studies Minors, are eligible to graduate with Pro Bono Service Honors upon satisfactory completion of the following

requirements:

1. Meet the catalog requirements for the Minor, Degree, or Certificate sought.

2. Complete, as applicable, the following number of volunteer hours with a legal services agency approved by the Legal Studies

Program Coordinator:

a. Certificate, Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal: 50 hours

b. Associate Applied Science, Paralegal Studies: 60 hours

c. Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies: 120 hours

d. Minor, Legal Studies: 50 hours

e. Post‐Baccalaureate Certificate, Paralegal Studies: 50 hours

3. Students intending to graduate with Pro Bono Service Honors must obtain written verification of their hours of service from

the legal service agency or agencies assisted.

4. In the semester they intend to graduate, students must submit their verification of service hours and written notice of their

intent to graduate with Pro Bono Service Honors to the Legal Studies Program Coordinator. The verification and notice must

be received by the Legal Studies Coordinator on or before the date established by the registrar’s office as the deadline to apply

classroom skillsfor graduation.

Certificate, Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal The American Bar Association defines a paralegal as a person “who is employed or retained by a lawyer, law office, corporation,


responsible.” In this context, a Legal Nurse Consultant (LNC) Paralegal augments his or her substantive legal knowledge with

specialized nursing education and experience. The LNC Paralegal Certificate is designed for registered nurses who hold an

associate or baccalaureate degree in nursing from an accredited institution. The program provides students the same core legal

education all paralegal students receive, along with specialized courses directed toward medical issues in the practice of law. It

prepares students to work with lawyers providing medical expertise to law firms, health care institutions, insurance companies,

government agencies, and other organizations handling legal matters associated with health care; disabilities, physical or mental

injury, or death; medical credentialing, licensing, or privileges; workers’ compensation; or medical benefits. The program is




lawyers. Students completing the program may wish to sit for the American Association of Legal Nurse Consultants Certification

Exam accredited by the American Board of Nursing Specialties. The program is not accredited as a nursing specialty.






of legal issues.

4. Develop and execute legal and medical research plans using law and medical library resources and commonly used legal and

medical research databases.



Formatted: Font: Palatino Linotype, 8 pt


227

3

Formatted: Footer


7. Integrate substantive principles of law and medical/clinical practice in the analysis of medical evidence.

8. Formulate theories of injury causation pursuant to accepted principles of forensic nursing.

9. Construct from the American Association of Legal Nurse Consultants (AALNC) Code of Ethics and Conduct, the AALNC’s

Scope and Standards of Practice, and the Alaska Bar Association’s Rules of Professional Responsibility coherent principles of

ethical practice for the Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal.

Admission Requirements 1. Students must have completed ENGL A111 with a minimum grade of B and [(ENGL A211 or ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214 or ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with minimum grade of B]. 2. Students must have a 2.00 overall GPA to be admitted to the Paralegal Studies meet the University

Admission Requirements for Admission to Undergraduate Certificate program. 3. Students must apply and be admitted to the program at the Anchorage campus before completing 12 credits of the paralegal core curriculum. Note: Special admission requirements for this certificate are enforced and certificates cannot be completed at extended campuses. Certain courses required for the certificate must be taken only at the Anchorage campus. 1. Students are encouraged to complete a Bachelor of Arts or and Associate of Arts in conjunction

with the Paralegal Certificate. Paralegal courses fulfill the Justice elective requirements for the Justice BA and the General Elective requirements for the Associate of Arts. Students who have already completed a degree at an accredited institution whose composition courses meet UAA’s written communication and program admission requirements need only complete the Paralegal core courses. Transfer credit for some core courses may be determined at the departmental level. Students interested in the Paralegal Studies Certificate program should consult a faculty advisor in the Justice Center before enrolling in paralegal coursesDegree Programs.

2. Students must hold an associate of arts or baccalaureate degree in nursing from an accredited institution before receiving the

LNC Paralegal Certificate. Students holding an associate of applied science degree in nursing who have satisfied the

university’s general education requirements may also receive the certificate. Nursing majors and pre‐majors who have not

completed their degree will be admitted to the program as pre‐majors and may proceed through the Legal Studies and Justice

courses in the program provided all individual course prerequisites are met. Courses with the LNC prefix are open to nursing

graduates only.

3. Students must have completed the equivalent of ENGL A111 with a minimum grade of C and (ENGL A211 or ENGL

A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214 or ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a

minimum grade of B.

4. Students must have achieved a minimum GPA of 2.0 in their degree program or hold a 2.0 overall GPA at UAA to be

admitted to the program as majors or pre‐majors.

5. Students who do not meet the admissions requirements will be admitted as pre‐majors. Students may take up to 12

credit hours of Legal Studies courses while in pre‐major status.





3. Transfer credit for all Legal Studies and Justice courses will be determined at the departmental level. Lower division

coursework at another institution will not be awarded transfer credit for an upper division course.

4. Proficiency in the use of computers and standard office software is an important component of the work of LNC

Formatted: Pa48, Indent: Left: 0", Numbered+ Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … +Start at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent at: 0.5", Adjust space betweenLatin and Asian text, Adjust space betweenAsian text and numbers

Formatted: Font: Palatino Linotype, 8 pt, Fontcolor: Custom Color(RGB(34,30,31))

Formatted: Font: Gill Sans MT, Not Bold

Formatted: Default, Adjust space betweenLatin and Asian text, Adjust space betweenAsian text and numbers


Formatted: Pa5, Space After: 2 pt, Adjustspace between Latin and Asian text, Adjustspace between Asian text and numbers




Formatted: Pa4, Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at: 0.25", Adjust space between Latin and Asiantext, Adjust space between Asian text andnumbers



228

4

Formatted: Footer

Paralegals. Students are strongly encouraged to build their technological skills through coursework in Computer

Information & Office Systems (CIOS), Computer Information Systems (CIS), or Computer & Network Technology

(CNT) as they progress through the legal nurse consulting program.




6. Students interested in the LNC Paralegal certificate should consult a faculty advisor in the Justice Center before

enrolling in Legal Studies or LNC Paralegal courses. Certificate Requirements 1. Complete 6 credits of written communications courses with a minimum grade of B ENGL A111 Methods of Written Communication 3 and one of the following: 3 ENGL A211 Academic Writing About Literature (3) ENGL A212 Technical Writing (3) ENGL A213 Writing in the Social and Natural Sciences (3) ENGL A214 Persuasive Writing (3) ENGL A311 Advanced Composition (3) ENGL A312 Advanced Technical Writing (3) ENGL A313 Professional Writing (3) ENGL A414 Research Writing (3) ENGL A487 Standard Written English (3) 2. Complete the following required core courses (28 credits): JUST A495 Internship (1-6) 3 PARL A101 Introduction to Law 3 PARL A215 Paralegal Studies 3 PARL A235 Factual Investigation and Interviewing 2 PARL A236 Ethics and Paralegals 1 PARL A238 Civil Procedure 3 PARL A356 Legal Research 3 PARL A375 Litigation 3 PARL A456 Advanced Legal Analysis and Writing 4 PARL A470 Law of Government Regulation 3 3. Complete one of the following elective courses (3 credits): 3 PARL/ JUST A340 Family Law (3) 3 PARL/ JUST A352 Substantive Criminal Law (3) PARL/ JUST A354 Criminal Procedure (3) PARL A362 Commercial Law (3) Other upper division law course from Justice or Paralegal curriculum with paralegal coordinator approval (3)

Formatted: Font: Gill Sans MT, Font color:Custom Color(RGB(34,30,31))



229

5

Formatted: Footer

4. Complete at least 20 credits, in addition to the preceding core courses, from the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees list. 20 5. Complete 3 credits of any elective at the 100-level or above. 3 1. 6. 1. Complete the following required core courses:









LNC A347 Legal Nurse Consultant Paralegal Principles and Practices (2)

LNC A348 Medical Records Review (1)

30

NURS A442 Introduction to Forensic Nursing (3)

2. Students must achieve a minimum grade of C in each paralegal core required course to receive the certificate. Courses may be repeated twice to improve grades according to university or program policy.

3. 7. All LNC Paralegal students must take the Legal Studies Exit Examination. There is no minimum score required for

graduation.


Associate of Applied Science, Paralegal Studies The American Bar Association defines a paralegal as a person “who is employed or retained by a lawyer, law office, corporation,


responsible.” The Associate of Applied Science in Paralegal Studies provides students with the specialized skills and knowledge to

build a career performing substantive legal work under the supervision of a lawyer, in accordance with American Bar Association

standards, or to work in a variety of public service and government agencies where familiarity with government regulation and

legal processes is required. The program is approved by the American Bar Association.

The Associate of Applied Science Paralegal Studies is coordinated with the Bachelor of Arts Legal Studies. Students obtaining the

Associate degree may apply their core courses and general education credits toward completion of the baccalaureate degree.

Note: GraduatesStudents obtaining a degree are not authorized to provide direct legal services to the public. The Paralegal Studies Certificate program is aoffers training program for paralegalsparaprofessionals who are authorized to perform substantive legal work under the supervision of ana licensed attorney. The program does not train lawyers or legal administrators. Student Learning Outcomes Students who complete this program will:





of legal issues.




Formatted: Font: (Default) Palatino Linotype,8 pt

Formatted: List Paragraph, Numbered + Level:1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 2 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at: 0.25"





Formatted: List Paragraph, Numbered + Level:1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 2 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at: 0.25"


Formatted: Font: Gill Sans MT, 15 pt, Bold,Not Italic, Font color: CustomColor(RGB(34,30,31))


Formatted: Strong, Font: Palatino Linotype, 8pt

Formatted: Pa4, Adjust space between Latinand Asian text, Adjust space between Asian textand numbers










Formatted: Font: Palatino Linotype, 8 pt, NotItalic, Font color: Custom Color(RGB(34,30,31))

230

6

Formatted: Footer




Admission Requirements 1. Students must complete the University’s Admission to Associate of Applied Science programs requirements.


ENGL A214 or ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a minimum grade of B. 3. Students must have a 2.00 overall GPA.





2. Campus restrictions for this program are enforced in accordance with American Bar Association Guidelines for the Approval

of Paralegal Education Programs. Therefore, the degree cannot be completed at extended campuses. Courses designated in

this catalog as legal specialty courses may be taken only at the Anchorage campus.

3. Students who have completed a Baccalaureate or Associate of Arts or Sciences degree at an accredited institution and have

completed written communication courses equivalent to those required for admission to the Paralegal Studies degree, with the

minimum grades required for admission, will be deemed to have completed all program general education requirements.

4. Students who have completed a Baccalaureate or Associate of Arts or Sciences degree at an accredited institution, but have not

completed written communication courses equivalent to those required for admission to the Paralegal Studies degree with the

minimum grades required for admission, will need to complete those written communication and minimum grade

requirements, but will otherwise be deemed to have completed all program general education requirements.

5. For purposes of determining whether the English prerequisite to admission has been met, transfer credit will be determined

at the departmental level.


7. Students interested in the Associate of Applied Science, Paralegal Studies should consult a faculty advisor in the Justice Center

before enrolling in Legal Studies courses.

8. Students who plan to pursue a baccalaureate degree in addition to the Associate of Applied Science should also consult an

academic advisor in their intended area of baccalaureate study for appropriate general elective course selections.

Degree Requirements 1. Complete 9 credits in written communications comprising ENGL A111 with a minimum grade of C, (ENGL A211 or

ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214) with a minimum grade of B, and (ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL

A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a minimum grade of B.


grade of C.

3

3. Complete 3 credits in quantitative skills from the University’s General Education Requirements with a minimum grade

of D.

3

4. Complete 3 credits in Computer Information & Office Systems or Computer Information Systems with a minimum

grade of C.

3

5. Complete 12 credit hours selected from the General Course Requirements for Associate of Applied Science Degrees

found at the beginning of this chapter with a minimum grade of D. Courses used to fulfill the Writing Proficiency, Oral

Communication Skills or Quantitative Skills or degree requirements may not be used to meet this requirement. No more

than 7 credits may be taken from any one disciplinary area. Note that students are strongly advised to select courses that also

meet the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees found at the beginning of this chapter.

12

6. Complete 3 credit hours of any Legal Studies or Justice elective at the 100 level or above with a minimum grade of D. 3

7. Complete the following required core courses with a minimum grade of C (21‐24 credits):







3

3

3

3

3

3

231

7

Formatted: Footer

LEGL A495 Internship (3‐6) 3

8. Complete one of the following upper division Legal Studies elective courses with a minimum grade of C (3 credits):







Other upper division law course from Justice or Legal Studies curriculum with Legal Studies Coordinator approval (3)

3

9. Complete three credit hours from one of the following electives with a minimum grade of C.


JUST/PS A343 Constitutional Law (3)


JUST A374 The Courts (3)

3

10. Students must achieve a minimum grade of C in each Legal Studies core course and in the selected Legal Studies and

Justice electives to receive the degree. Courses may be repeated twice to improve grades according to university or

program policy.

11. All Paralegal Studies majors must take the Legal Studies Exit Examination. There is no minimum score required for

graduation.

12. A total of 60 credits is required for the degree.

Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies The Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies provides students with a broad educational background in American law and policy that

prepares them well for a lifetime of informed civic participation. Students will also acquire the technical skills and specialized

knowledge that will enable them to build a career working under the supervision of lawyers in federal and state agencies or court

systems, in a variety of legal service settings, in private law offices or corporate legal departments, and in a multitude of other

public and private organizations where familiarity with government regulation and legal processes is required. The program also

lays the academic foundation for students who later wish to advance to graduate programs in law or public policy. The program is




lawyers.










7. Assess and critique theories of law and the impact of American law, both historically and currently, on social and economic

relationships, access to public resources, and individual liberties.

8. Construct from disparate fields of substantive law a unified theory of law as a mechanism for ordering social and economic

relationships.

Admission Requirements 1. Students must complete the University’s Admission to Baccalaureate Programs Requirements.


ENGL A214 or ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a minimum grade of B.

3. Students must have a 2.00 overall GPA.

232

8

Formatted: Footer





2. Students are strongly encouraged to complete a Certificate in Civic Engagement or to augment their degree with a

Justice Minor or a minor in another discipline. Students should note, however, that courses that may be used to satisfy

either the Legal Studies degree or the Justice Minor will not be counted toward the completion requirements of both

programs.









Approval of Paralegal Education Programs. Therefore, the Legal Studies degree cannot be completed at extended



8. Legal Studies majors who have completed the Associate of Applied Science in Paralegal Studies at the University of

Alaska Fairbanks will receive full transfer credit for their courses in accordance with the Articulation Agreement on file

in the Justice Center and posted on the Justice Center website. However, students must complete 120 total credit hours

for the degree; 42 of those credits must be upper division.

9. Students interested in the Bachelor of Arts, Legal Studies should consult a faculty advisor in the Justice Center before

enrolling in Legal Studies courses.

Degree Requirements 1. Complete 9 credits in written communications comprising ENGL A111 with a minimum grade of C, (ENGL A211

or ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214) with a minimum grade of B, and (ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or

ENGL A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a minimum grade of B.


grade of C.

3

3. Complete the University’s General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees in the areas of Quantitative

Skills, Fine Arts, Humanities, Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences, found at the beginning of this chapter with a

minimum grade of D in each course.

25

4. Complete the University‐required Integrative Capstone with a minimum grade of D. 3

5. Complete the following required core courses with a minimum grade of C in each course:


JUST A374 Courts (3)








LEGL 489 Legal Studies Senior Seminar (3)

30

6. Complete 15 credits (12 upper division) from the following list of law‐related electives with a minimum grade of C

in each course:

ATA A133 Aviation Law and Regulations (3)

BA A432 Real Estate Law (3)

CM A401 Construction Law (3)

GEO A267 Boundary Law I (3)

GEO A457 Boundary Law II (3)

JPC A202 First Amendment and Media Ethics (3)

15

Formatted Table

Formatted Table

Formatted: Indent: Left: 0", Tab stops: -0.09", Left

Formatted Table

Formatted Table

233

9

Formatted: Footer

JPC A313 Movies and the First Amendment (3)

JUST A241 Business Law I (3)

JUST A242 Business Law II (3)

JUST/PS A343 Constitutional Law (3


JUST/JPC A413 Communications Law (3)





LEGL/JUST A485 Tribal Courts and Alaska Native Rights (3)

LEGL A495 Internship (with instructor approval) (3‐6)

PHIL A406 Philosophy of Law (3)

PS A424 International Law and Organizations (3)

SOC A308 Sociology of Law (3)

Other upper division law courses from the Justice or Legal Studies curriculum may be used to satisfy this

requirement with departmental approval. Only 6 credits of JUST 490 may be used to satisfy elective requirements

for the BA degree or minor in Legal Studies.

7. Complete a minimum of 3 credits of Civic Engagement Internship, CEL A395 with a minimum grade of C.

8. Students must achieve a minimum grade of C in each Legal Studies core course and in the Legal Studies electives

to receive the degree. Courses may be repeated twice to improve grades according to university or program

policy.

9. All Legal Studies majors must take the Legal Studies Exit Examination. There is no minimum score required for

graduation.

3

10. A total of 120 credits is required for the degree. At least 42 credits must be upper division, 24 of which must be in

residence.


Students seeking a baccalaureate degree in another subject may obtain a minor in Legal Studies by completing each of the following

courses. The Legal Studies Minor provides students with the technical skills and specialized knowledge to work under the

supervision of lawyers in federal and state agencies or court systems, in a variety of legal service settings, in private law offices or

corporate legal departments, and in a multitude of other public and private organizations where familiarity with government

regulation and legal processes is required. The program also lays the academic foundation for students who later wish to advance to

graduate programs in law or public policy. The program is approved by the American Bar Association.

Note: Students obtaining a Legal Studies Minor are not authorized to provide direct legal services to the public. The program offers training for


lawyers.

Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the broad‐based knowledge and critical thinking, writing, oral communication, and quantitative skills acquired in

their baccalaureate program, students who complete the Legal Studies Minor will:









Advising 1. There are no formal admission standards for the Minor in Legal Studies. However, students completing the Minor must

take LEGL 356, Legal Research, Analysis, and Writing. The prerequisites for this class are ENGL A111 with a minimum

grade of C and (ENGL A211 or ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214 or ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL A313

234

10

Formatted: Footer

or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with minimum grade of B. Therefore, students who intend to complete a Legal Studies

Minor should begin their English coursework early in their program of study.




through the Legal Studies Minor.


Approval of Paralegal Education Programs. Therefore, the Legal Studies Minor cannot be completed at extended



5. Students interested in the Legal Studies Minor should consult a faculty advisor in the Justice Center before enrolling in

Legal Studies courses.

6. Legal Studies courses fulfill the Justice elective requirements for the Justice BA except where the student has elected a

Legal Studies Minor. Legal Studies courses cannot be used (counted twice) to meet both the requirements of the Legal

Studies Minor and the Bachelor of Arts in Justice.

Minor Requirements 1. A total of 21 credits is required for the minor.

2. A minimum grade of C in each course is required. Courses may be repeated twice to improve grades according to university

or program policy.

3. Students must complete the following courses (21‐24 credits):

LEGL A101 Introduction to Law 3

LEGL A215 Legal Ethics and the Role of the Legal Professional 3

LEGL A356 Legal Research, Analysis, and Writing 3

LEGL A367 Civil Procedure and Pretrial Practice 3

LEGL A377 Evidence, Investigation, and Discovery 3

LEGL A487 Trial and Advanced Litigation Processes 3

LEGL A489 Legal Studies Senior Seminar 3 (or LEGL 495 Internship (3‐6) with instructor approval) 3

4. All students minoring in Legal Studies must take the Legal Studies Exit Examination. There is no minimum score required for

graduation.

Post-Baccalaureate Certificate, Paralegal Studies The American Bar Association defines a paralegal as a person “who is employed or retained by a lawyer, law office, corporation,


responsible.” The Post‐Baccalaureate Certificate in Paralegal Studies is designed for students who have completed a baccalaureate

degree and wish to continue their education. It provides students with the technical skills and specialized knowledge to work

under the supervision of lawyers in federal and state agencies or court systems, in a variety of legal service settings, in private law

offices or corporate legal departments, and in a multitude of other public and private organizations where familiarity with

government regulation and legal processes is required. The program is approved by the American Bar Association.



lawyers.









235

11

Formatted: Footer




Admission Requirements 1. Students must meet the university requirements for admission to post‐baccalaureate certificate programs listed in the

university catalog.

2. Students must have completed the equivalent of ENGL A111 with a minimum grade of C and (ENGL A211 or ENGL A212 or

ENGL A213 or ENGL A214 or ENGL A311 or ENGL A312 or ENGL A313 or ENGL A414 or ENGL A487) with a minimum

grade of B. Students who have not met this English requirement may be admitted as pre‐majors and take up to 12 credit hours

in the program before being admitted as full majors.

3. Students must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 in their baccalaureate program.








4. Lower division coursework at another institution will not be awarded transfer credit for an upper division course.








7. Students interested in the Post‐Baccalaureate Certificate, Paralegal Studies should consult a faculty advisor in the Justice

Center before enrolling in Legal Studies courses.

Certificate Requirements 1. Complete the following required core courses (21‐24 credits):








3

3

3

3

3

3

3

2. Complete one of the following Legal Studies elective courses (3 credits):







Other upper division Legal Studies or Justice course with Legal Studies

Coordinator approval (3)

3. All Paralegal Studies students must take the Legal Studies Exit Examination.

There is no minimum score required for graduation.


3

FACULTY

Formatted: Font: Gill Sans MT, Font color:Custom Color(RGB(34,30,31))



Formatted: Pa31, Adjust space between Latinand Asian text, Adjust space between Asian textand numbers


236

12

Formatted: Footer

John Angell, Professor Emeritus, [email protected]

Allan Barnes, Professor, [email protected] Jason Brandeis, Assistant Professor, [email protected] Sharon Chamard, Associate Professor, [email protected] Robert Congdon, Professor Emeritus, [email protected]

Ronald Everett, Associate Professor, [email protected] Cory Lepage, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Bradley Myrstol, Assistant Professor, [email protected] Troy Payne, Assistant Professor, [email protected] Deborah Periman, Program Coordinator/Associate Professor, [email protected] Marny Rivera, Assistant Professor, AFMSR1 [email protected] Andre Rosay, Director/Marny Rivera, Associate Professor, [email protected] Andre Rosay, Director, [email protected]

Nancy Schafer, Professor Emeritus, AHNES@ uaa.alaska.edu


Formatted: Pa32, Indent: Left: 0", Hanging: 0.13", Right: 0.06", Adjust space between Latinand Asian text, Adjust space between Asian textand numbers

Formatted: Font: Palatino Linotype, 8 pt, NotItalic, Font color: Custom Color(RGB(34,30,31))




Formatted: Default, Adjust space betweenLatin and Asian text, Adjust space betweenAsian text and numbers



Formatted ... [31]

Formatted ... [32]

Formatted ... [33]

Formatted ... [34]

Formatted ... [35]

Formatted ... [36]

Formatted ... [37]

Formatted ... [38]



Formatted ... [39]

Formatted ... [40]


Formatted ... [41]


Formatted ... [42]

Formatted ... [43]

Formatted ... [44]

Formatted ... [45]

Formatted ... [46]

Formatted ... [47]

Formatted ... [48]

Formatted ... [49]

Formatted ... [50]

237

1a. School or College EN SOENGR

1b. Division No Division Code

1c. Department Civil Engineering

2. Course Prefix

CE

3. Course Number

A437


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

1


6. Complete Course Title Project Planning Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)






11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Fall/2012 To: 99/9999




1. Civil Engineering, BS Courtesy Coordination 03/01/2012 Osama Abaza 2. 3.

Initiator Name (typed): Osama Abaza Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________





15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Introduce the basics in civil engineering project planning and analysis. Defines problem statement, developing goals, objectives, generating alternatives, criteria for evaluation and implementation of civil engineering project.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) N/A

16b. Test Score(s) N/A

16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required) N/A



16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Senior standing in Civil Engineering


19. Justification for Action The course requires planning for capstone course projects

__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Osama Abaza Initiator (TYPE NAME)

Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




238

COURSE CONTENT GUIDE University of Alaska Anchorage

School of Engineering Date: March 5, 2012 Course Title: Project Planning Course Number: CE A437 Program: Civil Engineering Credits: 1.0

I. Course Description:

Introduce the basics in civil engineering project planning and analysis. Defines problem statement, developing goals, objectives, generating alternatives, criteria for evaluation and implementation of senior civil engineering design project.

II. Course Design:

A. Course Intent: Provide civil engineering undergraduate students with general knowledge on senior civil engineering design project planning and analysis

B. Course Credits: One (1.0) semester hours C. Total time of student involvement: Lecture: one hour per week

Outside class: 2 hours per week D. Degree Program Status: Required for undergraduate civil engineering students E. Grading: A-F F. Fees: None G. Previous Course: None H. Time Frame: Standard semester time I. Coordination with other schools or colleges: SOE and list serve J. Registration Restriction: Senior standing

III. Course Level Justification:

The course requires planning for capstone course projects.

IV. Course Outline:

A. Introduction to the design project planning B. Determining scope of work C. Client coordination D. Developing goals and objectives E. Techniques for developing alternatives F. Establishing evaluation criteria G. Evaluating of alternatives H. Addressing project details I. Community engagements in project planning J. Project presentation K. Project documents

V. Instructional Goals, Student Learning Outcomes, and Assessment Methods


The instructor will: 1. Enable students to realize the dimensions of project planning.

239

2. Prepare senior civil engineering students for the capstone design project. 3. Prepare students to address community issues in the design project .

B. Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Methods:

Student Learning Outcomes After successful completion of the course, student will be able to:

Assessment Methods

1. Identify engineering design problems Homework assignments and quizzes 2. Identify local engineering projects Homework assignments, client interviews 3. Demonstrate the ability to develop

goals and objectives Homework assignments and exams

4. Develop project alternatives Homework, projects and exams 5. Develop project evaluation criteria Homework, projects and exams 6. Present a project and the associated

documents Homework, presentation, projects and exams


Frangopol D. M. (1999). Case studies in optimal design and maintenance planning of civil infrastructure systems, American Society of Civil Engineers.

VII. References/Bibliography:

Thomas K. (1986). A systems approach to civil engineering planning and design, Harper & Row.

240



1c. Department Civil Engineering

2. Course Prefix

CE

3. Course Number

A475


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3


6. Complete Course Title Design of Ports and Harbors Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)




9. Repeat Status choose one # of Repeats Max Credits



12. Cross Listed with Stacked with CE A675 Cross-Listed Coordination Signature



1. BS Civil Engineering Courtesy Coordination 01/10/12 Dr. Osama Abaza, Chair, Civil Engineering Dept. 2. 3.

Initiator Name (typed): Orson Smith Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________





15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Introduction to planning and design of port and harbor facilities

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) ES A341 with a minimum grade of C

16b. Test Score(s)




16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Senior standing in BS Civil Engineering program


19. Justification for Action Introducing technical elective for undergraduate civil engineers by stacking with CE A675

__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Orson Smith Initiator (TYPE NAME)

Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




241

UNIVERSITY OF ALASKA ANCHORAGE SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

COURSE CONTENT GUIDE

DATE: 3/7/2012

Department: Civil Engineering

Course Prefix, Number, and Title: CE A475 Design of Ports and Harbors I. Course Description

Introduction to planning and design of port and harbor facilities.

II. Course Design

A. Fundamental intent: Designed as a technical elective for graduate students majoring in

Civil Engineering

B. Number of Semester Credits: Three (3)

C. Course Schedule: Standard fifteen (15) week semester

D. Lectures Hours/week: Three (3)

E. Total time of work expected outside of class: Eight (8) hours per week.

F. Programs that require this course: Technical elective for Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering

G. Grading: A – F

H. Coordination with affected units: Faculty list serve. Only the Department of Civil Engineering is affected.

I. Justification for Action: This course at a graduate level has for over a decade proven popular as a technical elective for undergraduate civil engineers.

J. Prerequisite: ES A341 with a grade of C or better K. Registration Restrictions: Senior standing in BS Civil Engineering program L. Stacking: Yes, stacked with CE A675

III. Course Level Justification

242

CE A475 Design of Ports and Harbors Course Content Guide 3/7/12

A. Students are required to think independently and critically in their interpretation of technical information.

B. Students address advanced scientific and engineering topics that require a background in math, science, and engineering equivalent to that of bachelor degree programs in engineering.

C. Students apply advanced engineering and scientific knowledge and skills and interact with professional peers on advanced topics.

D. Students are required as a group to formulate and present a planning and design analysis, often community-sponsored, at a level of specialized practice in the engineering profession.

IV. Course Outline

A. Characteristics of commercial and recreational vessels B. Port and harbor features C. Planning and operation of deep-draft ports D. Planning of commercial fishing and small boat harbors E. Channel design, dredging and dredged material disposal F. Design and construction of breakwaters G. Design of inner harbor facilities with handicapped access H. Design of facilities for tugs and barges I. Environmental quality considerations

V. Instructional Goals

The instructor will: A. introduce characteristics of commercial and recreational vessels and related terminology, B. describe and demonstrate plan formulation, economic analysis, development of design

criteria, and design analyses for features of ports and small boat harbors, including channels, breakwaters, moorings, and auxiliary facilities,

C. discuss strategies and specialized equipment and techniques for construction of port and harbor features,

D. discuss operation and maintenance of ports and harbors and design features which make these efforts more economical and efficient, and

E. describe environmental impacts of port and harbor construction and operations.

VI. Course Activities A. Class meetings consist of lectures, multimedia presentations, discussions, and periodic

examinations. B. Students are assigned required reading and homework problems to analyze measured data

and evaluate analytical solution methods. C. Students participate as a group in a planning and design project, often sponsored by a

regional port or harbor authority, in which they prepare and present a report to project sponsors.

243


VII. Student Learning Outcomes and Assessments methods

Student Learning Outcomes After successful completion of the course, the student

will be able to:

Assessment Methods

Classify commercial and recreational vessels by function, dimensions, and operating characteristics

Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework assignments.

Classify civil engineering features of commercial ports and boat harbors by function, dimensions, and operating characteristics

Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework assignments.

Develop probabilistic design criteria for channel excavations, breakwaters, berthing and cargo handling facilities, and other components of commercial ports

Performance in exams, quizzes, homework assignments, and the design project.

Perform analyses applying design criteria and site information to develop designs for major port and harbor features, with a view toward efficient operation and maintenance


Recommend methods and equipment for port and harbor construction


Anticipate environmental impacts of construction and operation of various port and harbor features


VIII. Texts and References

A. Suggested Text:

Agerschou, H., Dand, I., Ernst, T., Ghoos, O., Jensen, J., Korsgaard, J., Land, J., McKay, T., Oumeraci, H., Petersen, J., Runge-Schmidt, L., Svendsen, H., 2004. Planning and Design of Ports and Marine Terminals, 2nd ed., Thomas Telford.

B. Alternate Texts:

Gaythwaite, J., 1990, Design of Marine Facilities for the Berthing, Mooring, and Repair of Vessels, Van Nostrand Reinhold.

American Society of Civil Engineers, 1994, Planning and Design Guidelines for Small Craft Harbors, Manual No. 50.

Tobiasson, B., and Kollmeyer, R., 1991, Marinas and Small Craft Harbors, Van Nostrand Reinhold.

C. References (as cited or most recent edition)

American Society of Civil Engineers, 1993, Report on Ship Channel Design, Manual No. 80

Bruun, P., 1990, Port Engineering, 4th ed., Gulf Publishing.

244


California Department of Boating and Waterways, 1990, “Layout and Design Handbook for Small Craft Berthing Facilities”, Sacramento, CA.

U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC.

1984, “Hydraulic Design of Small Boat Harbors”, EM 1110-2-1615

1996, “Hydraulic Design of Deep Draft Navigation Projects”, EM 1110-2-1613

2006, Coastal Engineering Manual

U. S. Navy Facilities Engineering Command, Alexandria, VA

1981, “Harbors”, Design Manual 26.1

1986, “Fixed Moorings”, Design Manual 26.4

1988, “Seawalls, Bulkheads, and Quaywalls”, Design Manual 25.4

1988, “Ferry Terminals & Small Craft Berthing Facilities”, Design Manual 25.5

1988, “General Criteria for Waterfront Construction”, Design Manual 25.6

245



1c. Department EE

2. Course Prefix

EE

3. Course Number

A261


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

1


6. Complete Course Title MATLAB for Electrical Engineers MATLAB for Elec. Eng. Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)










1. EE Courtesy Coordination 2/28/2012 Jens Munk 2. 3.

Initiator Name (typed): Joe Mixsell Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________


13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date:



15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Introduces MATLAB programming skills to students to solve problems in various electrical engineering focus areas including circuit analysis, signal analysis, and communication.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) [CSE A205 and MATH A200] with a minimum grade of C





16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) N/A


19. Justification for Action This is a new course intended to introduce electrical engineering students to problem solving using Matlab.

__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Joseph Mixsell Initiator (TYPE NAME)

Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




246

UNIVERSITY OF ALASKA ANCHORAGE COURSE CONTENT GUIDE

I. Initiation Date: February 2012 II. Course Information

A. College/School: School of Engineering B. Course Title: MATLAB for Electrical Engineers C. Course Subject/Number: EE A261 D. Credit Hours: 1.0 Credits E. Contact Time: 1+0 Contact Time F. Grading Information: A-F G. Course Description: Introduces MATLAB programming skills to

students to solve problems in various electrical engineering focus areas including circuit analysis, signal analysis, and communication.

H. Status of course relative to degree or certificate program: Required for BSE students seeking the electrical engineering specialization.

I. Lab Fees: No J. Coordination: SOE and Faculty Listserv K. Course Prerequisites: [CSE A205 and MATH A200] with a minimum

grade of C L. Registration Restrictions: None

III. Evaluation

Grading is A-F. Grades are based on satisfactory completion of the programming projects.


This course builds off of knowledge and skills gained in entry level programming courses.

V. Outline of Topics Covered in the Course Apply problem solving skills in MATLAB for:

a. Solving sets of equations derived from Kirchoff's current and voltage laws. b. Plotting the time responses derived from RLC circuits. (Under, over, critically damped.) c. Constructing a square wave from sine waves. d. Generating Bode plots for lowpass, highpass, bandpass filters. e. Using the difference equation to calculate the output of a discrete time system. f. Calculating the electrical field strength from a distribution of point charges. g. Using the Fast Fourier Transform. h. Plotting the radiation pattern of an antenna.

VI. Instructional Goals and Student Learning Outcomes

247

A. Instructional Goals. The Instructor will: 1. Present computer specific considerations in the use of MATLAB to solve

electrical engineering problems building upon basic programming skills learned in early programming courses.

2. Introduce students to a number of specific electrical engineering problems where the use of MATLAB is ideally suited to their solution.

3. Guide students to the successful completion of their programming projects.

B. Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Methods:

Student Learning Outcomes: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to:

Assessment Methods

Demonstrate competency with MATLAB programming syntax.

Recitation and assignment computer programming projects.

Use MATLAB to setup and solve electrical engineering problems.


Demonstrate a familiarity with a number of problem areas in electrical engineering where MATLAB is applicable.


Setup and solve mathematical equations using MATLAB. Use MATLAB to visualize complex problem solutions.


VII. Suggested Text MATLAB for Engineers, Holly Moore, Third Edition, Prentice Hall, 2012. VIII. Bibliography and Resources Mastering MATLAB, Duane Hanselman and Bruce Littlefield, Prentice Hall, 2012.

MATLAB Programming with Applications for Engineers, Stephen J. Chapman, First

Edition, Cengage Learning, 2013.

248

Memo

Date: March 19, 2012

To: UAB chair

From: Osama A. Abaza, Professor & CE Department Chair

CC: Orson Smith‐ Interim Dean

Re: Civil Engineering cataloged changes

The civil engineering program in the school of engineering is proposing changes in the undergraduate catalog for the

2013‐14 academic year to respond to ABET accreditation (our external accreditation) concerns and weaknesses in the

program. Changes are focused on the advising plan and introduction/changes in several courses in the sub‐disciplines in

the civil engineering. In addition, we are incorporating some changes in the course requirements for the minor in civil

engineering.

Appreciate your help in incorporating the changes.

249

1a. S E

2. Com

Mi

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

In

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

Fohas bcour

_______ Initiator

UtpalInitiator

Appr

Disa

Appr

Disa

chool or CollegeN SOENGR

mplete Program

inor, Civil E

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: 08/2012

Coordination with

nitiator Name (ty

Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

or better visibeen moved rse requireme

________________r (faculty only)

l Dutta (TYPE NAME)

roved

approved ________ Departm

roved

approved

________ Curricul

e

Title/Prefix

Engineering

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

2 To: 9

h Affected Units

yped): Utpal D

ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

ibility of the under the Cents have be

_______________

________________ment Chairperson

________________lum Committee Ch

Propos

1b. Div No

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

99/9999

Dutta

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 03/

Please attach the

Cover Memo

course offerCivil Enginneeen modified

_______________

________________

_______________ airperson

sal to Initiate

vision o Division Code

UndergraOther: s

Departm

Initiator

(uaa-faculty@list

17/2012

following:

rings under tering sectiond with update

___________ Date

_ __________ Date

___________ Date

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

e

aduate:specify type in bo

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

r Signed Initials:

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

Catalog Copy

the Civil Enn from "Mined course cu

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved


1c. Departm

Civil E

orox 2

ge

vate

r College: CE/M

_________ D

u) Date

in Word using

ngineering prnors in the Scurriculum.

d

______________ Dean/Director

d

_____________ Undergraduate Board Chairpe

d

_____________ Provost or Des


ent

Engineering

Graduate:

ME/EE/CSE

Date:__________

e: 03/17/2012

the track chan

rogram, Mincool of Engi

_______________of School/College

________________e/Graduate Academerson

_______________signee

est ge gram of Stu

: C

E/SOE

_______

2

nges function

nor in Civil eineering" sec

________________

________________mic

________________

udy or Prefi

CHOOSE ONE

engineering ction. The

________________ Date

________________ Date

________________ Date

ix

_ e

__ e

__e

250

1a. S E

2. Com

BS

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

In

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

Cidelet

_______ Initiator

UtpalInitiator

Appr

Disa

Appr

Disa

chool or CollegeN SOENGR

mplete Program

S, Civil Engi

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: 08/2012

Coordination with

nitiator Name (ty

Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

ivil Engineetion of old c

________________r (faculty only)

l Dutta (TYPE NAME)

roved


roved

approved

________ Curricul

e

Title/Prefix

ineering

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

2 To: 9

h Affected Units

yped): Utpal D

ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

ring Graduaourses to en

_______________



Propos

1b. Div No

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

99/9999

Dutta

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 03/

Please attach the

Cover Memo

ation Requirehance studen

_______________

________________

_______________ airperson

sal to Initiate

vision o Division Code

UndergraBachelor

Departm

Initiator

(uaa-faculty@list

16/2012

following:

ements has bnt success an

___________ Date

_ __________ Date

___________ Date

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

e

aduate:r of Science

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

r Signed Initials:

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

Catalog Copy

been updatednd to satify t

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved


1c. Departm

Civil E

or

ge

vate

r College: CE/M

_________ D

u) Date

in Word using

d with the inthe ABET ac

d


d


d



ent

Engineering

Graduate:CHOOSE

ME/EE/CSE

Date:__________

e: 03/16/2012

the track chan

ntrodiction ofccredition cr



_______________signee

est ge gram of Stu

: E ONE

E

_______

2

nges function

f new courseriteria.

________________

________________mic

________________

udy or Prefi

es and

________________ Date

________________ Date

________________ Date

ix

_ e

__ e

__e

251

CIVIL ENGINEERING Engineering Building (ENGR), Room 201, (907) 786-1900

www.uaa.alaska.edu/schoolofengineering

Civil engineering is a professional discipline recognized by licensure in each of the 50 states and many other countries. Civil

engineering is a broad branch of engineering dedicated to providing civilization with essential infrastructure and services

including bridges, buildings, ports, water resource development, waste disposal, dams, water power, irrigation and

drainage works, roads, airports, railways, construction and management services; surveying; and providing city

management and developmental planning. Civil Engineering students are introduced to principles of mathematics,

chemistry, and physics during their first two years of study. The third year of study is largely devoted to courses in applied

extensions of the basic sciences to form the foundation for more advanced engineering analysis and design. Students draw

upon previous learning in their senior year to focus their studies on sophisticated analyses and creative designs.

Throughout the four‐year engineering program students take courses in communication, humanities, social sciences, and

fine arts to improve their communication skills and to become more aware of their roles and responsibilities in modern

society. The UAA Civil Engineering program emphasizes northern region design considerations and provides specialized

training appropriate for an engineering career in Alaska and other cold regions of the world.

Civil Engineering Department Mission The mission of the Civil Engineering Department, through its undergraduate and graduate education programs, its

professional development programs, its research, and its service is to advance the civil engineering profession in Alaska

and elsewhere for building a sustainable civilization with utmost respect for the well‐being of its peoples and the

environment.

Bachelor of Science, Civil Engineering The Department of Civil Engineering offers an undergraduate curriculum leading to a Bachelor of Science in Civil

Engineering. The first two years of the program have application to most other branches of engineering.

Program Objectives and Expected Outcomes The curriculum of the UAA CE program is designed to produce graduates who, within five years of graduation, will:

1. Practice with “responsible charge” in the civil engineering sub‐disciplines of water resources, geotechnical,

structural, transportation, and environmental engineering; with emphasis on cold region issues. “Responsible

charge” is as defined by the Alaska Professional Engineering licensing regulations.

2. Make contributions in project planning, preparation, implementation, design, and presentation in a team

environment in sub‐discipline areas.

3. Demonstrate and update their competency via professional registration, continuing education, graduate study, and

professional service to their communities.

4. Exemplify the ethical standards of the profession.

In keeping with the objectives, it is expected that graduates of the UAA Civil Engineering program will have:

1. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics through differential equations, probability and statistics, calculus‐

based physics, and general chemistry;

2. An ability to apply knowledge in a minimum of four recognized major civil engineering areas;

3. An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data, in more than one of the

recognized major civil engineering areas;

4. An ability to design a civil engineering system, component, or process to meet desired needs;

252

5. An ability to function on multidisciplinary teams;

6. An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems;

7. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility;

8. An ability to communicate effectively;

9. The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context;

10. A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in, lifelong learning;

11. A knowledge of contemporary issues in professional practice; and

12. An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.

Honors in Civil Engineering Undergraduate Civil Engineering students may be recognized for exceptional performance by earning Departmental

Honors in Civil Engineering. In order to receive honors in Civil Engineering, a student must meet each of the following

requirements:

1. Complete all requirements for a BS degree in Civil Engineering. A minimum of 30 credits applicable to the Civil

Engineering degree must be completed at UAA.

2. Be an active member for at least one year of both a national and an on‐campus student chapter of a professional

engineering society that addresses issues relevant to the civil engineering profession.

3. Have a GPA of 3.30 or higher in courses applicable to the Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering degree.

4. Gain approval for a departmental honors design or research project prior to applying for graduation. Present an oral

presentation and written report of project results eight weeks prior to scheduled graduation. The project proposal

and final written report must be approved by the student’s academic advisor and the chair of Civil Engineering

Department.

5. Pass the Fundamentals of Engineering Examination in or prior to the fall semester of the senior year.

6. Document a minimum of eight weeks work experience in an engineering or engineering‐related position.

Preparation While in high school, students can prepare for entering and succeeding in the university engineering program. In order to

be the best prepared, students should complete the following high school courses with grades of C or better:

Algebra 2 years

Chemistry 1 year

English 3 years

Physics 1 year

Trigonometry 1/2 year

Students successfully completing the above courses will be prepared to enroll in the first year of courses that count

towards the engineering degree. Students without the above preparatory courses will need to take equivalent university

courses before taking some of the first year of courses that count towards the engineering degree. Students are

encouraged to work with their faculty advisors for developing a course plan.

Admission Requirements Complete the Admission to Baccalaureate Degree Program requirements described in Chapter 7 of this catalog.

Admission to the Bachelor of Science in Engineering program is to one of two levels: Pre‐ Engineering or Engineering.

Students admitted to either of the two levels are considered to be degree‐seeking civil engineering students.

Pre-Engineering Level Applicants for admission who have completed only the general Baccalaureate Programs requirements in Chapter 7 of this

catalog are admitted to the Civil Engineering program at the Pre‐Engineering level.

253

Civil Engineering Level Applicants for admission who, in addition to the general Baccalaureate Programs requirements, have completed the high

school Preparation courses listed above (or their university equivalents) with grades of C or better will be admitted to the

Civil Engineering program at the Civil Engineering level.

Advancement Pre-Engineering to Civil Engineering Pre‐Engineering students must work with their assigned advisor to develop a course plan to make up the high school

course requirements for advancement to the Civil Engineering level. Once the Pre‐Engineering coursework outlined in

the student’s course plan is completed, students must meet with their advisor to apply for advancement to the Civil

Engineering level.

Advising All undergraduate students are strongly encouraged to meet with their faculty advisor each semester for the purpose of

reviewing their academic progress and planning future courses. All civil engineering students must meet with their

faculty advisors to be advanced within the program and to apply for graduation. It is particularly important for students

to meet with their faculty advisor whenever academic difficulties arise.

Academic Progress Any given CE or ES course may only be taken when prerequisites for the course are met with a grade of C or higher. A

student who is unable to earn a grade of C or better in a CE or ES prerequisite course may attempt to earn a satisfactory

grade one additional time, on a space‐available basis. Failure to earn a grade of C or better on the second attempt may

result in removal from the Civil Engineering program.

A student who has a semester GPA in engineering courses below 2.00 will be placed on academic warning by the School of

Engineering. A student on academic warning that receives a semester GPA in engineering courses of at least 2.00 will be

removed from academic warning status by the school. Otherwise, he or she will be removed from the Civil Engineering

program and will not be permitted to enroll in CE and ES courses.

Graduation Requirements In order to receive the Bachelor of Science degree in Civil Engineering, students must complete the following graduation

requirements:

A. General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for all Baccalaureate Degrees listed at the beginning of this chapter.

B. General Education Requirements Complete the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees (GER) listed at the beginning of this

chapter.

C. Civil Engineering Requirements 1. Satisfactorily complete these courses with a GPA of 2.00. Courses with an asterisk (*) must be completed with a

grade of C or better (102 credits):

CE A152 Introduction to Civil Engineering 1

CE A334* Properties of Materials 3

CE A344 Water Resources Engineering 3

CE A405 Transportation Engineering I 3

CE A406 Transportation Engineering II 3

CE A403 Arctic Engineering 3

CE A422 Foundation Engineering 3

CE A431* Structural Analysis 4

254

CE A432 Steel Design (3) 3

or

CE A433 Reinforced Concrete Design (3)

CE A435* Soil Mechanics 3

CE A437 Project Planning 1

CE A438 Design of Civil Engineering Systems 3

CE A441* Fundamentals of Environmental

Engineering and Applied

Environmental Science 3

CE A442 Environmental Systems Design 3

CHEM A105* General Chemistry I 3

CHEM A105L* General Chemistry I Laboratory 1

CHEM A106* General Chemistry II 3

CHEM A106L* General Chemistry II Laboratory 1

ENGL A212 Technical Writing 3

ENGR A151* Engineering Practices I 1

ENGR A161* Engineering Practices II 3

ES A103 Engineering Graphics 3

ES A209* Engineering Statics 3

ES A210* Engineering Dynamics 3

ES A302 * Engineering Data Analysis 3ES A331* Mechanics of Materials 3

ES A341* Fluid Mechanics 3

ES A341L Fluid Mechanics Laboratory 1ESM A450 Economic Analysis and Operations 3

GEO A155* Fundamentals of Surveying 3

MATH A200* Calculus I 4

MATH A201* Calculus II 4

MATH A202* Calculus III 4

MATH A302* Ordinary Differential Equations 3

PHYS A211* General Physics I 3

PHYS A211L* General Physics I Laboratory 1

PHYS A212* General Physics II 3

PHYS A212L* General Physics II Laboratory 1

2. A basic science elective (minimum 3 credits) must be taken and must be selected from the following list:

BIOL A115/L Fundamentals of Biology I with

Laboratory (4)

BIOL/

GEOL A178 Fundamentals of Oceanography (3)

BIOL A271/L Principles of Ecology with

Laboratory (4)

GEOL A111 Physical Geology (4)

GEOL A115 Environmental Geology (3)3. Six credits of technical elective courses are

required for graduation. The technical elective must be chosen from the following list of courses or as approved

by the academic advisor and the department chair. These electives are intended to improve students’

knowledge and skills relating to site characterization, problem identification, criteria development, and project

design in the civil engineering sub‐disciplines of wateresources, geotechnical, structural, transportation, and

environmental engineering. Graduate courses may not be applied to both a baccalaureate and master’s degree.

6

[Note: students are encouraged to take 6 credits from a single sub discipline ]

255

Water Resources Engineering

CE A462 Surface Water Dynamics (3)

CE A475 Design of Ports and Harbors (3)

CE A476 Coastal Engineering (3)

CE A479 Sediment Transport and

Coastal process (3)

CE A674 Waves, Tides, and Ocean Process

for Engineers (3)

Geotechnical Engineering

CE A414 Soil Strength and

Slope Stability (3)

CE A611 Geotechnical Earthquake

Engineering (3)

CE A612 Advanced Foundation Design (3)

CE A681 Frozen Ground Engineering (3)

Structural Engineering

CE A432 Steel Design (3)

or


Either CE A432 or CE A433 may be chosen as a technical elective, if not applied to satisfy the Civil Engineering

Professional requirements described above.

CE A452 Advanced Steel Design (3)

CE A454 Timber Design (3)

CE A631 Structural Finite Elements (3)

CE A639 Loads on Structures (3)

Transportation Engineering

CE A423 Traffic Engineering (3)

CE A424 Pavement Design (3)

CE A425 Highway Engineering (3)


Environmental Engineering

AEST A601 Aquatic Process Chemistry (3)

CE A445 Chemical and Physical Water and

Wastewater Treatment Processes (3)

CE A446 Biological Treatment Processes (3)

CE A447 Advanced Unit Processes (3)

4. A total of 132 credits is required for the degree, of which 42 credits must be upper division (300‐, 400‐, or 600‐

level).

5. All Civil Engineering students are strongly encouraged to take the Fundamentals of Engineering Examination

in their senior year as an initial step toward professional registration. Civil Engineering students are also

encouraged to consider minors in Mathematics or Physics or Chemistry and graduation with departmental

honors.

Minor, Civil Engineering

A minimum of 18 credits must be selected from: 18

256

(Note: An “*” indicates a recommended set of courses for the minor)

CE A334 * Properties of Materials (3)

CE A344 * Water Resources Engineering (3)

CE A405 Transportation Engineering I (3)

CE A422 * Foundation Engineering (3)


CE A431 Structural Analysis (4)

CE A432 * Steel Design (3)

CE A433 * Reinforced Concrete Design (3)


CE A435 Soil Mechanics with Laboratory (3)

CE A441 * Fundamentals of Environmental


Environmental Science (3)

CE A442 Environmental Systems Design (3)

FACULTY

Osama Abaza, Professor and Chair, [email protected]

Aaron Dotson, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Utpal Dutta, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Scott Hamel, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Rob Lang, Professor, [email protected]

He Liu, Professor, [email protected]

John Olofsson, Professor, [email protected]

T. Bart Quimby, Professor, [email protected]

Thomas Ravens, Professor, [email protected]

Orson Smith, Professor, [email protected]

Zhaohui (Joey) Yang, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Hannele Zubeck, Professor, [email protected]

257

CIVIL ENGINEERING Engineering Building (ENGR), Room 201, (907) 786-1900

www.uaa.alaska.edu/schoolofengineering

Civil engineering is a professional discipline recognized by licensure in each of the 50 states and many other countries. Civil

engineering is a broad branch of engineering dedicated to providing civilization with essential infrastructure and services

including bridges, buildings, ports, water resource development, waste disposal, dams, water power, irrigation and

drainage works, roads, airports, railways, construction and management services; surveying; and providing city

management and developmental planning. Civil Engineering students are introduced to principles of mathematics,

chemistry, and physics during their first two years of study. The third year of study is largely devoted to courses in applied

extensions of the basic sciences to form the foundation for more advanced engineering analysis and design. Students draw

upon previous learning in their senior year to focus their studies on sophisticated analyses and creative designs.

Throughout the four‐year engineering program students take courses in communication, humanities, social sciences, and

fine arts to improve their communication skills and to become more aware of their roles and responsibilities in modern

society. The UAA Civil Engineering program emphasizes northern region design considerations and provides specialized

training appropriate for an engineering career in Alaska and other cold regions of the world.

Civil Engineering Department Mission The mission of the Civil Engineering Department, through its undergraduate and graduate education programs, its

professional development programs, its research, and its service is to advance the civil engineering profession in Alaska

and elsewhere for building a sustainable civilization with utmost respect for the well‐being of its peoples and the

environment.

Bachelor of Science, Civil Engineering The Department of Civil Engineering offers an undergraduate curriculum leading to a Bachelor of Science in Civil

Engineering. The first two years of the program have application to most other branches of engineering.

Program Objectives and Expected Outcomes The curriculum of the UAA CE program is designed to produce graduates who, within five years of graduation, will:

1. Practice with “responsible charge” in the civil engineering sub‐disciplines of water resources, geotechnical,

structural, transportation, and environmental engineering; with emphasis on cold region issues. “Responsible

charge” is as defined by the Alaska Professional Engineering licensing regulations.

2. Make contributions in project planning, preparation, implementation, design, and presentation in a team

environment in sub‐discipline areas.

3. Demonstrate and update their competency via professional registration, continuing education, graduate study, and

professional service to their communities.

4. Exemplify the ethical standards of the profession.

In keeping with the objectives, it is expected that graduates of the UAA Civil Engineering program will have:

1. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics through differential equations, probability and statistics, calculus‐

based physics, and general chemistry;

2. An ability to apply knowledge in a minimum of four recognized major civil engineering areas;

3. An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data, in more than one of the

recognized major civil engineering areas;

4. An ability to design a civil engineering system, component, or process to meet desired needs;

258

5. An ability to function on multidisciplinary teams;

6. An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems;

7. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility;

8. An ability to communicate effectively;

9. The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context;

10. A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in, lifelong learning;

11. A knowledge of contemporary issues in professional practice; and

12. An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.

Honors in Civil Engineering Undergraduate Civil Engineering students may be recognized for exceptional performance by earning Departmental

Honors in Civil Engineering. In order to receive honors in Civil Engineering, a student must meet each of the following

requirements:

1. Complete all requirements for a BS degree in Civil Engineering. A minimum of 30 credits applicable to the Civil

Engineering degree must be completed at UAA.

2. Be an active member for at least one year of both a national and an on‐campus student chapter of a professional

engineering society that addresses issues relevant to the civil engineering profession.

3. Have a GPA of 3.30 or higher in courses applicable to the Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering degree.

4. Gain approval for a departmental honors design or research project prior to applying for graduation. Present an oral

presentation and written report of project results eight weeks prior to scheduled graduation. The project proposal

and final written report must be approved by the student’s academic advisor and the chair of Civil Engineering

Department.

5. Pass the Fundamentals of Engineering Examination in or prior to the fall semester of the senior year.

6. Document a minimum of eight weeks work experience in an engineering or engineering‐related position.

Preparation While in high school, students can prepare for entering and succeeding in the university engineering program. In order to

be the best prepared, students should complete the following high school courses with grades of C or better:

Algebra 2 years

Chemistry 1 year

English 3 years

Physics 1 year

Trigonometry 1/2 year

Students successfully completing the above courses will be prepared to enroll in the first year of courses that count

towards the engineering degree. Students without the above preparatory courses will need to take equivalent university

courses before taking some of the first year of courses that count towards the engineering degree. Students are

encouraged to work with their faculty advisors for developing a course plan.

Admission Requirements Complete the Admission to Baccalaureate Degree Program requirements described in Chapter 7 of this catalog.

Admission to the Bachelor of Science in Engineering program is to one of two levels: Pre‐ Engineering or Engineering.

Students admitted to either of the two levels are considered to be degree‐seeking civil engineering students.

Pre-Engineering Level Applicants for admission who have completed only the general Baccalaureate Programs requirements in Chapter 7 of this

catalog are admitted to the Civil Engineering program at the Pre‐Engineering level.

259

Civil Engineering Level Applicants for admission who, in addition to the general Baccalaureate Programs requirements, have completed the high

school Preparation courses listed above (or their university equivalents) with grades of C or better will be admitted to the

Civil Engineering program at the Civil Engineering level.

Advancement Pre-Engineering to Civil Engineering Pre‐Engineering students must work with their assigned advisor to develop a course plan to make up the high school

course requirements for advancement to the Civil Engineering level. Once the Pre‐Engineering coursework outlined in

the student’s course plan is completed, students must meet with their advisor to apply for advancement to the Civil

Engineering level.

Advising All undergraduate students are strongly encouraged to meet with their faculty advisor each semester for the purpose of

reviewing their academic progress and planning future courses. All civil engineering students are required to must meet

with their faculty advisors to be advanced within the program and to apply for graduation. It is particularly important for

students to meet with their faculty advisor whenever academic difficulties arise.

Academic Progress Any given CE or ES course may only be taken when all prerequisites for the course are met with a grade of C or higher. A

student who is unable to earn a grade of C or better in a CE or ES prerequisite course may attempt to earn a satisfactory

grade one additional time, on a space‐available basis. Failure to earn a grade of C or better on the second attempt may

result in removal from the Civil Engineering program.

A student who has a semester GPA in engineering courses below 2.00 will be placed on academic warning by the School of

Engineering. A student on academic warning that receives a semester GPA in engineering courses of at least 2.00 will be

removed from academic warning status by the school. Otherwise, he or she will be removed from the Civil Engineering

program and will not be permitted to enroll in CE and ES courses.

Graduation Requirements In order to receive the Bachelor of Science degree in Civil Engineering, students must complete the following graduation

requirements:

A. General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for aAll Baccalaureate Degrees listed at the beginning of this

chapter.

B. General Education Requirements Complete the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees (GER) listed at the beginning of this

chapter. with the additional requirement that one of the following criteria are met within the courses taken to meet

the social sciences, humanities, and fine arts GER requirements:

1. Six credits are from courses that are at the 200 level or above.

2. Three credits are from courses that are at the 200 level or above and 6 credits are from a sequence of courses at

the 100 level. For example, HIST A101 and HIST A102 is considered to be a 6‐credit course sequence.

C. Civil Engineering Requirements 1. Satisfactorily complete these courses with a GPA of 2.00. Courses with an asterisk (*) must be completed with a

grade of C or better (1028 credits):

CE A152 Introduction to Civil Engineering 1

CE A334* Properties of Materials 3

Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", First line: 0", Space After: 4.3 pt, Tab stops: Not at 0" + 3.38"

260

CE A344 Water Resources Engineering 3

CE A4052 Transportation Engineering I 3

CE A406 Transportation Engineering II 3

CE A403 Arctic Engineering 3

CE A422 Foundation Engineering 3

CE A431* Structural Analysis 4

CE A432 Steel Design (3) 3

or


CE A435* Soil Mechanics 3

CE A437 Project Planning 1

CE A438 Design of Civil Engineering Systems 3

CE A441* Introduction to Environmental

EngineeringFundamentals of Environmental


Environmental Science 3

CE A442 Environmental Systems Design 3

CHEM A105* General Chemistry I 3

CHEM A105L* General Chemistry I Laboratory 1

CHEM A106* General Chemistry II 3

CHEM A106L* General Chemistry II Laboratory 1

COMM A111 Fundamentals of Oral

Communication (3) 3

or

COMM A235 Small Group Communication (3)

or

COMM A237 Interpersonal Communication (3)

or

COMM A241 Public Speaking (3)

ENGL A111* Methods of Written

Communication 3

ENGL A212 Technical Writing 3

ENGR A151* Engineering Practices I 31

ENGR A161* Engineering Practices II 3

ES A103 Engineering Graphics 3

ES A209* Engineering Statics 3

ES A210* Engineering Dynamics 3

ES A302 * Engineering Data Analysis 3

ES A309 Elements of Electrical Engineering 3

ES A331* Mechanics of Materials 3

ES A341* Fluid Mechanics 3

ES A341L Fluid Mechanics Laboratory 1

ES A346 Basic Thermodynamics 3

ESM A450 Economic Analysis and Operations 3

GEO A155* Fundamentals of Surveying 3

MATH A200* Calculus I 4

261

MATH A201* Calculus II 4

MATH A202* Calculus III 4

MATH A302* Ordinary Differential Equations 3

PHYS A211* General Physics I 3

PHYS A211L* General Physics I Laboratory 1

PHYS A212* General Physics II 3

PHYS A212L* General Physics II Laboratory 1

2. A basic natural science elective (minimum 3 credits) must be

taken in addition to the 7‐credit natural science General Education Requirement and may must be selected

from the following list: 3


Laboratory (4)

BIOL/


BIOL A271/L Principles of Ecology with

Laboratory (4)

CHEM A450 Environmental Chemistry (3)

CHEM A456 Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos (3)

ES A309 Elements of Electrical Engineering 3

ES A346 Basic Thermodynamics 3


GEOL/

GEOL A115 Environmental Geology (3)BIOL A178 Fundamentals of Oceanography (3)

PHYS A303 Modern Physics (3)

PHYS/EE A314 Electromagnetics (3)

PHYS A320 Simulation of Physical Systems (3)

PHYS/BIOL/

CHEM A456 Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos (3)

Note: GEOL A111 is the recommended course.

3. Six credits of technical elective courses are required for graduation. that The technical elective

must be chosen from the following list of courses or as approved by theyour academic advisor and the

department chair. These electives are intended to improve students’ knowledge

and skills relating to site characterization, problem identification, criteria development, and project design

in the civil engineering sub‐disciplines of water

esources, geotechnical, structural, transportation, and environmental engineering. Graduate courses may not

be applied to both a baccalaureate and master’s degree. 6

[Note: students are encouraged to take 6 credits from a single sub discipline ]

Water Resources Engineering

CE A4662 Surface Water Dynamics (3)



CE A479 Sediment Transport and

Coastal process (3)

CE A663 Ground Water Dynamics (3)

Comment [AD1]: Removed overall recommendation as this may not hold true for each track any longer.

262

CE A674 Waves, Tides, and Ocean Process

for Engineers (3)

CE A682 Ice Engineering (3)

CE A683 Arctic Hydrology and Hydraulic

Engineering (3)

CE A684 Arctic Utility Distribution (3)

Geotechnical Engineering

CE A414 Soil Strength and

Slope Stability (3)

CE A611 Geotechnical Earthquake

Engineering (3)

CE A612 Advanced Foundation Design (3)


CE A681 Frozen Ground Engineering (3)

Structural Engineering

CE A432 Steel Design (3)

or


Either CE A432 or CE A433 may be chosen as a technical elective, if not applied to satisfy the Civil Engineering

Professional requirements described above.

CE A452 Advanced Steel Design (3)


CE A610 Engineering Seismology (3)

CE A631 Structural Finite Elements (3)

CE A633 Structural Dynamics (3)

CE A634 Structural Earthquake

Engineering (3)

CE A636 Multi‐Story Building Structural

Design (3)

CE A637 Earthquake Resistant Structural

Design (3)

CE A639 Loads on Structures (3)

Transportation Engineering

CE A423 Traffic Engineering (3)

CE A424 Pavement Design (3)



GEO A456 Geomatics and Civil Design (3)

Environmental Engineering

AEST A601 Aquatic Process Chemistry (3)


CE A46405 Chemical and Physical Water and

Wastewater Treatment Processes (3)

CE A46406 Biological Treatment Processes (3)

CE A447 Advanced Unit Processes (3)

Formatted: Indent: Left: 0"


Formatted: Space Before: 0 pt, After: 0pt, Line spacing: Multiple 1.15 li

Formatted: Font: 8 pt, Not Bold

Formatted: Font: Not Bold





263

4. A total of 132 credits is required for the degree, of which 42 credits must be upper division (300‐, 400‐, or 600‐

level).

5. All Civil Engineering students are strongly encouraged to take the Fundamentals of Engineering Examination

in their senior year as an initial step toward professional registration. Civil Engineering students are also

encouraged to consider minors in Mathematics or Physics or Chemistry and graduation with departmental

honors.

Minor, Civil Engineering

A minimum of 18 credits must be selected from: 18

(Note: An “*” indicates a recommended set of courses for the minor)

CE A334 * Properties of Materials (3)

CE A344 * Water Resources Engineering (3)

CE A405 Transportation Engineering I (3)

CE A422 * Foundation Engineering (3)


CE A431 Structural Analysis (4)

CE A432 * Steel Design (3)

CE A433 * Reinforced Concrete Design (3)


CE A435 Soil Mechanics with Laboratory (3)

CE A441 * Fundamentals of Environmental


Environmental Science (3)


FACULTY

Osama Abaza, Professor and /Chair, [email protected]

Aaron Dotson, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Utpal Dutta, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Scott Hamel, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Rob Lang, Professor/Dean, [email protected]

He Liu, Professor, [email protected]

John Olofsson, Professor, [email protected]

T. Bart Quimby, Professor, [email protected]

Thomas Ravens, Professor/Chair, [email protected]

Orson Smith, Professor,, [email protected]

Zhaohui (Joey) Yang, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Hannele Zubeck, Professor, [email protected]


Formatted: No underline, Font color: Auto

264


1b. Division AAVI Division of Aviation

1c. Department AAPP

2. Course Prefix

ATP

3. Course Number

A100


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3.0 Credits


6. Complete Course Title Private Pilot Ground School Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)










1. BSAT, All Concentrations 185, 338 01/09/12 R. P. Capozzi 2. AAS, Air Traffic Control 180, 338 01/09/12 R. P. Capozzi 3. AAS, Professional Piloting 184, 338 01/09/12 R. P. Capozzi

Initiator Name (typed): Mark E. Madden Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________





15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Prepares students for FAA Private Pilot Knowledge Test. Includes basic aerodynamics, aircraft engine operation and flight instruments, navigtion, weather information and dissemination services. Covers FAA regulations, the Aeronautical Information Manual, radio communication, and navigation Special Note: Two hours in flight training device required.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) PRPE A108 with a minimum grade of C or ENGL A109 with a minimum grade of C or ENGL A111 or ENGL A211 or ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214 or appropriate test score (see attachment). MATH A054 with a minimum grade of C, or MATH A055, or MATH A105, or MATH A107, or MATH A108, or MATH A109, or MATH A172, or MATH A200, or MATH A201, or MATH A202, or MATH A272.

16b. Test Score(s) See attachment.




16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Appropriate test score on English Placement Test, SAT Verbal Section, or ACT English test will waive the ENGL A109 or PRPE A108 prerequisite. Appropriate test score on Mathematics Placement Test will waive the MATH A055 preprequisite.


19. Justification for Action Course requires reading, understanding, and interpreting complex Federal Aviation Administration laws and regulations, and basic math skills to perform navigation and flight computer computations. Faculty have identified better completion rates with grades of "C" or better for students having prior English placement scores indicated above.



265

__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Mark E. Madden Initiator (TYPE NAME)

Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


266

Prerequisites for ATP A100, Private Pilot Ground School

ENGLISH: MATHEMATICS: ENGL A109 with a minimum grade of C, or MATH A054 with a minimum grade of C, or PRPE A108 with a minimum grade of C, or MATH A055 or ENGL A111 or MATH A105 or ENGL A211 or MATH A107 or ENGL A212 or MATH A108 or ENGL A213 or MATH A109 or ENGL A214 or MATH A172 or AARC 85 and AASS 95, or MATH A200 or EAEN 22, or MATH A201 or ACTE 22, or MATH A202 or AO1 22, or MATH A272 SATC 530, or SAT V 530,or SO1 530, or COE2 10 and CORG 75

267


Community and Technical College Department: AAVI Date: Spring 2012 Course Title: Private Pilot Ground School Credits: 3 cr. Course Number: ATP A100 I. Course Description:

Prepares students for Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Private Pilot Knowledge Test. Includes basic aerodynamics, aircraft engine operation and flight instruments, navigation, weather information and dissemination services. Covers FAA Regulations, the Aeronautical Information Manual, radio communication and navigation.

Special Note: Two hours in flight training device required. II. Course Design:

A. The beginning pilot ground school with emphasis on providing the necessary knowledge a pilot needs to fly as a Private Pilot in the National Airspace System.

B. Credits: 3 C. Total student involvement time: 135 hours.

45 hours will be in a classroom setting. 90 hours of outside activity will be expected.

D. This is a required course for the AAS degrees in Professional Piloting, Air Traffic Control, and Aviation Administration, and the BSAT degree, all concentrations. E. Lab fees are associated with this course.

F. This course may be taught in any time frame, but not less than one credit per week.

G. This is an existing course. H. Coordinated with faculty listserv.

I. Course justification: This is a 100 level course, providing basic knowledge of the U.S. National Airspace System.

III. Course Activities:

This course will be conducted by lecture, practical exercises, and the use of an occasional guest speaker.

268

IV. Course Prerequisites: PRPE A108 with a minimum grade of C or ENGL A109 with a minimum grade of C or ENGL A111 or ENGL A211 or ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214 or appropriate test score. MATH A054 with a minimum grade of C or MATH A055 or MATH A105 or MATH A107 or MATH A108 or MATH A109 or MATH A172 or MATH A200 or MATH A201 or MATH A202 or MATH A272 or appropriate test score. V. Registration Restrictions: Appropriate test score on English Placement Test, SAT Verbal Section, or ACT English test will waive the ENGL A109 or PRPE A108 prerequisite. Appropriate score on Mathematics Placement test, SAT Math Section, or ACCUPLACER Placement Test will waive the MATH A054 prerequisite. VI. Course Evaluation: A. Grading basis: A‐F B. Grades are based on objective testing, attendance, and successful completion of each assigned exercise. VII. Outline: 1.0 Safety 1.1 General rules 1.2 Class conduct 1.3 Building exit 2.0 How Airplanes Fly 2.1 Four forces acting on an airplane in flight 2.1.1 Lift 2.1.2 Thrust 2.1.3 Weight/gravity 2.1.4 Drag 2.2 Principles of lift 2.2.1 Bernoulli's Principle

2.2.2 Newton's Third Law (action/reaction) 2.2.3 Airfoils 2.2.4 Relative wind 2.2.5 Factors affecting stall speed

2.2.6 The stall and its cause (angle of attack) 2.2.7 Situations leading to stalls 2.2.8 Stall recovery 2.2.9 Spins 2.3 Flight control systems 2.4 Secondary flight controls

269

2.5 Three axes of rotation 2.5.1 Yaw (vertical) 2.5.2 Pitch (lateral) 2.5.3 Roll (longitudinal) 2.6 Left‐turning tendency 3.0 Airplane Powerplant and Systems 3.1 The reciprocating engine 3.2 Fuel systems 3.3 Engine cooling 3.4 Engine lubrication system 3.5 Ignition system 3.6 Propellers 3.7 Electrical system 3.8 Utility systems 4.0 Flight Instruments 4.1 Magnetic compass

4.2 Pressure instruments (pitot‐static system) 4.2.1 Airspeed 4.2.2 Altimeter 4.2.3 Vertical velocity

4.3 Gyroscopic 4.3.1 Attitude indicator 4.3.2 Heading indicator 4.3.3 Rate‐of‐turn 4.4 Slip/Skid indicator

5.0 Weight and Balance 5.1 Terms 5.2 Change of weight 5.3 Weight and its effect on performance 5.4 Balance and its effect on stability and control 5.5 Weight and Balance calculation methods

6.0 Airplane Performance 6.1 Take‐off calculations 6.2 Climb airspeeds 6.3 Cruise performance 6.4 Landing performance 6.5 Other

270

7.0 Primary Navigation 7.1 Types of navigation 7.1.1 Pilotage 7.1.2 Dead reckoning 7.1.3 Radio navigation 7.2 VFR type charts 7.2.1 Sectional aeronautical charts 7.2.2 World aeronautical charts 7.2.3 VFR terminal area charts 7.3 Cartographies 7.4 Basics of navigation 7.5 Airspace considerations 8.0 The Flight Computer 8.1 Calculator side 8.2 Wind‐face side 9.0 The National Airspace System 9.1 Classification of airspace 9.2 Special use airspace 9.3 Other airspace areas 9.4 Airport lighting and marking 9.5 Runway markings 9.6 Wind direction/landing runway indicators 9.7 Airport operations 10.0 Using the Aircraft Communication Radio 11.0 Electronic Navigation Aids 11.1 ADF 11.2 VOR 12.0 Basic Weather Theory

12.1 The earth's atmosphere 12.2 Temperature 12.3 Pressure and the altimeter 12.4 Wind and circulation 12.5 Moisture, cloud formation, and precipitation 12.6 Stability 12.7 Clouds

271

13.0 Problem Weather 13.1 Fronts

13.1.1 Cold 13.1.2 Warm 13.1.3 Occluded

13.1.4 Stationary 13.2 Turbulence

13.2.1 Mountain wave 13.2.2 Other

13.3 Fog 13.4 Icing 13.5 Thunderstorm 14.0 Gathering Weather Information

14.1 Surface analysis chart 14.2 Weather depiction chart 14.3 Low level significant weather prognostic 14.4 Radar summary chart 14.5 Aviation weather reports 14.6 Aviation weather forecasts 15.0 Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR’s) 15.1 Part 1 ‐ Definitions and abbreviations 15.2 Part 61 ‐ Certification: Pilots and Flight Instructors 15.3 Part 91 15.4 NTSB 830 16.0 Flight Publications 16.1 Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) 16.2 Advisory Circulars (AC) 16.3 Airworthiness Directives (AD) 16.4 Notices to Airmen (NOTAM) 16.5 Airport/Facility Directory 16.6 Alaska Supplement 17.0 Medical Facts for Pilots

272

VIII. Instructional Goals, Student Outcomes, and Assessment Procedures: The goal of the course is for students to acquire the knowledge, and understanding needed to safely operate as a private pilot in the National Airspace System.

IX. Suggested Texts: Willits, P. (2006). Guided flight discovery: private pilot handbook. Englewood, CO: Jeppesen‐Sanderson. X. Bibliography:

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14, Part 61. (2011). Certification: Pilots, flight instructors, and ground instructors. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.

Federal Aviation Administration, Flight Standards Service. (2002). Private pilot practical test standards, FAA‐S‐8081‐14A. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. Youngers, H. (2010). Private pilot ground school training course outline. Unpublished manuscript. University of Alaska Anchorage. Youngers, H. (2011). Flight school policy and safety procedures handbook. Unpublished manuscript. University of Alaska Anchorage.

Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

Assessment Procedures

Identify and discuss the Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to the operation of aircraft in the National Airspace System.

Written assignments Oral discussions Written tests

Describe the systems and appliances found on a typical general aviation airplane.


Plan a cross‐country flight taking into consideration airspace and regulatory requirements, weather, and airplane performance.


273



1c. Department AAPP

2. Course Prefix

ATP

3. Course Number

A225


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

1.0 credits


6. Complete Course Title Tailwheel Airplane Transition Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)










1. 2. 3.






15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Intended for pilots wishing to transition from tricycle gear airplanes to tailwheel airplanes. Special Note: Open entry - Open Exit.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) ATP A220 with a minimum grade of C.





16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) FAA Commercial Pilot Airplane Single-Engine Land Certificate


19. Justification for Action Federal Aviation Regulations require pilots to receive specific training to act as pilot in command of tailwheel airplanes.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




274


Community and Technical College Department: AAVI Date: Spring 2012 Course Title: Tailwheel Airplane Transition Credits: 1 cr. Course Number: ATP A225 I. Course Description: Intended for pilots wishing to transition from tricycle gear airplanes to tailwheel airplanes. Special Notes: Open‐entry, open‐exit course. II. Course Design:

A. Designed for advanced piloting students who wish to add a tailwheel endorsement to the pilot certificate.

B. Credits: 1 (1+1) C. Total student involvement time: 45 hours.

1. One hour lecture/week for a total of 15 hours. 2. Two supervised laboratory contact hours/week for a total of 15 hours. 3. Three hours of outside work/week for a total of 15 hours.

D. This is an elective course for the Associate of Applied Science, Professional Piloting degree and the Bachelor of Science Aviation Technology, Professional Piloting Emphasis, degree. E. Lab fees are assessed for this course.

F. This course may be taught in any time frame on an open‐entry, open‐exit basis, but not less than one week.

G. This is a new course. H. Coordinated with faculty listserv.

I. Course justification: This course builds upon knowledge and skills gained in ATP A220, Commercial Flying III.


This course will involve individual flight training sessions with a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Certified Flight Instructor (CFI) authorized by the UAA Aviation Technology Division to conduct tailwheel instruction.

IV. Course Prerequisites and Registration Restrictions:

ATP A220 with minimum grade of C. FAA Commercial Pilot Airplane Single‐Engine Land Certificate.

275

V. Course Evaluation: A. Grading basis: A‐F

B. Evaluation procedures are outlined in the University of Alaska Anchorage Flight School Policy and Safety Procedures Handbook. A final evaluation flight will be conducted during which the student’s performance of each required maneuver shall meet the standards outlined in Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR), 61.31 (3)(I) and any additional maneuvers determined to be appropriate for completion of the course.

VI: Course Outline: 1.0 Safety 1.1 General rules 1.2 Review of UAA Flight School Policy and Safety Procedures Handbook 1.3 Ground safety 1.4 Flight safety 2.0 Maneuvers and procedures 2.1 Normal and crosswind takeoffs and landings 2.2 Wheel landings, unless the manufacturer has recommended against such landings. 2.3 Go‐around procedures VII. Instructional Goals, Student Outcomes, and Assessment Procedures: The course is designed to prepare the student to be proficient in the operation of a tailwheel airplane and to receive the FAA Tailwheel Airplane endorsement required to act as a pilot in command of a tailwheel airplane.

Student Outcomes Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to perform the following:


Demonstrate the skill and knowledge level required to meet the objectives of each task contained in Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR), 61.31 (3) (I).

Oral Discussions Performance tests

276

VIII. Suggested Texts: Beiver, K., & Pipkin, J. (2011). Tailwheel essentials. Camden, SC: Windsock Productions. Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14, Part 61. (2011). Certification: Pilots, flight instructors, and ground instructors. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. Federal Aviation Administration, Flight Standards Service. (2004). Airplane flying handbook, FAA H‐8083‐3. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. IX. Bibliography: Imeson, S. (1998). Taildragger tactics. Jackson, WY: Aurora. Plourde, H. (1991). The complete taildragger pilot. Goffstown, NH: Plourde. Robson, D. (2001). Conventional gear: Flying a taildragger. Newcastle, WA: Aviation Supplies and Academics.

277

1a. S C

2. Co

AT6. Com Adv Abbrevia

7. Typ

8. Typ If a cha

13a. Im

Please

1. BS2. 3.

Initiato

13b. C s

14. G

15. C EexamADS-

16a. C A

16d. O

17.

19. Ju Cknow

_______ Initiator

Mark EInitiator

Appr

Disa

Appr

Disa

chool or CollegeCT CTC

urse Prefix

TP mplete Course Tvanced Aviatio

ated Title for Transcrip

pe of Course

pe of Action:

ange, mark appropr

Prefix Credits Title Grading Basis Course Descrip Test Score Pre Other Restrictio

Class College

Other CCG (ple

mpacted Course

type into fields pro

Impacted PSAT, Professional P

or Name (typed):

Coordination Emasubmitted to Faculty

General EducatioMark ap

Course DescriptioExamines the eines advancedB navigation e

Course PrerequisATP A116

Other Restriction

College

Mark if cours

ustification for AcCourse prerequledge. CCG u

________________r (faculty only)

E. Madden (TYPE NAME)

roved

approved

________ Departm

roved

approved

________ Curricul

e

3. Course Num

A232 itle n Navigation

pt (30 character)

Acad

Add or

riate boxes:

ption requisites

ons Level Major

ease specify)

s or Programs:

ovided in table. If m

Program/Course Piloting Emphasis

Mark E. Madde

ail Date: 0y Listserv: (uaa-fac

on Requirement ppropriate box:

on (suggested leng

earth's surface d navigation anquipment. Cou

site(s) (list prefix a

(s)

Major Clas

se has fees

ction uisite changed pdated to inclu

_______________



1b. Divis AAV

mber 4. Previo

demic Pr

Change o

Course Number Contact Hours Repeat Status Cross-Listed/Stac Course Prerequis Co-requisites Registration Rest

List any program

more than three entr

Cat338

n Initiator Sig

01/09/12 [email protected]

gth 20 to 50 words)

and mapping md flight display

urse also looks

and number)

ss Level

to require ATPude the most re

_______________

________________

_______________ airperson

Proposa

sion VI Division of A

ous Course Prefi

reparatory/Develop

or Delete

cked sites

rictions

ms or college requ

ries, submit a sepa

talog Page(s) Impa

ned Initials: ______

ska.edu)

Oral Communication

Fine Arts

) methods, Low, systems technat future trend

16b. Test Sc

16e. Registra

18. Mark

P A116, Instrumecent reference

___________ Date

_ __________ Date

___________ Date

CouUnivers

al to Initiate

Aviation

ix & Number

pment N

9. Repeat S

10. Grading

11. Impleme From: F

12. Cros

Stac

uirements that re

arate table. A temp

cted Date of C01/09/12

____

13c. Coordin

Written Com

Social Scien

High, and Intenology, the theos in aeronautic

core(s)

ation Restriction(

k if course is a se

ment Ground Sces available.

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved

urse Action ity of Alask, Add, Cha

5a. Credits/CEU

3.0 credits

Non-credit

Status No # o

Basis A

entation Date sem

Fall/2012

ss Listed with

cked with

equire this course

plate is available at

Coordination 01

Date:____

nation with Librar

mmunication nces

ernational En Rory and operatcal navigation.

16c. Co-r N/A

(s) (non-codable)

elected topic cou

chool, to reflec

d


d


d


Request ka Anchoragnge, or Del

1c.

Us

s

5b.

CEU

of Repeats

A-F P/NP

mester/year To: /99

e.

www.uaa.alaska.e

Chair/C/09/12

_____________

ry Liaison D

Quantitative Skills Natural Sciences

Route navigatiotion of Global P

requisite(s) (concA

e)

urse

ct the need for i



_______________signee

ge lete a Cour

Department AAPP

. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (3+0)

Professional De

Max Credit

NG

999

Cross-Listed Coordina

edu/governance. Coordinator Contac

Date: 01/09/12

Humanities

Integrative C

on and approacPositioning Sys

urrent enrollment r

instrument nav

________________

________________mic

________________

rse

evelopment

ts

ation Signature

cted

Capstone

ch charts. Also stem (GPS) and

required)

vigation

________________ Date

________________ Date

________________ Date

d

_ e

__ e

__e

278


Community and Technical College Department: AAVI Date: Spring 2012 Course Title: Advanced Aviation Navigation Credits: 3 cr. Course Number: ATP A232 I. Course Description: Examines the earth's surface and mapping methods, Low, High, and International En Route navigation and approach charts. Also examines advanced navigation and flight display systems technology, the theory and operation of Global Positioning System (GPS) and ADS‐B navigation equipment. Course also looks at future trends in aeronautical navigation.

II. Course Design:

A. Designed for students pursuing a Bachelor of Science in Aviation Technology (BSAT), Professional Piloting emphasis.


1. 3 hours lecture/week for a total of 45 hours. 2. 6 hours of outside work per week for a total of 90 hours.

D. This is a required course for the BSAT degree, Professional Piloting Emphasis. E. No lab fees are associated with this course.

F. This course may be taught in any time frame, but not less than three weeks G. This is an existing course.

H. Coordinated with faculty listserv. I. Course justification: This is a 200 level course because the student will build

on knowledge acquired in ATP A116, Instrument Ground School, to examine advanced navigation and flight displays and solve navigational problems associated with trip planning.



IV. Course Prerequisites: ATP A116, Instrument Ground School. V. Course Evaluation: A. Grading basis: A‐F

279

B. Grades are based on objective testing, attendance, and successful completion of each assigned exercise. C. Each instructor will explain specific grading policies and requirements at the beginning of the semester. VI. Outline: 1.0 Safety 1.1 General rules 1.2 Class conduct 1.3 Building emergency exit

2.0 Problems of Air Navigation 2.1 Flights 2.2 Aids to navigation 2.3 Air Traffic Control 2.4 Communications 2.5 Weather

3.0 The Earth: Its Form and Features 3.1 A Rotating Sphere 3.2 Latitude 3.3 Longitude 3.4 Time

4.0 Chart Projections for Air Navigation 4.1 The round earth on a flat chart 4.2 Properties obtainable in a projection 4.3 Distances on a sphere 4.4 Direction on a sphere 4.5 The Lambert Projection 4.6 The Mercator Projection 4.7 The Transverse Mercator Projection 4.8 The Oblique Mercator Projection 4.9 The Gnomonic Projection 4.10 The Stereographic Projection 4.11 Other projections

5.0 Navigation Charts and Approach Charts 5.1 U.S. Department of Transportation, FAA National Aeronautical

Charting Office (NACO) 5.2 Jeppesen

280

6.0 Advanced Flight Deck Systems 6.1 Flight Management Computer (FMC) 6.2 Control Display Unit 6.3 Flight Management System (FMS) 6.4 Autopilot and Flight Director System 6.5 Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) 6.6 Traffic Alerting/Surveillance (TIS)

6.6.1 Mode C Transponder 6.6.2 Mode S Transponder 6.6.3 Automatic Dependent Surveillance‐Broadcast (ADS‐B)

6.7 Warning /Caution/Advisory System

7.0 Advanced Flight Deck Displays (Glass Cockpit) 7.1 Primary Flight Display (PFD) 7.2 Multi‐Function Display (MFD) 7.3 Head‐Up Display (HUD)

8.0 Global Positioning System (GPS) Area Navigation 8.1 Description 8.2 Terms 8.3 Accuracy Enhancements

8.3.1 Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) 8.3.1 Local Area Augmentation System (LAAS)

8.4 Use

9.0 Airborne Weather Radar 9.1 Use

9.1.1 Weather Mode 9.1.2 Terrain Mode

9.2 Operational Adjustments 9.3 Display Interpretation 9.4 Limitations

9.4.1 Range 9.4.2 Signal Attenuation

281

VII. Instructional Goals, Student Outcomes, and Assessment Procedures: The goal of this course is to prepare students for advanced flight deck systems. VIII. Suggested Text:

Federal Aviation Administration. (2009). Advanced avionics handbook, FAA H‐8083‐6. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.

IX. Bibliography:

Craig, P. (1997). Light airplane navigation essentials. New York, NY: McGraw‐Hill. Federal Aviation Administration. (2004). Airplane flying handbook, FAA H‐8083‐3. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.

Federal Aviation Administration. (2008). Instrument flying handbook, FAA H‐8083‐15. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.

Lankford, T. (1996). Understanding aeronautical charts. New York, NY: McGraw‐Hill.

Sudarshan, H. (2003). Seamless sky. Burlington, VT: Ashgate.

Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to perform the following:


Explain the application and use of advanced flight deck systems.

Written assignments Oral discussions Written exams

Use appropriate terms associated with advanced flight deck systems and displays.


Program a GPS system for navigation and approach purposes.


282



1c. Department AAPP

2. Course Prefix

ATP

3. Course Number

A300


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3.0 credits


6. Complete Course Title CFI Ground School Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)










1. BSAT, Professional Piloting Emphasis 186, 338 01/09/2012 Rocky Capozzi 2. 3.






15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Prepares students for the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Certified Flight Instructor Knowledge Tests. Includes principles of teaching and learning, analysis of student motivation, flight training syllabus, and the flight instructor's role and responsibilities. Covers performance and analysis of flight training maneuvers, advanced aerodynamics, fundamentals of instrument flight, flight training publications, and Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR's).

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) N/A

16b. Test Score(s)




16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Departmental approval required.


19. Justification for Action Course is being changed from a required to an elective course. CCG updated to reflect recent FAA changes.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




283


Community and Technical College Department: AAVI Date: Spring 2012 Course Title: CFI Ground School Credits: 3 cr. Course Number: ATP A300 I. Course Description: Prepares students for the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Certified Flight Instructor Knowledge Tests. Includes principles of teaching and learning, analysis of student motivation, flight training syllabus, and the flight instructor's role and responsibilities. Covers performance and analysis of flight training maneuvers, advanced aerodynamics, fundamentals of instrument flight, flight training publications, and Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR’s).

II. Course Design:

A. Designed for students pursuing an Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree in Professional Piloting or the Bachelor of Science in Aviation Technology (BSAT) degree, Professional Piloting emphasis.


1. 3 hours lecture/week for a total of 45 hours. 2. 6 hours of outside work per week for a total of 90 hours.

D. This is an elective course for either the Associate of Applied Science, Professional Piloting degree or for the Bachelor of Science in Aviation Technology, Professional Piloting emphasis. E. No lab fees are associated with this course.

F. Course may be taught in any time frame, but not less than three weeks. G. This is a revised course.

H. Coordinated with faculty listserv. I. Course justification: This is a 300‐level course because it builds on knowledge

and skills gained from the Private, Instrument and Commercial Pilot ground and flight courses. Additionally, the student will develop Lesson Plans and be able to analyze performance deficiencies in pilot applicants.



IV. Course Prerequisites: None.

284

V. Registration Restriction: FAA Commercial Pilot Certificate with Instrument Rating or equivalent. VI. Course Evaluation: A. Grading basis: A‐F B. Evaluation will be based on objective testing, attendance, and successful completion of each assigned exercise. C. Each instructor will explain specific grading policies and requirements at the beginning of the semester.

VII. Outline:

1.0 Safety 1.1 General rules 1.2 Class conduct 1.3 Building exit

2.0 Fundamentals of flight instructing

3.0 Applicable Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR) Parts 43, 61, 71, 73, 91, and 97

4.0 Accident reporting requirements of the National Transportation Safety Board 5.0 Principles of aerodynamics, power plants, and aircraft systems 6.0 Hazardous weather recognition 7.0 The Aeronautical Information Manual and FAA Advisory Circulars 8.0 Visual Flight Rules (VFR) aeronautical navigation

9.0 Air navigation facilities

10.0 Radio communication procedures

11.0 Preflight action

12.0 Safe and efficient aircraft operation

13.0 Weight and balance

285

14.0 Performance charts

15.0 Effects of density altitude

16.0 Stall awareness, spin entry, spins, and spin recovery techniques

17.0 Significance and effects of exceeding aircraft performance limitations

18.0 Procedures for operating within the National Airspace System (NAS)

19.0 Aeronautical decision making and judgment.

VIII. Instructional Goals, Student Outcomes, and Assessment Procedures: Prepares students for the FAA Certified Flight Instructor Knowledge Test.



Apply applicable teaching techniques as a Flight Instructor.

Written assignments Oral discussions Performance demonstration

Describe the learning process associated with individuals being introduced to new topics and skills.


Plan and execute student Lesson Plans in an effective manner.


Present and discuss those topics required of a pilot flying in the National Airspace System.

Oral exams Oral discussions Performance demonstration

Analyze performance deficiencies in pilot applicants.

Oral exams Oral discussions Performance demonstration

IX. Suggested Texts:

Federal Aviation Administration. (2008). Aviation instructor's handbook, FAA‐ H‐8083‐9A. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. Hamilton, P., Robertson C., & Spanitz, J. (2011). Certified fight instructor test prep. Newcastle, WA: Aviation Supplies & Academics.

Kershner, W. K. (2002). The flight instructor's manual. Ames, IA: Blackwell.

286

X. Bibliography:

Federal Aviation Administration. (2011). Aeronautical information manual. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. Federal Aviation Administration. (2006). Flight instructor practical test standards for Airplane, FAA‐S‐8081‐6C. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. Youngers, H. (2010). Flight instructor knowledge training course outline. Unpublished manuscript. University of Alaska Anchorage. Youngers, H. (2011). Flight school policy and safety procedures handbook. Unpublished manuscript. University of Alaska Anchorage.

287



1c. Department AAPP

2. Course Prefix

ATP

3. Course Number

A301


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

2.0 credits


6. Complete Course Title CFI Flying Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)











Initiator Name (typed): Mark E. Maddeni Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________





15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Fulfills Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) flight training requirements for obtaining a Certified Flight Instructor (CFI) certificate under Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR) Part 141. Special Note: Open entry, open exit.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) ATP A220 and (ATP A300 or concurrentl enrollment)

16b. Test Score(s)




16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) FAA Commercial Pilot Certificate with Instrument Rating or equivalent. Departmental approval required.


19. Justification for Action Course is being changed from a required to an elective course. CCG updated to reflect recent FAA changes.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




288


Community and Technical College Department: AAVI Date: Spring 2012 Course Title: CFI Flying Credits: 2 cr. Course Number: ATP A301 I. Course Description:

Fulfills Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) flight training requirements for obtaining a Certified Flight Instructor (CFI) certificate under Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR) Part 141.

Special Note: Open‐entry, open‐exit. II. Course Design:

A. Designed for students who desire careers as professional commercial pilots. B. Credits: 2 (1+2) C. Total time of student involvement: 90 hours

1. 1.3 hour lecture/week for a total of 19.5 hours. 2. 2.3 hours flight instruction/week for a total of 34.5 hours. 3. 2.4 hours of outside work/week for a total of 36 hours.

D. This is an elective course for either the Associate of Applied Science, Professional Piloting degree, or for the Bachelor of Science in Aviation Technology, Professional Piloting emphasis.

E. Lab fees are associated with this course. F. This is an open‐entry and open‐exit course. Instruction is provided on a one‐

to‐one basis. Course may be taught in any time frame but not less than two weeks.

G. This is a revised course. H. Coordinated with faculty listserv.

I. Course justification: This course builds on the knowledge, skill, and proficiency presented in ATP A220 and ATP A300. Additionally, the student is expected to prepare lesson plans, analyze student performance, and develop critiques emphasizing how to improve a specific maneuver.


The course will be conducted by individual training sessions with a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Certified Flight Instructor (CFI) authorized by UAA Aviation Technology Division to conduct CFI instruction.

289

IV. Course Prerequisites: ATP A220 ATP A300 or concurrent enrollment. V. Registration Restrictions: FAA Commercial Pilot Airplane‐Land certificate with Instrument Rating. Departmental approval required. VI. Course Evaluation: A. Grading basis: A‐F B. Evaluation procedures are outlined in the University of Alaska Anchorage Flight School Policy and Safety Procedures Handbook. A final evaluation flight will be conducted during which the student’s performance of each required maneuver shall meet the standards outlined in the current applicable FAA Practical Test Standards. VII. Outline: 1.0 Safety

1.1 General Rules 1.2 Review of UAA Flight School Policy and Safety Procedures Handbook 1.3 Ground Safety 1.4 Flight Safety

2.0 Preflight Procedures

2.1 Preflight Inspection 2.2 Flightdeck Management 2.3 Engine Starting 2.4 Taxiing

2.5 Before Takeoff Check 3.0 Airport Operations

3.1 Radio Communications and ATC Light Signals 3.2 Traffic Patterns 3.3 Airport Runway and Taxiway Signs, Markings, and Lighting

4.0 Takeoffs, Landings, and Go‐arounds

4.1 Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb 4.2 Short‐Field Takeoff and Maximum Performance Climb 4.3 Soft‐Field Takeoff and Climb 4.4 Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing 4.5 Slip to a Landing 4.6 Go‐Around/Rejected Landing 4.7 Short‐Field Approach and Landing

290

4.8 Soft‐Field Approach and Landing 4.9 Power‐Off 180̊ Accuracy Approach and Landing

5.0 Fundamentals of Flight

5.1 Straight‐and‐Level Flight 5.2 Level Turns 5.3 Straight Climbs and Climbing Turns

5.4 Straight Descents and Descending Turns

6.0 Performance Maneuvers 6.1 Steep Turns 6.2 Steep Spirals 6.3 Chandelles

6.4 Lazy Eights 7.0 Ground Reference Maneuvers

7.1 Rectangular Course 7.2 S‐Turns Across a Road 7.3 Turns Around a Point

7.4 Eights on Pylons 8.0 Slow Flight, Stalls, and Spins

8.1 Maneuvering During Slow Flight 8.2 Power‐On Stalls (Proficiency) 8.3 Power‐Off Stalls (Proficiency) 8.4 Crossed‐Control Stalls (Demonstration) 8.5 Elevator Trim Stalls (Demonstration) 8.6 Secondary Stalls (Demonstration) 8.7 Spins

8.8 Accelerated Maneuver Stalls (Demonstration) 9.0 Basic Instrument Maneuvers

9.1 Straight‐and‐Level Flight 9.2 Constant Airspeed Climbs 9.3 Constant Airspeed Descents 9.4 Turns to Headings

9.5 Recovery from Unusual Flight Attitudes 10.0 Emergency Operations

10.1 Emergency Approach and Landing (Simulated) 10.2 Systems and Equipment Malfunctions 10.3 Emergency Equipment and Survival Gear

10.4 Emergency Descent

291

11.0 Post flight Procedures 11.1 After landing checks 11.2 Parking 11.3 Securing aircraft 11.4 Analysis and debriefing VIII. Instructional Goals, Student Outcomes, and Assessment Procedures:

Prepares the student for the FAA Certified Flight Instructor practical flight test.



Meet the objectives of each task contained in the specific Areas of Operation published in the Federal Aviation Administration’s “Flight Instructors Practical Test Guide.”

Oral discussions Performance tests

IX. Suggested Text: Youngers, H. (2010). Flight instructor certification course ‐ airplane. Unpublished manuscript. University of Alaska Anchorage. X. Bibliography:

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14, Part 61. (2011). Certification: Pilots, flight instructors, and ground instructors. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. Federal Aviation Administration. (2006). Flight instructor practical test standards for airplane, FAA‐S‐8081‐6C. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. Federal Aviation Administration. (2011). Aeronautical information manual. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. Kershner, W. K. (2002). The Flight instructor’s manual. Ames, IA: Blackwell. Youngers, H. (2011). Flight school policy and safety procedures handbook. Unpublished manuscript. University of Alaska Anchorage.

292



1c. Department AAPP

2. Course Prefix

ATP

3. Course Number

A305


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

2.0 credits


6. Complete Course Title Airplane Multiengine Land Rating AMEL Rating Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
















15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Provides flight instruction for Professional Piloting students seeking the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Airplane Multiengine Land Rating.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) ATP A220 or concurrent enrollment

16b. Test Score(s)




16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Departmental approval required.


19. Justification for Action Name, Course Content Guide, and description have been changed to more accurately reflect the intent of the course. Options for Seaplane (Float) rating and Airline Transport Pilot (ATP) have been deleted.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




293


Community and Technical College Department: AAVI Date: Spring 2012 Course Title: Airplane Multiengine Land Rating Credits: 2 cr. Course Number: ATP A305 I. Course Description: Provides flight instruction for Professional Piloting students seeking the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Airplane Multiengine Land Rating. Special Note: Open entry – open exit. II. Course Design:

A. Designed for students who desire careers as professional commercial pilots. B. Credits: 2 (1+2) C. Total student involvement time: 90 hours.

1. 1.3 hours lecture/week for a total of 19.5 hours. 2. 2.3 hours flight instruction/week for a total of 34.5 hours. 3. 2.4 hours of outside work per week for a total of 36 hours.

D. This is a required course for the Bachelor of Science in Aviation Technology Degree, Professional Piloting emphasis. E. Lab fees are assessed for this course.

F. This course may be taught in any time frame but not less than two weeks. G. This is a revised course. H. Coordinated with faculty listserv.

I. Course justification: This course builds upon knowledge, skills and experience gained in previous flight courses. Additionally, the student must be able to analyze aircraft performance criteria to plan trips under varying conditions.


This course will be conducted by individual flight training sessions with a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Certified Flight Instructor (CFI) authorized by the UAA Aviation Technology Division to conduct multiengine land instruction.

IV. Course Prerequisites and Registration Restrictions:

ATP A220, Commercial Flying III, or concurrent enrollment. V. Course Evaluation: A. Grading basis: A‐F

B. Grades are based on the evaluation procedures outlined in the University of Alaska Anchorage “Flight School Policy and Safety Procedures Handbook.” A

294

final check flight will be conducted during which the student’s performance of each required maneuver shall meet the standards outlined in the current applicable Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Practical Test Standards.

VI: Outline: 1.0 Safety 1.1 General rules 1.2 Review of UAA Flight School Policy and Safety Procedures Handbook 1.3 Ground safety 1.4 Flight safety

2.0 Preflight preparation 2.1 Certificates and documents 2.2 Airworthiness requirements 2.3 Weather information 2.4 Cross‐Country flight planning 2.5 National Airspace System 2.6 Performance and limitations 2.7 Systems operations 2.8 Principles of flight, engine inoperative 2.9 Aeromedical Factors

3.0 Airport operations

3.1 Radio communications and Air Traffic Control (ATC) light signals 3.2 Traffic patterns 3.3 Airport runway and taxiway signs, markings, and lighting

4.0 Takeoffs, landings, and go‐arounds

4.1 Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb 4.2 Normal and crosswind approach and landing 4.3 Short‐field (confined area) takeoff and maximum performance climb 4.4 Short‐field (confined area) approach and landing 4.5 Go‐around, rejected Landing

5.0 Performance maneuver 5.1 Steep turns 6.0 Navigation

6.1 Pilotage and dead reckoning 6.2 Navigation systems and radar services 6.3 Diversion 6.4 Lost procedures

295

7.0 Slow flight and stalls 7.1 Maneuvering during slow flight 7.2 Power‐off stalls 7.3 Power‐on stalls 7.4 Spin awareness

8.0 Emergency operations 8.1 Emergency descent 8.2 Simulated engine failure during takeoff before engine inoperative ‐

loss of directional control speed (VMC) 8.3 Simulated engine failure after lift‐off 8.4 Approach and landing with a simulated inoperative engine 8.5 Systems and equipment malfunctions 8.6 Emergency equipment and survival gear

9.0 High Altitude operations 9.1 Supplemental oxygen 9.2 Pressurization

10.0 Multiengine operations 10.1 Maneuvering with one engine inoperative 10.2 Engine inoperative ‐ loss of directional control (VMC) demonstration 10.3 Engine failure during flight (by reference to instruments) 10.4 Precision instrument approach, one engine inoperative (by reference

to instruments)

11.0 Post flight procedures 11.1 After landing checks 11.2 Parking 11.3 Securing aircraft 11.4 Analysis and debriefing

296

VII. Instructional Goals, Student Outcomes, and Assessment Procedures: The course is designed to prepare the student to be proficient in the operation of a multiengine airplane and to receive the FAA Multiengine Airplane Rating endorsement required to act as a pilot in command.



Meet the objectives of each task contained in the specific areas of operation published in the applicable FAA “Practical Test Standards.”

Written assignments Oral discussions Written exams Performance tests

VIII. Suggested Texts:

Federal Aviation Administration. (2002). Commercial multiengine rating practical test standards, FAA‐S‐8081‐14AS. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. Federal Aviation Administration, Flight Standards Service. (2004). Airplane flying handbook, FAA‐H‐8083‐3. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.

Youngers, H. (2011). Airplane multiengine land rating course. Unpublished manuscript. University of Alaska Anchorage.

IX. Bibliography:

Garner, R. (1999). The complete multiengine pilot. Newcastle, WA: ASA.

Robson, D. (2000). Transition to twins. Newcastle, WA: ASA. Willits, Pat. (2005). Multiengine textbook GFD. Englewood, CO: Jeppesen.

Youngers, H. (2011). Flight school policy and safety procedures handbook. Unpublished manuscript. University of Alaska Anchorage.

297



1c. Department AAPP

2. Course Prefix

ATP

3. Course Number

A320


N/A

5a. Credits/CEUs

3.0 credits


6. Complete Course Title Flight Dynamics Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)










1. 2. 3.






15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Applies selected physical and mathematical principles to the analysis and prediction of aircraft performance. Presents general methods for analyzing and predicting aircraft performance in all flight regimes. Builds on knowledge introduced in previous pilot ground and flight courses, aviation weather courses, and science and mathematics courses.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) [ATP A116, ATP A126, ATP A200, ATP A235, any math course that is a prerequisite for MATH A200 or MATH A272] with a minimum grade of C.





16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Junior level. Departmental approval required.

17. Mark if course has fees N/A 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course

19. Justification for Action To increase the student's depth of understanding of the physical and mathematical principles governing flight performance. The course builds upon knowledge gained in earlier piloting ground and flight courses, as well as mathematics and science courses.


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved




298


Community and Technical College Department: AAVI Date: Spring 2012 Course Title: Flight Dynamics Credits: 3 cr. Course Number: ATP A320 I. Course Description: Applies selected physical and mathematical principles to the analysis and prediction of aircraft performance. Presents general methods for analyzing and predicting aircraft performance in all flight regimes. Builds on knowledge introduced in previous pilot ground and flight courses, aviation weather courses, and science and mathematics courses. II. Course Design:

A. This course is designed for students pursuing the BS degree in Aviation Technology (BSAT): Professional Piloting emphasis, who have completed their basic piloting classes.

B. Credits: 3 cr. (3+0) C. Total student involvement time: 135 hours.

45 hours will be in a classroom setting. 90 hours of outside activity will be expected.

D. This is a required course for the BSAT, Professional Piloting emphasis. E. No lab fees are associated with this course.

F. This course may be taught in any time frame, but not less than one credit per week.

G. This is a new course. H. Coordinated with faculty listserv.

I. Course justification: Builds upon knowledge and skills gained in earlier mathematics, science, and piloting courses, and flight labs. Students use fundamental principles of mechanics and aerodynamics to analyze various aircraft performance characteristics, and predict the performance impacts caused by variations in weight, balance, airfoil design, and power.

III. Course Activities: This course will be taught through lectures, practical exercises and occasional guest speakers. IV. Course Prerequisites:

[ATP A116, ATP A126, ATP A200, ATP A235, and any course that is a prerequisite for MATH A200 or MATH A272] with minimum grade of C.

299

V. Course Evaluation: A. Grading basis: A‐F

B. Grades are based on quizzes, tests, and written assignments.

VI: Outline: 1.0 Safety 1.1 General rules 1.2 Class conduct 1.3 Emergency actions 1.4 Building egress and assembly 2.0 Selected topics from mechanics 2.1 Newton’s Laws of Motion 2.2 Vectors 2.3 Moments 2.4 Equivalent force systems 3.0 Selected topics for aeronautics 3.1 Characteristics of the atmosphere

3.1.1 Composition 3.1.2 Pressure, density, temperature profiles 3.1.3 ICAO standard atmosphere 3.1.4 Pressure, density, temperature ratios

3.2 Bernoulli’s Principle observations on fluid behavior 3.2.1. Kinetic and potential energy of flow 3.2.2 Relationship of static pressure and velocity 3.2.3 Static and dynamic pressure 3.2.4. Airspeed measurement 3.3 Airfoils and the production of lift 3.3.1. Terminology 3.3.2 Airflow and pressure distribution 3.3.3. Effects of airfoil camber and thickness 3.3.4. The lift equation 3.3.5. Lift and stall characteristics of various airfoil types 3.4 Aerodynamic drag 3.4.1. Components of drag 3.4.2. Effects of wing camber, thickness, and angle of attack 3.4.3. The drag equation 3.4.4. Examination of drag profiles 3.5 Stability 3.5.1. Pitch 3.5.2. Yaw 3.5.3. Roll

300

4.0 Power production for flight 4.1 Physical principles of power production 4.2 Ramjet thrust characteristics 4.3 Fanjet thrust characteristics 4.4 Piston engine power characteristics 4.5 Propeller efficiency 5.0 Aircraft performance in the en route phase 5.1 Required thrust and power 5.2 Range, endurance and efficiency 5.2.1. Specific range, specific fuel consumption 5.2.2. Service ceiling, coffin corner 6.0 Turning flight 6.1 Relationship of bank angle to load factor 6.2 Relationship of bank angle to turn rate and radius 6.3 Power requirements in turning flight 7.0 Takeoff performance 7.1 Effects of altitude, temperature, weight, and wind 7.2 Effects of runway slope and surface conditions 7.3 Aborted takeoffs and balanced field length 8.0 Climb performance 8.1 Excess power and thrust 8.2 Best climb angle and best climb speed 8.3 Climb performance with a failed engine 9.0 Landing performance 9.1 Effects of altitude, temperature, weight, and wind 9.2 Effects of runway slope and surface condition 9.3 Aerodynamic and wheel braking 9.4 Deceleration profiles 10.0 The operating envelope and the V‐n diagram 10.1 Nomenclature, limit load, ultimate load, safety factor 10.2 Gust loads 10.3 V speeds

301

VII. Instructional Goals, Student Outcomes, and Assessment Procedures: The course is designed to increase the professional piloting student’s depth of understanding of the aerodynamic and mathematical principles of powered flight. It adds a degree of analysis and mathematical rigor beyond that presented in prerequisite FAA approved ground school and flight courses. VIII. Suggested Texts: *Hurt, H. (1965). Aerodynamics for naval aviators. Renton, WA: ASA. Smith, H. (1992). The illustrated guide to aerodynamics. (2nd ed). Blue Ridge Summit, PA: Tab Books.



Apply principles of mechanics and aerodynamics to compute aircraft turn rates and radii as well as climb and descent rates for various flight conditions with a high degree of accuracy.


Apply mathematical and aerodynamic principles to predict aircraft takeoff and landing performance taking into account the effects of variable weight, atmospheric conditions, and runway environmental conditions.


Utilize principles of work, energy, and power to predict aircraft climb performance under various conditions.


Differentiate among the lift and drag profiles of various airfoil types and relate the choice of airfoil to aircraft type and mission profile.


Differentiate among the thrust delivery and fuel consumption characteristics of turbojet, fanjet, turboprop, and piston engines and relate the choice of power plant to aircraft type and mission.


302

IX. Bibliography: Asselin, M. (1997). An introduction to aircraft performance. Reston, VA: AIAA. Brandt, S., Stiles, R., & Bertin, J. (2004). Introduction to aeronautics: A design perspective. (2nd ed.). Virginia: AIAA. Dole, C. (1994). Flight theory for pilots. (4th ed.). Englewood, CO: Jeppesen‐Sanderson. Eshelby, M. (2000). Aircraft performance: theory and practice. Reston, VA: AIAA. Federal Aviation Administration. (2008). Pilot’s handbook of aeronautical knowledge, FAA‐H‐8083‐25A. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. Yechout, T., Morris, S., Bossert, D., & Hallgren W., (2003). Introduction to aircraft flight mechanics: Performance, static stability, dynamic stability, and classical feedback control. Reston, VA: AIAA. *Classic text. Aerodynamics for Naval Aviators is a classic text used throughout the industry.

303

MEMORANDUM (AAS DEGREE IN PROFESSIONAL PILOTING) DATE: February 24, 2012 TO: UAB FROM: Rocky Capozzi and Mark Madden SUBJ: AAS Degree in Professional Piloting PROPOSED CHANGES: Net effect: The following changes will reduce the total credits of the AAS degree in Professional Piloting from 63 – 65 to 62. The changes will also align the AAS degree requirements with those of the BS degree in Aviation Technology (BSAT), Professional Piloting emphasis. 1. Remove History of Aviation (ATA A132) as a required course for the degree, and add Principles of Aviation Administration (ATA A134) as a required course for the degree. ATA A134 is currently a prerequisite for Airline Operations (ATA A337), which is a required course for the degree. Students frequently overlook the prerequisite until trying to register for ATA A337. Explicitly adding ATA A134 as a required course will not only eliminate delaying graduation for some students, but also will facilitate greater understanding of the underlying business workings of an airline company. 3. Add Introduction to Philosophy (PHIL A201) and Ethics (PHIL A301) as alternative course selections to Introduction to Philosophy (PHIL A101), a required course for the degree. We would like to afford students the opportunity to choose from a variety of Philosophy courses. 4. Remove Basic Physics and Basic Physics Lab (PHYS A123 and A123L) as required courses, and add a Natural Science Selective and Natural Science Selective Lab from the UAA Catalog. This will provide students with a broader choice of Natural Science courses and align the AAS degree Natural Science selective courses with the BS degree in Aviation Technology. 5. Add the requirement for program students to register for a flying course (ATP A101 or ATP A126) within three semesters of admittance. Many students apply for admission to the degree and either change their major, or pursue a different Aviation concentration. This will allow the Aviation Technology Division (ATD) to remove a student from the degree within the stated guidelines, and provide the ATD more concise tracking of student numbers and graduations.

304

1a. S C

2. Com

As

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

In D

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

ReAdd PHYrequ

_______ Initiator

Mark

Appr

Disa

Appr

Disa


mplete Program

ssociate of A

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: Fall/201

Coordination with


Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

emove ATA PHIL A201

YS A123L asuired courses

________________r (faculty only)

k E. Madden Initia

roved


roved

approved

________ Curricul

e

Title/Prefix

Applied Scien

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

12 To:

h Affected Units

yped): Mark E_______

ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

A132 as a re1 and PHIL As required cos. Add requi

_______________

tor (TYPE NAME)



Propos

1b. Div AA

nce in Profes

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

/9999

E. Madden

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 01/0

Please attach the

Cover Memo

equired courA301 as alteourses, and airement for r

_______________

________________

_______________ airperson

sal to Initiate

vision AVI Division of A

ssional Pilot

UndergraAssociat

Departm

(uaa-faculty@list

09/2012

following:

rse for the dernative cour

add a Naturaregistration f

___________ Date

_ __________ Date

___________ Date

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

Aviation

ting

aduate:te of Applied Scie

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

Catalog Copy

egree. Add Arse selectionsal Science Sefor a flying c

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved


1c. Departm

N/A

orence

ge

vate

r College: LIST

Initiat

u) Date

in Word using

ATA A134 s for the degelective and Ncourse within

d


d


d



ent

Graduate:

TSERV

tor Signed Initial

e: 01/09/2012

the track chan

as a requiredgree. RemovNatural Scien three seme



_______________signee

est ge gram of Stu

: C

s: _________

2

nges function

d course for ve PHYS A1ence Selectivesters.

________________

________________mic

________________

udy or Prefi

CHOOSE ONE

the degree. 123 and ve Lab as

________________ Date

________________ Date

________________ Date

ix

_ e

__ e

__e

305

Associate of Applied Science, Professional Piloting Program Program Description and Outcomes Professional pilots need knowledge of aerodynamics, aircraft engine and system operation, aircraft operating limitations and performance, weather and atmospheric processes, as well as navigation and communication methods. This degree program prepares graduates for careers in professional flying. At the completion of this program, students will be able to: 1. Demonstrate proficiency in instrument pilot and commercial pilot knowledge and flight skills. 2. Demonstrate knowledge of aviation law and regulations, and of the legal issues affecting the aviation industry. 3. Demonstrate knowledge of the issues affecting aviation safety and safety management. 4. Demonstrate knowledge of aviation weather and of aviation weather services.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Satisfy Undergraduate Certificate and Associate’s Degree Admission Requirements found in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations.

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS The following applies for those students desiring to pursue a professional piloting degree:

1. Flight training costs are not included in university tuition and fees. Students must meet with the aviation academic advisor to obtain departmental approval to register for all flight courses. Flight training costs are based on hourly rates established for each aircraft type flown. Students will be provided with current hourly flight costs and program cost estimates when they meet with the department’s academic advisor. 2. Students must pass a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Class I or II medical examination (Student Pilot Certificate) before beginning any flight training. 3. U.S. citizens must present verification of U.S. Citizenship before beginning any flight or airplane simulator training. The following three methods are acceptable: an unexpired U.S. passport, an original or raised seal official copy of birth certificate, or an original or raised seal official copy of Certificate of Naturalization. Non‐U.S. citizens must register and receive approval from the Transportation Security Administration before beginning any flight or simulator training. Please contact the Aviation Technology Division (ATD) office for information. 4. Once formally admitted to an AAS degree in Professional Piloting or

a BS degree in Aviation Technology, or registered for Aviation classes at UAA, all subsequent required flight training must be completed in residence at UAA. Enrolled students who receive flight training outside UAA under specific curricula will not receive credit for the corresponding UAA courses.

5. All students are required to complete a minimum of the FAA Instrument Airplane Pilot rating and the FAA Commercial Airplane Single‐engine Land Pilot certificate while in residence at UAA.

6. Military pilots may petition to have appropriate curriculum requirements awarded based on FAA pilot certificates held on a case‐by‐case basis.

306

Advising All students must meet with an ATD academic advisor prior to beginning any program of study and are encouraged to meet each semester for the purpose of reviewing their academic progress and planning future courses. It is particularly important for students to meet with their advisor whenever academic difficulties arise. Degree check sheets are available in the ATD office, and students may also access UAA Degree Works for verification of degree requirements. See the ATD advisor for appropriate sequence of courses. A strong background in science, math, and reading skills is highly recommended.

Academic Progress Requirements 1. In order to progress within the AAS Professional Piloting program, students must register for a flying course within three semesters of admittance. Students who have not registered for a flying course by this time will be removed from the program. 2. Once enrolled in any flight training course at UAA, students are required to complete the course requirements within twelve months from the date of registration. Failure to do so will be considered unsatisfactory progress and will result in a failing (F) grade.

General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for Associate of Applied Science Degrees located at the beginning of this chapter.

General Course Requirements Complete the General Course Requirements for AAS degrees located at the beginning of this chapter.

Major Requirements 1. Complete the following required courses:

ATA A102 Introduction to Aviation Technology 3 ATA A133 Aviation Law and Regulations 3 ATA A134 Principles of Aviation Administration 3 ATA A233 Aviation Safety 3 ATA A337 Airline Operations 3 ATP A100 Private Pilot Ground School 3 ATP A101 Pre‐Professional Flying 2 ** ATP A116 Instrument Ground School 3 ATP A126 Instrument Flying 2 ATP A200 Commercial Ground School 3 ATP A218 Commercial Flying I 1.5 ** ATP A219 Commercial Flying II 1.5 ** ATP A220 Commercial Flying III 2 ** ATP A231 Search, Survival, and Rescue 3 ATP A235 Elements of Weather 3 CIS A110 Computer Concepts in Business 3

ENGL A212 Technical Writing (Note: prerequisite) 3*

PHIL A101 Introduction to Logic 3*

307

or

PHIL A201 Introduction to Philosophy (3)*

or

PHIL A301 Ethics (3)*

Natural Science Selective Course with Lab 4*

MATH A105 Intermediate Algebra 3* Or any MATH course for which MATH A107 is a prerequisite * Courses may be used to fulfill the Associate of Applied Science, General Degree Requirements. **All flying courses require special documentation and departmental approval before registration. 2. A total of 62 credits are required for the degree.

308

Associate of Applied Science, Professional Piloting Program Program Description and Outcomes Professional pilots need knowledge of aerodynamics, aircraft engine and system operation, aircraft operating limitations and performance, weather and atmospheric processes, as well as navigation and communication methods. This degree program prepares graduates for careers in professional flying. At the completion of this program, students will be able to: 1. Demonstrate proficiency in instrument pilot and commercial pilot knowledge and flight skills. 2. Demonstrate knowledge of aviation law and regulations, and of the legal issues affecting the aviation industry. 3. Demonstrate knowledge of the issues affecting aviation safety and safety management. 4. Demonstrate knowledge of aviation weather and of aviation weather services.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Satisfy Undergraduate Certificate and Associate’s Degree Admission Requirements found in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations.

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS The following applies for those students desiring to pursue a professional piloting degree:

1. Flight training costs are not included in university tuition and fees. Students must meet with the aviation academic advisor to obtain departmental approval to register for all flight courses. Flight training costs are based on hourly rates established for each aircraft type flown. Students will be provided with current hourly flight costs and program cost estimates when they meet with the department’s academic advisor. 2. Students must pass a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Class I or II medical examination (Student Pilot Certificate) before beginning any flight training. 3. Students U.S. citizens must present verification of U.S. Citizenship before beginning any flight or airplane simulator training. The following three methods are acceptable: an unexpired U.S. passport, an original or raised seal official copy of birth certificate, or an original or raised seal official copy of Certificate of Naturalization. Non‐U.S. citizens must register and receive approval from the Transportation Security Agency Administration before beginning any flight or simulator training; . pPlease contact the Aviation Technology Division (ATD) office for information. 4. Once formally registered for aviation classes admitted to an AAS degree in Professional Piloting or a BS degree in Aviation Technology, or registered for Aviation classes at UAA, all subsequent required flight training must be completed in residence at UAA. Flight training through other programs while enrolled at UAA is not permitted. Enrolled students who receive flight training outside UAA that is required under specific curricula will not receive credit for the corresponding UAA courses. 5. Under certain circumstances, academic credit may be granted for pilot certificates/ratings earned prior to enrolling at UAA. Contact a faculty advisor for determination. All students are required to complete a minimum of the FAA Instrument Airplane Pilot rating and the FAA Commercial Airplane Single‐engine Land Pilot certificate while in residence at UAA. 6. Military pilots currently, or within the preceding 12 months, on active

Formatted: Indent: First line: 0"

309

flight status may petition to have appropriate curriculum requirements awarded based on FAA pilot certificates without a proficiency check held on a case‐by‐case basis.

Advising All students must meet with an ATD academic advisor prior to beginning any program of study and are encouraged to meet each semester for the purpose of reviewing their academic progress and planning future courses. It is particularly important for students to meet with their advisor whenever academic difficulties arise. Degree check sheets are available in the Aviation Technology Division Office. ATD office, and students may also access UAA Degree Works for verification of degree requirements. See the ATD advisor for appropriate sequence of courses. A strong background in science, math, and reading skills is highly recommended.

Academic Progress 1. In order to progress within the AAS Professional Piloting program, students must register for a flying course within three semesters of admittance. Students who have not registered for a flying course by this time will be removed from the program.

2. Once enrolled in any flight training course, students are expected to complete the course requirements within the equivalent of two semesters twelve months from the date of registration. Failure to do so will be considered unsatisfactory progress and will result in a failing (F) grade.

General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for Associate of Applied Science Degrees located at the beginning of this chapter.

General Course Requirements Complete the General Course Requirements for AAS degrees located at the beginning of this chapter.

Major Requirements 1. Complete the following required courses:

ATA A102 Introduction to Aviation Technology 3 ATA A133 Aviation Law and Regulations 3 ATA A134 Principles of Aviation Administration 3 ATA A233 Aviation Safety 3 ATA A337 Airline Operations 3 ATP A100 Private Pilot Ground School 3 ATP A101 Pre‐Professional Flying 2 ** ATP A116 Instrument Ground School 3 ATP A126 Instrument Flying 2 ATP A200 Commercial Ground School 3 **ATP A218 Commercial Flying I 1.5 ** **ATP A219 Commercial Flying II 1.5** **ATP A220 Commercial Flying III 2 ** ATP A231 Search, Survival, and Rescue 3

310

ATP A235 Elements of Weather 3 CIS A110 Computer Concepts in Business 3

*ENGL A212 Technical Writing (Note: prerequisite) 3*

*PHIL A101 Introduction to Logic 3*

*PHYS A123 Basic Physics I 3 *PHYS A123L Basics Physics I Laboratory (Note: prerequisite) 1 *One of the following: 3‐4 MATH A105 Intermediate Algebra (3) MATH A107 College Algebra (4) (Note: prerequisite) MATH A172 Applied Finite Mathematics (3) (Note: prerequisite) MATH A272 Applied Calculus (3) (Note: prerequisite)

or

PHIL A201 Introduction to Philosophy (3)*

or

PHIL A301 Ethics (3)*

Natural Science Selective Course with Lab 4*

MATH A105 Intermediate Algebra 3* or any MATH course for which MATH A107 is a prerequisite * Courses may be used to fulfill the Associate of Applied Science, General Degree Requirements. **All flying courses require special documentation and departmental approval before registration. 2. A total of 63‐65 62 credits is are required for the degree.

311

MEMORANDUM (PAR BS DEGREE IN AVIATION TECHNOLOGY) DATE: February 24, 2012 TO: UAB FROM: Mark Madden and Rocky Capozzi SUBJ: B. S. Degree in Aviation Technology Admission Requirements Changes Professional Piloting Emphasis Changes BS IN AVIATION TECHNOLOGY (BSAT) PROPOSED CHANGES: ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONS: We are proposing to require students to document placement into the MATH A107 or MATH A172, and ENGL A111 entry level or higher. PROFESSIONAL PILOTING EMPHASIS PROPOSED CHANGES: Net effect: The following changes will decrease the total credits of the BSAT, Professional Piloting Emphasis, from 122 to 120‐121. It will increase the upper‐division credit requirement from 42 to 43. It will also increase the elective credits from 3 to 6 (2‐3 of which must be upper division).

1. List the following courses as upper‐division elective courses instead of required emphasis courses: a. ATP A300, CFI Ground School, 3 credits b. ATP A301, CFI Flying, 2 credits

NEW COURSE:

2. We propose a new course, ATP A320, Flight Dynamics, to provide students more exposure to physical and mathematical principles applied to aircraft performance. This will facilitate greater understanding of performance and stability of aircraft.

ADD ADVISOR APPROVED ELECTIVES:

3. Add 3 advisor approved elective credits, of which 2 ‐3 credits must be upper division. This raises the total of advisor approved electives to 6 credits. Add the following recommended elective courses to the catalog:

Credits ATA A104 Alaska Bush Flying 3 ATA A231 Search, Survival and Rescue 3 ATA A134 Principles of Aviation Administration 3 ATA A335 Airport Operations 3 ATA A336 Air Service Operations 3 ATA A490 Advanced Topics in Aviation 3 ATP A300 CFI Ground School 3 ATP A301 CFI Flying 2 ATP A405 CFII Flying 2 PER A100 Fitness for Life 2 PER Elective Course 1‐2* PSY 380 Stress and Coping 3 *Must be combined with PER A100

312

1a. S C

2. Com

Ba

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

In D

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

Readmielect

_______ Initiator

Mark

Appr

Disa

Appr

Disa


mplete Program

achelor of Sc

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: Fall/201

Coordination with


Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

equire documission into thtives.

________________r (faculty only)

k E. Madden Initia

roved


roved

approved

________ Curricul

e

Title/Prefix

cience in Av

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

12 To:

h Affected Units

yped): Mark E_______

ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

mentation of he degree. P

_______________

tor (TYPE NAME)



Propos

1b. Div AA

iation Techn

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

/9999

E. Madden

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 01/0

Please attach the

Cover Memo

placement iPropose a ne

_______________

________________

_______________ airperson

sal to Initiate

vision AVI Division of A

nology

UndergraBachelor

Departm

(uaa-faculty@list

09/2012

following:

nto MATH Aew course, A

___________ Date

_ __________ Date

___________ Date

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

Aviation

aduate:r of Science

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

Catalog Copy

A107 or MAATP A320, F

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved


1c. Departm

N/A

or

ge

vate

r College: LIST

Initiat

u) Date

in Word using

ATH A172, alight Dynam

d


d


d



ent

Graduate:CHOOSE

TSERV

tor Signed Initial

e: 01/09/2012

the track chan

and ENGL Amics. Add ad



_______________signee

est ge gram of Stu

: E ONE

s: _________

2

nges function

A111 or highdvisor appro

________________

________________mic

________________

udy or Prefi

her, for oved

________________ Date

________________ Date

________________ Date

ix

_ e

__ e

__e

313

Bachelor of Science, Aviation Technology Program Description The Bachelor of Science in Aviation Technology (BSAT) prepares individuals for professional positions within the aviation industry. Related career opportunities are found with airlines, airports, general aviation, government organizations, education, and the aerospace industry. Within the degree there are three emphasis areas: Aviation Management, Air Traffic Control, and Professional Piloting, each having a discrete program description and outcomes. The specific interests and career goals of each student determine the emphasis area to pursue. The degree includes university General Education Requirements, a common set of core courses, and courses specific to each individual emphasis.

Admission Requirements 1. Satisfy Baccalaureate Degree Admission Requirements in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations. 2. Satisfy additional admission requirements for emphasis areas of Air Traffic Control, Aviation Management, and Professional Piloting described below. 3. Satisfy any certification requirements established by applicable government agencies described in emphasis areas of Air Traffic Control, Aviation Management, and Professional Piloting sections outlined below. 4. Document placement into the MATH A107 or MATH A172 entry level or higher. For testing schedule, contact Advising and Testing at (907) 786‐4500. 5. Document placement into the ENGL A111 entry level or higher. For testing Schedule, contact Advising and Testing at (907) 786‐4500.

Advising All students must meet with an Aviation Technology Division (ATD) academic advisor prior to beginning any program of study and are encouraged to meet each semester for the purpose of reviewing their academic progress and planning future courses. It is particularly important for students to meet with their advisor whenever academic difficulties arise. Degree check sheets are available in the Aviation Technology Division office, and students may also access UAA Degree Works for verification of degree requirements. See the Aviation Technology Division advisor for appropriate sequence of courses. A strong background in science, math, and reading skills is highly recommended.

Academic Progress 1. A minimum grade of C in each Aviation Technology course is required to graduate with this degree. 2. Once enrolled in any flight training course at UAA, students are required to complete the course requirements within twelve months from the date of registration. Failure to do so will be considered unsatisfactory progress and will result in a failing (F) grade.

314

Degree Requirements 1. Complete the General University Requirements for Baccalaureate

Degrees listed at the beginning of this chapter. 2. Complete the General Education Requirements (GER) for Baccalaureate

Degrees at the beginning of this chapter. 3. Complete required Emphasis Courses and Major Degree Requirements.

Major Requirements 1. Complete the following required core courses (54‐55 credits):

ATA A102 Introduction to Aviation Technology 3 ATA A133 Aviation Law and Regulations 3 ATA A233 Aviation Safety 3 ATA A331 Human Factors in Aviation 3 ATA A415 Company Resource Management 3 ATA A425 Civil Aviation Security 3 ATA A492 Air Transportation System Seminar 3 ATP A100 Private Pilot Ground School 3 ATP A235 Elements of Weather 3 BA A300 Organizational Theory and Behavior 3 BA A361 Human Resource Management 3 BA A461 Negotiation and Conflict Management 3 BA A488 Environment of Business 3 CIS A110 Computer Concepts in Business 3 ECON A201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 * ENGL A212 Technical Writing 3 *

MATH A200 Calculus I 4 * or MATH A272 Applied Calculus (3) * PHIL A101 Introduction to Logic (3) 3 *

or PHIL A201 Introduction to Philosophy (3) * or PHIL A301 Ethics (3) *

*Courses may be used to fulfill the Bachelor of Science, General Education Requirements.

2. Select one of the three following BSAT emphasis areas and complete the listed required courses.

(NOTE: Aviation Management Emphasis and Air Traffic Control Emphasis are unchanged.) PROFESSIONAL PILOTING EMPHASIS Emphasis Description and Outcomes Professional pilots need knowledge of aerodynamics, aircraft engine and systems operations, aircraft operating limitations and performance, weather and atmospheric processes, as well as navigation and communication methods. This degree program prepares graduates for careers in professional flying and management. The Special Considerations and

315

Academic Progress Requirements contained in the Associate of Applied Science, Professional Piloting also apply to this emphasis area. At the completion of this program, students will be able to:

1. Demonstrate proficiency in instrument pilot and commercial pilot knowledge and flight skills. 2. Demonstrate knowledge of aviation law and regulations, and of the legal issues affecting the aviation industry. 3. Demonstrate knowledge of the issues affecting aviation safety and safety management. 4. Demonstrate knowledge of aviation weather and of aviation weather services. 5. Demonstrate a broad knowledge of the aviation industry.

Special Considerations The following applies for those students desiring to pursue a Professional

Piloting emphasis:

1. Flight training costs are not included in university tuition and fees.

Students must meet with the aviation academic advisor to obtain

departmental approval to register for all flight courses. Flight training

costs are based on hourly rates established for each aircraft type flown.

Students will be provided with current hourly flight costs and program

cost estimates when they meet with the department’s academic advisor.

2. Students must pass a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Class I or II

medical examination (Student Pilot Certificate) before beginning any flight

training.

3. U.S. citizens must present verification of U.S. Citizenship before

beginning any flight or airplane simulator training. The following

three methods are acceptable: an unexpired U.S. passport, an

original or raised seal official copy of birth certificate, or an original

or raised seal official copy of Certificate of Naturalization. Non‐U.S.

citizens must register and receive approval from the Transportation

Security Administration before beginning any flight or simulator training.

Please contact the Aviation Technology Division (ATD) office for information.

4. Once formally admitted to an AAS degree in Professional Piloting or

a BS degree in Aviation Technology, or registered for Aviation classes

at UAA, all subsequent required flight training must be completed in

residence at UAA. Enrolled students who receive flight training

outside UAA under specific curricula will not receive credit for the

corresponding UAA courses.

5. All students are required to complete a minimum of the FAA Instrument

Airplane Pilot rating, the FAA Commercial Airplane Single‐engine Land

Pilot certificate, and the FAA Airplane Multi‐engine Land Rating while in

residence at UAA.

6. Military pilots may petition to have appropriate curriculum requirements

awarded based on FAA pilot certificates held on a case‐by‐case basis.

316

Required Emphasis Courses 1. Complete the following required emphasis courses:

ACCT A201 Principles of Financial Accounting 3

ATA A337 Airline Operations 3

ATA A431 Aircraft Accident Investigation 3

ATC A325 Tools for Weather Briefing 3

ATP A101 Pre‐Professional Flying 3**

ATP A116 Instrument Ground School 3

ATP A126 Instrument Flying 3**

ATP A200 Commercial Ground School 3

ATP A218 Commercial Flying I 1.5**

ATP A219 Commercial Flying II 1.5**

ATP A220 Commercial Flying III 2**

ATP A232 Advanced Aviation Navigation 3

ATP A305 Airplane Multi‐Engine Land Rating 2**

ATP A320 Flight Dynamics 3

ATP A332 Transport Aircraft Systems 3

2. Choose a minimum of 6 credits of advisor‐approved electives,

2‐3 of which must be upper division. The following are

Recommended Elective Support Courses (refer to current UAA

catalog for prerequisites):

ATA A104 Alaska Bush Flying 3

ATA A134 Principles of Aviation Administration 3

ATA A231 Search, Survival and Rescue 3

ATA A335 Airport Operations 3

ATA A336 Air Service Operations 3

ATA A490 Selected Topics in Aviation 3

ATP A300 CFI Ground School 3

ATP A301 CFI Flying 2 **

ATP A405 CFII Flying 2 **

PER A100 Fitness for Life 2

PER Elective Course 1‐2 *

PSY A380 Stress and Coping 3

*Must be combined with PER A100

**All flying courses require special documentation and departmental approval before registration.

3. A minimum of 120‐121 credits is required for the Professional Piloting

emphasis, of which a minimum of 43 credits must be upper division.

317

Bachelor of Science, Aviation Technology Program Description The Bachelor of Science in Aviation Technology (BSAT) prepares individuals for professional positions within the aviation industry. Related career opportunities are found with airlines, airports, general aviation, government organizations, education, and the aerospace industry. Within the degree there are three emphasis areas: Aviation Management, Air Traffic Control, and Professional Piloting, each having a discrete program description and outcomes. The specific interests and career goals of each student determine the emphasis area to pursue. The degree includes university General Education Requirements, a common set of core courses, and courses specific to each individual emphasis.

Admission Requirements 1. Satisfy Baccalaureate Degree Admission Requirements in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations. 2. Satisfy additional admission requirements for emphasis areas of Air Traffic Control, Aviation Management, and Professional Piloting described below. 3. Satisfy any certification requirements established by applicable government agencies described in emphasis areas of Air Traffic Control, Aviation Management, and Professional Piloting sections outlined below. 4. Document placement into the MATH A107 or MATH A172 entry level or higher. For testing schedule, contact Advising and Testing at (907) 786‐4500. 5. Document placement into the ENGL A111 entry level or higher. For testing Schedule, contact Advising and Testing at (907) 786‐4500.

Advising All students must meet with an Aviation Technology Division (ATD) academic advisor prior to beginning any program of study and are encouraged to meet each semester for the purpose of reviewing their academic progress and planning future courses. It is particularly important for students to meet with their advisor whenever academic difficulties arise. Degree check sheets are available in the Aviation Technology Division office, and students may also access UAA Degree Works for verification of degree requirements. See the Aviation Technology Division advisor for appropriate sequence of courses. A strong background in science, math, and reading skills is highly recommended.

Academic Progress 1. A minimum grade of C in each Aviation Technology course is required to graduate with this degree. 2. Once enrolled in any flight training course at UAA, students are required to complete the course requirements within twelve months from the date of registration. Failure to do so will be considered unsatisfactory progress and will result in a failing (F) grade.

318

Degree Requirements 1. Complete the General University Requirements for Baccalaureate

Degrees listed at the beginning of this chapter. 2. Complete the General Education Requirements (GER) for Baccalaureate

Degrees at the beginning of this chapter. 3. Complete required Emphasis Courses and Major Degree Requirements.

Major Requirements 1. Complete the following required core courses (54‐55 credits):

ATA A102 Introduction to Aviation Technology 3 ATA A133 Aviation Law and Regulations 3 ATA A233 Aviation Safety 3 ATA A331 Human Factors in Aviation 3 ATA A415 Company Resource Management 3 ATA A425 Civil Aviation Security 3 ATA A492 Air Transportation System Seminar 3 ATP A100 Private Pilot Ground School 3 ATP A235 Elements of Weather 3 BA A300 Organizational Theory and Behavior 3 BA A361 Human Resource Management 3 BA A461 Negotiation and Conflict Management 3 BA A488 Environment of Business 3 CIS A110 Computer Concepts in Business 3 *ECON A201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3* *ENGL A212 Technical Writing 3* *MATH A200 Calculus I 4*

or *MATH A272 Applied Calculus (3) * *PHIL A101 Introduction to Logic * 3 or *PHIL A201 Introduction to Philosophy (3)* or *PHIL A301 Ethics (3)*

*Courses may be used to fulfill the Bachelor of Science, General Education Requirements.

2. Select one of the three following BSAT emphasis areas and complete the listed required courses.

(NOTE: Aviation Management Emphasis and Air Traffic Control Emphasis are unchanged.)

319

PROFESSIONAL PILOTING EMPHASIS Emphasis Description and Outcomes Professional pilots need knowledge of aerodynamics, aircraft engine and systems operations, aircraft operating limitations and performance, weather and atmospheric processes, as well as navigation and communication methods. This degree program prepares graduates for careers in professional flying and management. The Special Considerations and Academic Progress Requirements contained in the Associate of Applied Science, Professional Piloting also apply to this emphasis area. At the completion of this program, students will be able to:

1. Demonstrate proficiency in instrument pilot and commercial pilot knowledge and flight skills. 2. Demonstrate knowledge of aviation law and regulations, and of the legal issues affecting the aviation industry. 3. Demonstrate knowledge of the issues affecting aviation safety and safety management. 4. Demonstrate knowledge of aviation weather and of aviation weather services. 5. Demonstrate a broad knowledge of the aviation industry. 6. Demonstrate a broad knowledge of flight instructing techniques and procedures.

Special Considerations The following applies for those students desiring to pursue a professional piloting degree:

1. Flight training costs are not included in university tuition and fees.

Students must meet with the aviation academic advisor to obtain

departmental approval to register for all flight courses. Flight training

costs are based on hourly rates established for each aircraft type flown.

Students will be provided with current hourly flight costs and program

cost estimates when they meet with the department’s academic advisor.

2. Students must pass a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Class I or II

medical examination (Student Pilot Certificate) before beginning any flight

training.

3. Students U.S. citizens must present verification of U.S. Citizenship before

beginning any flight or airplane simulator training. The following

three methods are acceptable: an unexpired U.S. passport, an

original or raised seal official copy of birth certificate, or an original

or raised seal official copy of Certificate of Naturalization. Non‐U.S.

citizens must register and receive approval from the Transportation

Security Administration before beginning any flight or simulator training; .

pPlease contact the Aviation Technology Division (ATD) office for information.

4. Once formally registered for aviation classes admitted to an AAS degree

in Professional Piloting or a BS degree in Aviation Technology, or registered

for Aviation classes at UAA, all subsequent required flight training must be

completed in residence at UAA. Flight training through other

programs while enrolled at UAA is not permitted. Enrolled students who

320

receive flight training outside UAA that is required under specific

curricula will not receive credit for the corresponding UAA courses.

5. Under certain circumstances, academic credit may be granted for pilot

certificates/ratings earned prior to enrolling at UAA. Contact a faculty

advisor for determination. All students are required to complete a

minimum of the FAA Instrument Airplane Pilot rating, the FAA

Commercial Airplane Single‐engine Land Pilot certificate, and the FAA

Multi‐engine Land Rating while in residence at UAA.

6. Military pilots currently, or within the preceding 12 months, on

active flight status may petition to have appropriate curriculum

requirements awarded based on FAA pilot certificates held on a

case‐by‐case basis. without a proficiency check.

Required Emphasis Courses 1. Complete the following required emphasis courses:

ACCT A201 Principles of Financial Accounting 3

ATA A337 Airline Operations 3

ATA A431 Aircraft Accident Investigation 3

ATC A325 Tools for Weather Briefing 3

ATP A101 Pre‐Professional Flying 3**

ATP A116 Instrument Ground School 3

ATP A126 Instrument Flying 3**

ATP A200 Commercial Ground School 3

ATP A218 Commercial Flying I 1.5**

ATP A219 Commercial Flying II 1.5**

ATP A220 Commercial Flying III 2**

ATP A232 Advanced Aviation Navigation 3


ATP A301 CFI Flying 2

ATP A305 Additional Aircraft Rating 2**

Airplane Multi‐Engine Land Rating 2**

ATP A320 Flight Dynamics 3

ATP A332 Transport Aircraft Systems 3

2. All students are required to complete a minimum of two advanced

flight courses (300‐400) in residence to meet graduation requirements.

Choose a minimum of 6 credits of advisor‐approved electives,

2‐3 of which must be upper division. The following are

Recommended Elective Support Courses (refer to current UAA

catalog for prerequisites):

ATA A104 Alaska Bush Flying 3

ATA A134 Principles of Aviation Administration 3

ATA A231 Search, Survival and Rescue 3

ATA A335 Airport Operations 3

Formatted: Indent: First line: 0", Space After: 0 pt

321

ATA A336 Air Service Operations 3

ATA A490 Selected Topics in Aviation 3


ATP A301 CFI Flying 2**

ATP A405 CFII Flying 2**

PER A100 Fitness for Life 2

PER Elective Course 1‐2 cr*

PSY A380 Stress and Coping 3

*Must be combined with PER A100

**All flying courses require special documentation and departmental approval before registration.

3. A minimum of 122120‐121 credits is required for the professional piloting

emphasis, of which a minimum of 42 43 credits must be upper division.

322


1b. Division AHUM Division of Humanities

1c. Department English

2. Course Prefix

ENGL

3. Course Number

A433


n/a

5a. Credits/CEUs

3 CR


6. Complete Course Title Literacy, Rhetoric, and Social Practice Literacy, Rhet & Soc Practice Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)

7. Type of Course Academic Non-credit CEU Professional Development





11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Spring/2013 To: 9999/9999



Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three impacts, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted

1. BA in English Daniel Kline, Chair, Dept. of English 2. 3.

Initiator Name (typed): Jackie Cason Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________


13c. Coordination with Library Liaison: Date: 1/16/12



15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) A survey of literacy and rhetoric as socially embedded practices within the larger discursive and material contexts of human activity. Explores literacy as the construction of meaning in professional, public, and private settings, including print-based reading and writing as well as other modes of representation. Explores rhetoric as the production and interpretation of texts for specific audiences in social contexts.

16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) ENGL A111 and [ENGL A211 or ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214] and [ENGL A201 or ENGL A202] with minimum grade of “C”.

16b. Test Score(s) n/a

16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required) n/a



16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) n/a


19. Justification for Action Adding a core course requirement that will integrate tracks within the English Major.



323

__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Jackie Cason Initiator (TYPE NAME)

Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


324

CourseContentGuideUniversityofAlaskaAnchorageCollegeofArtsandSciencesDepartmentofEnglish

I. InitiationDate:January9,2012

II. CourseInformation

A. College: CollegeofArtsandSciencesB. CourseTitle: Literacy,Rhetoric,andSocialPracticeC. CourseNumber: ENGLA433D. CreditHours: 3.0CreditsE. ContactTime: 3hoursperweekF. GradingInformation A‐FG. CourseDescription:Asurveyofliteracyandrhetoricassociallyembedded

practiceswithinthelargerdiscursiveandmaterialcontextsofhumanactivity.Exploresliteracyastheconstructionofmeaninginprofessional,public,andprivatesettings,includingprint‐basedreadingandwritingaswellasothermodesofrepresentation.Exploresrhetoricastheproductionandinterpretationoftextsforspecificaudiencesinsocialcontexts.

H. StatusofCourse: ThecoursefulfillsacorerequirementforBAinEnglish.

I. LabFees: $0.00‐15.00J. Coordination: UAAFacultyListservK. Prerequisites ENGLA111and[ENGLA211orENGL

A212orENGLA213orENGLA214]and[ENGLA201orENGLA202]withminimumgradeof“C”.

L. RegistrationRestrictions: N/A

III. CourseLevelJustificationAsacoursethatintegratesandappliesadvancedtheoreticalandpedagogicalconceptsofliteracy,rhetoric,andsocialpractice,thecourseisbestsuitedtostudentsintheirjuniorandsenioryear,aswellasgraduatestudents.

IV. InstructionalGoalsandDefinedOutcomesInstructionalGoals

Theinstructorwill

StudentOutcomes

Studentswillbeableto

AssessmentMethods

Provideaconceptualandhistoricalframeworkforunderstandingtherhetoricaltradition.

Demonstrateanunderstandingofwhatrhetoricis,thesocialfunctionitperforms,and

Onlinediscussions

Performanceonquizzes

Writingassignments

325

howtheoriesofrhetorichelpusimproveourunderstandingandpracticeofthisart.

Provideanoverviewofthehistoryofliteracyandcontemporaryperspectivesonliteracy.

Identifykeyeventsandfactorsthathaveaffectedaccesstoandusesofliteracy.Connectcontemporaryperspectivesonliteracytostudents’ownliteracypracticesandtocontemporaryissuesanddebatesaboutliteracy.

Onlinediscussions

Performanceonquizzes

Writingassignments

Guidestudentsinapplyingananalyticalframeworkasamethodofinquiryintosociallyembeddedliterateandrhetoricalactivities.

Demonstratetheindependentcapacitytoapplyananalyticalframeworkasamethodofinquiryintosociallyembeddedliteracypracticesandrhetoricalactivities

Analyticalpaperthatinvestigatesandreportsonliteracypracticesandrhetoricalactivitiesinaprofessional,public,orpersonalsetting.

V. TopicalCourseOutlineA. Literacy

1. HistoryofLiteracya. Historicaldefinitionsofliteracyb. Oralityandliteracyc. Literacyandsocialstratificationd. Literacyandsocialchangee. Literacyandtechnology

2. CompetingDefinitionsofLiteracy

a. Literacyasadaptation—functionalutilityb. Literacyaspower—socialandeconomicinterestsc. Literacyasastateofgrace—virtuesandvaluesd. Literacyassocialpracticee. Multiliteracies

3. LiteracyasSocialPractice

a. “Theliteracymyth”(Graff)b. Culturalvaluesandvariationc. Autonomousandideologicaltheoriesofliteracy

326

d. Anecologicaltheoryofliteracy

4. Multiliteraciesa. Digitalandnetworkedtechnologiesb. Multimodalityanddesignc. Linguisticdiversity,code‐switching,andcode‐meshingd. Sponsorsofliteracye. Materialityofliteracy

B. Rhetoric

1. Historyofancientrhetoricsa. TheSophisticMovementb. Hellenisticrhetoricc. Aspasiaandopportunitiesforwomend. Romanrhetoricse. Rhetoricinlaterantiquity

2. Nature,scope,andfunctionofrhetoric

a. Definitionsofrhetoricb. Rhetoricasadisciplineandmethodofdemocracyc. Rhetoricaldiscourse:Itisplanned,adaptedtoanaudience,

revealshumanmotives,isresponsive,andseekspersuasiond. Socialfunctionsoftheartofrhetoric:ittestsideas,assists

advocacy,distributespower,discoversfacts,shapesknowledge,andbuildscommunity

e. Differencesbetweenancientandmodernrhetorics

3. Rhetoricaltheoryandpracticesa. Typesofrhetoricaldiscourse:forensic,deliberative,and

epideicticb. Kairosandtherhetoricalsituationc. Canonsofrhetoric:invention,arrangement,style,memory,and

deliveryd. Commontopicsandcommonplacese. Rhetoricalproofs:logical,ethical,pathetic,extrinsicf. Stasistheory

4. Modernandpostmodernrhetoric

a. Rhetoricasacomprehensivetheoryoflanguageb. Rhetoricandotherdisciplinesc. Rhetoricandcompositiond. Rhetoricsofgender,race,andculturee. NewRhetoric

C. SocialPractice

1. Analyticalframeworkforsociallyembeddedpracticea. Guidingmetaphors—imageandfeaturesofdiscursivespace

327

b. Context—locationintimeandplacec. Tenorofthediscourse—register,affectd. Literacies—purposefulpracticee. Rhetoricalinvention—respondingtoexigencies

2. LiterateandRhetoricalActivityEmbeddedinSocial

Contexts/Communitiesa. Professionalworkplacesb. Publicinstitutionsandcivicpracticesc. Individualpursuitsandactivitiesrequiredtoliveinacomplex

society

VI. SuggestedTextsCushman,E.,Kintgen,E.R.,Kroll,B.M.,&Rose,M.(2001).Literacy:Acritical

sourcebook.Boston:Bedford/St.Martin’s.Long.E.(2008).Communityliteracyandtherhetoricoflocalpublics.WestLafayette,

Indiana:ParlorPress.http://wac.colostate.edu/books/long_community/

VII. Bibliography

Barton,D.(2007).Literacy:Anintroductiontotheecologyofwrittenlanguage.(2nded.).Oxford:Blackwell.

Barton,D.,&Hamilton,M.(1998).Localliteracies:Readingandwritinginonecommunity.London:Routledge.

Barton,D.,Hamilton,M.,&Ivanic,R.(2000).Situatedliteracies:readingandwritingincontext.London:Routledge.

Barton,D.,&Ivanic,R.(1991).Writinginthecommunity.NewburyPark,CA:Sage.

Baynham,M.(1995).Literacypractices:Investigatingliteracyinsocialcontexts.London:Routledge.

Bizzell,P.,&HerzbergB.(2000).2nded.Therhetoricaltradition:Readingsfromclassicaltimestothepresent.Boston:Bedford/St.Martins.

Bizzell,P.(2005).Rhetoricalagendas:Political,ethical,spiritual.Mahwah,NJ:Erlbaum.

Brandt,D.,&Clinton,K.(2002).Limitsofthelocal:Expandingperspectivesonliteracyasasocialpractice.JournalofLiteracyResearch,34(3),337‐356.

Brandt,D.(2001).LiteracyinAmericanlives.Cambridge:CambridgeUniversityPress.

Collins,J.,&Blot,R.(2003)Literacyandliteracies:Texts,power,andidentity.Cambridge:CambridgeUniversityPress.

328

Conley,T.M.(1994).RhetoricintheEuropeantradition.Chicago:UniversityofChicagoPress.

Cope,B.,&Kalantzis,M.(2000).Multiliteracies:Literacylearningandthedesignofsocialfutures.London:Routledge.

Corbett,E.P.J.(1998).Classicalrhetoricforthemodernstudent.OxfordUniversityPress.

Crowley,S.(2006).Towardacivildiscourse:Rhetoricandfundamentalism.Pittsburgh:UniversityofPittsburgPress.

Dyson,A.H.(1997).Writingsuperheroes:Contemporarychildhood,popularculture,andclassroomliteracy.Williston,VT:TeachersCollegePress.

Foss,S.J.(2008).Rhetoricalcriticism:Explorationandpractice.LongGrove,IL:Waveland

Gee,J.(2011).Sociallinguisticsandliteracies:Ideologyindiscourse(4thed.).NewYork:Routledge.

Gee,J.(2000).Thenewliteracystudies:Fromsociallysituatedtotheworkofthesocial.InBarton,D.,Hamilton,M.,&Ivanic,R.(Eds).Situatedliteracies(pp.180‐196).NewYork:Routledge.

Geisler,C.(1994).Academicliteracyandthenatureofexpertise.Hillsdale,NJ:Erlbaum.

Graff,H.J.(2010).TheLiteracyMythatthirty.JournalofSocialHistory,43.3,635‐661.ProjectMUSE.Web.22Jan.2011.<http://muse.jhu.edu/>

Heath,S.B.(1983)Wayswithwords.Cambridge:CambridgeUniversityPress.

Herrick,J.A.(2008).Thehistoryandtheoryofrhetoric:Anintroduction.Boston:Pearson/Allyn&Bacon.

Hull,G.,&Schultz,K.(2002).School'sout:Bridgingout‐of‐schoolliteracieswithclassroompractice.NY:TeachersCollegePress.

Keith,W.M.,&LundburgC.O.(2008).Theessentialguidetorhetoric.Boston:Bedford/St.Martins.

Kennedy,G.A.(1994).Anewhistoryofclassicalrhetoric.Princeton:PrincetonUniversityPress.

Kintgen,E.,Kroll,B.,&Rose,M.(Eds.).(1988).Perspectivesonliteracy.Carbondale:SouthernIllinoisUniversityPress.

Kress,G.(2003).Literacyinthenewmediaage.London:Routledge.

Kress,G.,&vanLeeuwen,T.(2001).Multimodaldiscourse:Themodesandmediaofcontemporarycommunication.NewYork:OxfordUP.

Kress,G.(1993).Genreassocialprocess.InB.Cope&M.Kalantzis(Eds.),Thepowersofliteracy:Agenreapproachtoteachingwriting.(pp.22‐37).Pittsburgh:UniversityofPittsburghPress.

Lankshear,C.,&Knobel,M.(2003).Newliteracies. OpenUniversityPress.

329

Long,E.(2008).Communityliteracyandtherhetoricoflocalpublics.WestLafayette,Indiana:ParlorPress.

Lucaites,J.L.,Condit,C.M.,&Caudill,S.(1998).Contemporaryrhetoricaltheory:Areader.NewYork:Guilford.

Lucaites,J.L.,&Biesecker,B.(2009).Rhetoric,materiality,andpolitics.NewYork:PeterLangPublishing.

Maybin,J.(1993).Languageandliteracyinsocialpractice.OpenUniversityPress.

Murphy,J.M.(Ed.).(2001).Ashorthistoryofwritinginstruction:FromancientGreecetomodernAmerica.(2nded.).Mahwah,NJ:Erlbaum.

Purcell‐Gates,V.(1995).Otherpeople’swords:Thecycleoflowliteracy.Cambridge,MA:HarvardUniversityPress.

Ronald,K.,&RitchieJ.(Eds.).(2006).Teachingrhetorica:Theory,pedagogyandpractice.Portsmouth,NH:Boynton/Cook.

Scribner,S.(1984).Literacyinthreemetaphors.AmericanJournalofEducation,93.1,[SpecialIssue:TheDevelopmentofLiteracyintheAmericanSchools],pp.6‐21.Web.3Jan.2012.<http://www.jstor.org/stable/1085087/>.

Scribner,S.(1988).Literacyinthreemetaphors.InE.R.Kintgen,B.M.Kroll&M.Rose(Eds.).Perspectivesonliteracy.(pp.71‐81).Carbondale:SouthernIllinoisPress.

Scribner,S.,&Cole,M.(1988).Unpackagingliteracy.InE.R.Kintgen,B.M.Kroll,&M.Rose(Eds.).Perspectivesonliteracy.(pp.57‐70).Carbondale:SouthernIllinoisPress.

Scribner,S.,&Cole,M.(1981).Thepsychologyofliteracy.Cambridge:HarvardUniversityPress.

Smith,C.R.(2009).Rhetoricandhumanconsciousness:Ahistory.LongGrove,IL:WavelandPress.

Street,B.(1995).Socialliteracies.London:Longman.

Street,B.(2003).What's"new"innewliteracystudies?Criticalapproachestoliteracyintheoryandpractice.CurrentIssuesinComparativeEducation,5(2),77‐91.

TheNewLondonGroup.(1996).Apedagogyofmultiliteracies:Designingsocialfutures.HarvardEducationalReview,66(1),69‐92.

Thomas,S.(Ed.).(2007).Whatisnewrhetoric?Newcastle,UK:CambridgeScholars.

330

1a. S A

2. Com

Ba

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

In D

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

Toand t

_______ Initiator

Toby

Appr

Disa

Appr

Disa

chool or CollegeAS CAS

mplete Program

achelor of Ar

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: Fall/201

Coordination with


Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

o have the BAthe current r

________________r (faculty only)

y Widdicomb Initia

roved


roved

approved

________ Curricul

e

Title/Prefix

rts in English

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

13 To:

h Affected Units

yped): Toby W_______

ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

A in Englishroster of facu

_______________

be tor (TYPE NAME)



Propos

1b. Div AH

h

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

9999/9999

Widdicombe

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 1/1

Please attach the

Cover Memo

h Core betterulty. To brin

_______________

________________

_______________ airperson

sal to Initiate

vision HUM Division o

UndergraBachelor

Departm

(uaa-faculty@list

3/2012

following:

r reflect the nng catalog co

___________ Date

_ __________ Date

___________ Date

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

of Humanities

aduate:r of Arts

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

Catalog Copy

needs of studopy up to dat

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved


1c. Departm

Englis

or

ge

vate

r College:

Initiat

u) Date

in Word using

dents, the chte with new

d


d


d



ent

sh

Graduate:CHOOSE

tor Signed Initial

e: 1/9/2012

the track chan

hanging natucurricular re



_______________signee

est ge gram of Stu

: E ONE

s: _________

nges function

ure of the jobequirements.

________________

________________mic

________________

udy or Prefi

b market, .

________________ Date

________________ Date

________________ Date

ix

_ e

__ e

__e

331

ENGLISH Administration/Humanities Building (ADM), Room 101, (907) 786-4355

http://english.uaa.alaska.edu/

Description The programs offered by the Department of English provide an opportunity for a truly liberal education, one that encourages both

self‐discovery and an exploration of enduring ideas. The curriculum includes courses in composition, rhetoric, literature, linguistics,

and critical‐thinking strategies. The Department also supervises the First‐Year Composition Program, which fulfills the university’s

General Education Requirement in written communication.

The English Department’s mission is to prepare students to succeed in an increasingly diverse world. The Department is devoted to

an innovative curriculum that encourages lifelong learning, critical thinking, and effective writing. We teach students to see textual

work as an engagement with history, convention, culture, and place so that they can participate responsibly in a changing regional

and challenging global environment. In particular, the Department is concerned with Alaskan cultures, the North Pacific Rim

environment, and the intersection of networked technologies and forms of textuality. At the undergraduate and graduate levels, the

English Department also strives to familiarize students with a full range of literacies – written, digital, and visual – so that they may

become active and well‐equipped citizens.

To address this mission, the Department offers three emphases in the undergraduate major: literature, rhetoric and language, and

secondary education.

The Literature option focuses on significant examples of literature from different places, periods, and genres as well as the

social and geo‐cultural forces that shape them.

The Rhetoric and Language option focuses on rhetorical strategies and techniques of composition, emphasizing historical,

theoretical, and linguistic perspectives.

The Education option prepares students for teaching literature and writing at the middle and high school levels as well as

for admission to UAA’s Master of Arts in Teaching program.

The Department also provides a variety of minors (Literature, Linguistics, Professional Writing, and Creative Writing and Literary

Arts). The Literature minor enhances the experience of students majoring in other subjects by providing a study of significant

authors and literary works as well as by developing skills in writing and critical analysis. The Professional Writing minor prepares

students to interpret and present complex information in a readable form to various audiences using a variety of media. The

Linguistics minor is designed for non‐English majors who wish to build a foundation in linguistic studies for complementary

majors, such as Anthropology and Languages, and for those who are interested in the study and teaching of languages. The

Creative Writing and Literary Arts minor allows students to explore the crafts of fiction, literary nonfiction, poetry and dramatic

writing in an intensive series of workshops taught by active writers in the genres.

Outcomes All options prepare majors to conduct research in the discipline and to write for a variety of purposes and audiences. In addition,

each option offers the opportunity to earn honors in English. The specific educational outcomes that support the undergraduate

program objectives are to produce graduates who are able to:

Read closely,

Interpret texts analytically,

Conduct research effectively,

Weigh evidence critically, and to

Write coherently.

For information on English placement tests, transfer credits, petition procedures, or special registration, contact the English

Department.

332

Bachelor of Arts, English Admission Requirements Complete the Baccalaureate Degree Programs Admission Requirements at the beginning of Chapter 7, Academic Standards and

Regulations.

Graduation Requirements Students must complete the following graduation requirements:

A. General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees located at the beginning of this chapter.

B. General Education Requirements Complete the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees listed at the beginning of this chapter.

C. College of Arts and Sciences Requirements Complete the College of Arts and Sciences requirements listed at the beginning of the CAS section.

D. Major Requirements Students working toward a degree in English may choose from three options: literature, rhetoric and language, or education.

1. Complete the following core courses (18 credits):

ENGL A201 Masterpieces of World Literature I 3

ENGL A202 Masterpieces of World Literature II 3

ENGL A351 Poetry 3

ENGL A433 Literacy, Rhetoric, and Social Practice 3

ENGL A435 History of Criticism 3

ENGL A476 History of English Language 3

2. Complete one of the following options:

Literature Option (24 credits)

Complete 3 credits from national literature: 3

ENGL A301 Literature of Britain I (3)

ENGL A302 Literature of Britain II (3)

ENGL A305 National Literatures in English (3)

ENGL A306 Literature of the United States I (3)

ENGL A307 Literature of the United States II (3)

Complete 3 credits from one period and 6 from the other period:9

Earlier

ENGL A310 Ancient Literature (3)

ENGL A315 Survey of Medieval Literature (3)

ENGL A320 Renaissance Literature (3)

ENGL A325 Neoclassical Literature (3)

)

Later

ENGL A330 Literature of Romanticism (3)

ENGL A340 The Victorian Period (3)

ENGL A343 Modern and Contemporary

Literature (3)

ENGL A440 Topics in Comparative

Literature (3)

333

Complete 3 credits from genre: 3

ENGL A361 The Novel (3)

ENGL A363 Short Story (3)

ENGL A371 Narrative Nonfiction (3)

ENGL A381 Drama (3)

ENGL A383 Film Interpretation (3)

ENGL A391 Genres of Subject and Theme (3)

Complete 6 credits from specialized studies: 6

ENGL A424 Shakespeare (3)

and one of the following:

ENGL A409 Texts of Subcultures and Regions (3)

ENGL A429 Major Authors (3)

ENGL A444 Topics in Native Literatures (3)

ENGL A445 Alaska Native Literatures (3)

Complete 3 credits upper division English or Creative

Writing and Literary Arts elective: 3

Rhetoric and Language Option (24 credits)

Complete 6 credits from nature of language:

LING A101 The Nature of Language 3

LING A201 Intermediate Grammar 3

Complete 6 credits from advanced composition: 6

ENGL A311 Advanced Composition (3)

ENGL A312 Advanced Technical Writing (3)

ENGL A313 Professional Writing (3)

ENGL A414 Research Writing (3)

Complete 3 credits from applied linguistics: 3

ENGL A450 Linguistics and English

Language Teaching (3)

ENGL A487 Standard Written English (3)

ENGL A495 Internship in Professional

Writing (1‐6)

Complete 3 credits from rhetoric and language theory: 3

ENGL A475 Modern Grammar (3)

ENGL A478 Public Science Writing (3)

ENGL A491 Topics in Composition and

Rhetoric (3)

Complete 6 credits upper division elective: 6

One upper division Rhetoric course (3)

One upper division English or Creative

Writing and Literary Arts elective (3)

Education Option (24 credits)

Complete 12 credits from reading & literature: 12


and one of the following: 3




334

ENGL A381 Drama (3)

ENGL A383 Film Interpretation(3)








Literature (3)

ENGL A440 Topics in Comparative Literature (3)



Complete 3 credits from language & composition: 3






Rhetoric (3)

Complete 9 credits from language development & analysis: 9

LING A101 The Nature of Language (3)

LING A201 Intermediate Grammar (3)



3. A total of 120 credits is required for the degree, of which 42 credits must be upper division.

Honors in English

The Department of English recognizes exceptional undergraduate students by awarding them departmental honors in English. To

graduate with departmental honors, the student must be a declared English major, satisfy all requirements for a BA degree in

English (literature, rhetoric, or education option), and, in addition, fulfill the following:

1. Meet the requirements for Graduation with Honors as listed in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations.

2. Maintain a GPA of 3.50 in all courses in the English major.

3. Complete 6 credits of the following 400‐level topics courses with a grade of A:




ENGL A490 Topics in Language and Literature (1‐3)

ENGL A491 Topics in Composition and Rhetoric (3)

4. Complete successfully ENGL A499 (with success defined as an A for the honors thesis).

The honors thesis itself is shaped by these guidelines:

1. A student wishing to undertake an English Honors Thesis should coordinate the process from the beginning with two faculty

members (one considered primary, one secondary), one of whom must be a full‐time tenure track member of the English

department.

2. The secondary faculty member may be from another department with the approval of the primary faculty member. Both faculty

members should be involved in the project from early on in the process.

3. The student is responsible for locating the two faculty members and securing their agreement to become involved in the project.

335

4. The student should meet regularly (about every couple of weeks) with the primary faculty member guiding the thesis to ensure

that the project remains on track.

5. The student may well benefit from concurrent enrollment in ENGL A414: Research Writing.

6. The process should begin with a proposal of no more than 1000 words (statement of purpose, preliminary controlling

generalization, and outline) along with an annotated bibliography of about ten items. This proposal needs to be approved by

both faculty members before the student may go on to write the honors thesis itself.

7. The anticipated length of the project is 7500‐10,000 words (exclusive of reference page[s)].

8. The final paper needs to be submitted to the two faculty members by the end of the last week of instruction of the semester

during which the student is enrolled in ENGL A499.

9. The project should be undertaken in a student’s senior year.

10. Successful completion of ENGL A499 (with success defined as an A for the honors thesis ) may be used to count for three (3)

credits towards the seven (7) credit requirement of the University Honors Project.

Minor, English The Department of English offers a minor in English with an emphasis in literature, linguistics, or professional writing. A total of 18

credits is required for the minor.

Students majoring in another subject who wish to minor in English must complete the following requirements.

Linguistics Emphasis

1. Complete these required courses (6 credits): 6



2. Complete 12 credits from the following: 12

ANTH A210 Introduction to Linguistic Anthropology (3)

ANTH A361 Language and Culture (3)

ENGL A450 Linguistics and English Language Teaching (3)


ENGL A476 History of English Language (3)


ENGL A490 Topics in Language and Literature (1‐3)*

*Counts for Linguistics Minor only when focus is on language.

Literature Emphasis



ENGL A351 Poetry 3

ENGL A424 Shakespeare 3


Upper division English elective 3

Professional Writing Emphasis

One of the following: 3

ENGL A212 Technical Writing (3)

ENGL A213 Writing in the Social and

Natural Sciences (3)

ENGL A214 Persuasive Writing (3)

Two of the following: 6

336






ENGL A495 Internship in Professional Writing (1‐6)

And both of the following:

ENGL 433 Literacy, Rhetoric, and Social Practice 3

Upper division elective approved by the

English Department 3

Minor, Creative Writing and Literary Arts Students who wish to minor in Creative Writing and Literary Arts must complete the following requirements:

1. CWLA A260 Introduction to Creative Writing 3

2. One the following: 3

CWLA A352 Writers’ Workshop: Poetry (3)

CWLA A362 Writers’ Workshop: Fiction (3)

CWLA A372 Writers’ Workshop: Nonfiction (3)

CWLA A382 Writers’ Workshop: Drama and

Screenwriting (3)

3. One of the following: 3

ENGL A351 Poetry (3)




ENGL A381 Drama (3)


4. One 300‐ or 400‐level literature course. 3


CWLA A452 Advanced Writers’ Workshop: Poetry (3)

CWLA A462 Advanced Writers’ Workshop: Fiction (3)

CWLA A472 Advanced Writers’ Workshop: Nonfiction (3)

CWLA A482 Advanced Writers’ Workshop: Drama and

Screenwriting (3)

6. One 300‐ or 400‐level workshop (in a different genre) or one

of the following: 3

CWLA A259 Short Format Introduction to Creative

Writing (repeatable twice with a change in

subtitle) (1‐3)

CWLA A260 Introduction to Creative Writing (repeatable

once) (3)


7. A total of 18 credits is required for the minor.

337

FACULTY

Aisha Barnes, Term Instructor, [email protected]

Douglass Bourne, Term Instructor, [email protected]

David Bowie, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Emily Brackman, Term Instructor, [email protected]

Jeane Breinig, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Heather Caldwell, Term Instructor, [email protected]

Jacqueline Cason, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Robin Crittenden, Term Instructor, [email protected]

Robert Crosman, Professor, [email protected]

Suzanne Forster, Professor, [email protected]

Patricia Jenkins, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Daniel Kline, Professor, [email protected]

Michael Lamb, Term Instructor, [email protected]

Patricia Linton, Professor, [email protected]

Judith Moore, Professor, [email protected]

Jessie Nixon, Term Instructor, [email protected]

Clay Nunnally, Professor, [email protected]

Gabrielle Raffuse, Assistant of English, [email protected]

Jennifer Stone, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Claudia Wallingford, Term Instructor, [email protected]

Toby Widdicombe, Professor, [email protected]

338

ENGLISH Administration/Humanities Building (ADM), Room 101, (907) 786-4355

http://english.uaa.alaska.edu/

Description

The programs offered by the Department of English provide an opportunity for a truly liberal education, one that encourages both


and critical‐thinking strategies. The Department also supervises the First‐Year Composition Program, which fulfills the university’s

General Education Requirement in written communication.

The programs offered by the Department of English provide an opportunity for a truly liberal education, one that encourages both


and thinking strategies. The composition program provides courses that fulfill the university’s General Education Requirement in

written communication. More advanced writing courses offer opportunities for students to develop skills in electronic

communication, disciplinary writing, professional writing, and research.

Students who major in English choose one of three options: literature, rhetoric and language, or education. The literature option

focuses on significant examples of literature from different periods and genres, as well as the social and cultural forces that shape

them. The rhetoric and language option focuses on rhetorical strategies and techniques of composition, emphasizing historical and

theoretical perspectives in contemporary settings. The education option prepares students for teaching literature and writing at the

middle school and secondary levels as well as for admission to UAA’s Master of Arts in Teaching program.

The English Department’s mission is to prepare students to succeed in an increasingly diverse world. The Department is devoted to

an innovative curriculum that encourages lifelong learning, critical thinking, and effective writing. We teach students to see textual

work as an engagement with history, convention, culture, and place so that they can participate responsibly in a changing regional

and challenging global environment. In particular, the Department is concerned with Alaskan cultures, the North Pacific Rim

environment, and the intersection of networked technologies and forms of textuality. At the undergraduate and graduate levels, the

English Department also strives to familiarize students with a full range of literacies – written, digital, and visual – so that they may

become active and well‐equipped citizens.

To address this mission, the Department offers three emphases in the undergraduate major: literature, rhetoric and language, and

secondary education.

The Literature option focuses on significant examples of literature from different places, periods, and genres as well as the

social and geo‐cultural forces that shape them.

The Rhetoric and Language option focuses on rhetorical strategies and techniques of composition, emphasizing historical,

theoretical, and linguistic perspectives.

The Education option prepares students for teaching literature and writing at the middle and high school levels as well as

for admission to UAA’s Master of Arts in Teaching program.

The Department also provides a variety of minors (Literature, Linguistics, Professional Writing, and Creative Writing and Literary

Arts). The Literature minor enhances the experience of students majoring in other subjects by providing a study of significant

authors and literary works as well as by developing skills in writing and critical analysis. The Professional Writing minor prepares

students to interpret and present complex information in a readable form to various audiences using a variety of media. The

Linguistics minor is designed for non‐English majors who wish to build a foundation in linguistic studies for complementary

majors, such as Anthropology and Languages, and for those who are interested in the study and teaching of languages. The

Creative Writing and Literary Arts minor allows students to explore the crafts of fiction, literary nonfiction, poetry and dramatic

writing in an intensive series of workshops taught by active writers in the genres.

All three options prepare majors to conduct research in the discipline and to write for a variety of purposes and audiences. In

addition, all three options offer the opportunity to earn honors in English.

The Literature minor enhances the experience of students majoring in other subjects by providing a study of significant authors and

literary works, as well as by developing skills in writing and critical analysis.

Formatted: Font: Bold

Formatted: Font: Gill Sans MT, 13 pt, Bold

Formatted: (Asian) Japanese

Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets ornumbering

339

The Professional Writing minor prepares students to interpret and present complex information in a readable form to various

audiences using a variety of media, including written words, illustrations, digital multimedia, online help systems, websites, and

videos. The minor develops strong language, visual, and analytical skills, as well as aptitude for technical information, particularly

in the industry in which students plan to work: computer science, engineering, medicine, aerospace, or business.

The Linguistics minor is designed for non‐English majors who wish to build a foundation in linguistic studies for complementary

majors, such as Anthropology and Languages, and for those who are interested in the study and teaching of languages. The minor

includes two introductory courses and four elective courses which are offered through the Anthropology and English departments.

Most courses emphasize the structure of the English language.

Outcomes All options prepare majors to conduct research in the discipline and to write for a variety of purposes and audiences. In addition,

each option offers the opportunity to earn honors in English. The specific educational outcomes that support the undergraduate

program objectives are to produce graduates who are able to:

Read closely,

Interpret texts analytically,

Conduct research effectively,

Weigh evidence critically, and to

Write coherently

For information on English placement tests, transfer credits, petition procedures, or special registration, contact the English

Department.

Honors in English The Department of English recognizes exceptional undergraduate students by awarding them departmental honors in English.

Honors in English may be coordinated with the UAA Honors Program. To graduate with departmental honors, the student must be

a declared English major, satisfy all requirements for a BA degree in English (literature, rhetoric, or education option):




ENGL A403 Topics in Autobiography (3)

ENGL A404 Topics in Women’s Literature (3)






4. Complete ENGL A499 English Honors Thesis, with a grade of A in the judgment of two faculty readers. The thesis must be

completed under the guidance of a member of the English faculty and should be 30‐40 pages in length. Students are

encouraged to enroll concurrently in ENGL A414 Research Writing.

Bachelor of Arts, English Admission Requirements Complete the Baccalaureate Degree Programs Admission Requirements at the beginning of Chapter 7, Academic Standards and

Regulations.


Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets ornumbering

Formatted: Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent at: 0.5"

340

A. General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees located at the beginning of this chapter.


C. College of Arts and Sciences Requirements Complete the College of Arts and Sciences requirements listed at the beginning of the CAS section.

D. Major Requirements Students working toward a degree in English may choose from three options: literature, rhetoric and language, or education.

1. Complete the following core courses (158 credits):



ENGL A351 Poetry 3

ENGL A433 Literacy, Rhetoric, and Social Practice 3

ENGL A434 History of Rhetoric 3


ENGL A476 History of English Language 3

2. Complete one of the following options:

Literature Option (24 credits)

Complete 3 credits from national literature: 3

ENGL A301 Literature of Britain I (3)

ENGL A302 Literature of Britain II (3)




Complete 3 credits from one period and 6 from the other each period: 9

Early Earlier

ENGL A310 Ancient Literature (3)

ENGL A315 Survey of Medieval Literature (3)

ENGL A320 Renaissance Literature (3)


)

Middle




Late Later




Literature (3)

ENGL A440 Topics in Comparative

Literature (3)

Complete 3 credits from genre: 3

Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"


341




ENGL A381 Drama (3)



Complete 6 credits from specialized studies: 6


and one of the following:

ENGL A403 Topics in Autobiography (3)

ENGL A404 Topics in Women’s Literatures (3)

ENGL A409 Texts of Subcultures and Regions (3)




Complete 3 credits upper division English or Creative

Writing and Literary Arts elective: 3

Rhetoric and Language Option (24 credits)

Complete 6 credits from nature of language:

LING A101 The Nature of Language 3

LING A201 Intermediate Grammar 3

Complete 6 credits from advanced composition: 6





Complete 3 credits from applied linguistics: 3




ENGL A495 Internship in Professional

Writing (1‐6)

Complete 3 credits from rhetoric and language theory: 3



ENGL A478 Public Science Writing (3)


Rhetoric (3)

Complete 6 credits upper division elective: 6

One upper division Rhetoric course (3) 3

One upper division English or Creative

Writing and Literary Arts elective (3) 3

Education Option (24 credits)

Complete 12 credits from reading & literature: 12

ENGL A424 Shakespeare (3)*



Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Hanging: 0.25"

Formatted: Font: Not Italic



342



ENGL A381 Drama* (3)

ENGL A383 Film Interpretation* (3)








Literature (3)




Complete 3 credits from language & composition: 3






Rhetoric (3)

Complete 9 credits from language development & analysis: 9









*Recommended course


Honors in English The Department of English recognizes exceptional undergraduate students by awarding them departmental honors in English.

Honors in English may be coordinated with the UAA Honors Program. To graduate with departmental honors, the student must be

a declared English major, satisfy all requirements for a BA degree in English (literature, rhetoric, or education option):




ENGL A403 Topics in Autobiography (3) (3)

ENGL A404 Topics in Women’s Literature (3)








Formatted: Strikethrough




343

4. Complete ENGL A499 English Honors Thesis, with a grade of A in the judgment of two faculty readers. The thesis must be

completed under the guidance of a member of the English faculty and should be 30‐40 pages in length. Students are

encouraged to enroll concurrently in ENGL A414 Research Writing.

Honors in English

The Department of English recognizes exceptional undergraduate students by awarding them departmental honors in English. To

graduate with departmental honors, the student must be a declared English major, satisfy all requirements for a BA degree in

English (literature, rhetoric, or education option), and, in addition, fulfill the following:









4. Complete successfully ENGL A499 (with success defined as an A for the honors thesis).

The honors thesis itself is shaped by these guidelines:

1. A student wishing to undertake an English Honors Thesis should coordinate the process from the beginning with two faculty

members (one considered primary, one secondary), one of whom must be a full‐time tenure track member of the English

department.

2. The secondary faculty member may be from another department with the approval of the primary faculty member. Both faculty

members should be involved in the project from early on in the process.

3. The student is responsible for locating the two faculty members and securing their agreement to become involved in the project.

4. The student should meet regularly (about every couple of weeks) with the primary faculty member guiding the thesis to ensure

that the project remains on track.

5. The student may well benefit from concurrent enrollment in ENGL A414: Research Writing.

6. The process should begin with a proposal of no more than 1000 words (statement of purpose, preliminary controlling

generalization, and outline) along with an annotated bibliography of about ten items. This proposal needs to be approved by

both faculty members before the student may go on to write the honors thesis itself.

7. The anticipated length of the project is 7500‐10,000 words (exclusive of reference page[s)].

8. The final paper needs to be submitted to the two faculty members by the end of the last week of instruction of the semester

during which the student is enrolled in ENGL A499.

9. The project should be undertaken in a student’s senior year.

10. Successful completion of ENGL A499 (with success defined as an A for the honors thesis ) may be used to count for three (3)

credits towards the seven (7) credit requirement of the University Honors Project.

Minor, English The Department of English offers a minor in English with an emphasis in literature, linguistics, or professional writing. A total of 18

credits is required for the minor.

Students majoring in another subject who wish to minor in English must complete the following requirements.

Linguistics Emphasis

1. Complete these required courses (6 credits): 6



Formatted: Font: Palatino Linotype

Formatted: Space After: 0.35 pt, Linespacing: Multiple 1.2 li

Formatted: Line spacing: Multiple 1.2 li


Formatted: Space After: 0.35 pt, Linespacing: Multiple 1.2 li


344

2. Complete 12 credits from the following: 12

ANTH A210 Introduction to Linguistic Anthropology (3)

ANTH A361 Language and Culture (3)

ENGL A450 Linguistics and English Language Teaching (3)




ENGL A490 Topics in Language and Literature (1‐3)*

*Counts for Linguistics Minor only when focus is on language.

Literature Emphasis



ENGL A351 Poetry 3

ENGL A424 Shakespeare 3


Upper division English elective 3

Professional Writing Emphasis


ENGL A212 Technical Writing (3)

ENGL A213 Writing in the Social and

Natural Sciences (3)

ENGL A214 Persuasive Writing (3)

Two of the following: 6







And both of the following:

ENGL A434 History of Rhetoric 3

Upper division elective approved by the

English Department 3

Minor, Creative Writing and Literary Arts Students who wish to minor in Creative Writing and Literary Arts must complete the following requirements:

1. CWLA A260 Introduction to Creative Writing 3

2. One the following: 3

CWLA A352 Writers’ Workshop: Poetry (3)

CWLA A362 Writers’ Workshop: Fiction (3)

CWLA A372 Writers’ Workshop: Nonfiction (3)

CWLA A382 Writers’ Workshop: Drama and

Screenwriting (3)


345

ENGL A351 Poetry (3)




ENGL A381 Drama (3)


4. One 300‐ or 400‐level literature course. 3


CWLA A452 Advanced Writers’ Workshop: Poetry (3)

CWLA A462 Advanced Writers’ Workshop: Fiction (3)

CWLA A472 Advanced Writers’ Workshop: Nonfiction (3)

CWLA A482 Advanced Writers’ Workshop: Drama and

Screenwriting (3)

6. One 300‐ or 400‐level workshop (in a different genre) or one

of the following: 3

CWLA A259 Short Format Introduction to Creative

Writing (repeatable twice with a change in

subtitle) (1‐3)

CWLA A260 Introduction to Creative Writing (repeatable

once) (3)


7. A total of 18 credits is required for the minor.

FACULTY

Angela Andersen, Term Instructor, [email protected]

Aisha Barnes, Term Instructor, [email protected]

David Bowie, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Jeane Breinig, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Jacqueline Cason, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Robin Crittenden, Term Instructor, [email protected]

Robert Crosman, Professor, [email protected]

Suzanne Forster, Professor, [email protected]

Patricia Jenkins, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Daniel Kline, Professor, [email protected]

Patricia Linton, Professor, [email protected]

Judith Moore, Professor, [email protected]

Kerri Morris, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Jessie Nixon, Term Instructor, [email protected]

Clay Nunnally, Professor, [email protected]

Gabrielle Raffuse, Assistant of English, [email protected]

Jennifer Stone, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Claudia Wallingford, Term Instructor, [email protected]

Toby Widdicombe, Professor, [email protected]

346

1a. S A

2. Com

Ba

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

In D

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

Werequlabs bettemaxi

_______ Initiator

Khry

Appr

Disa

Appr

Disa


mplete Program

achelor of Sc

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: Fall/201

Coordination with


Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

e are makinguirements.In

the first weeer in 100 andimize availa

________________r (faculty only)

styne Duddl

roved


roved

approved

________ Curricul

e

Title/Prefix

cience, Biolo

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

12 To:

h Affected Units

yped): Khrysty_______

ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

g an adjustmaddition, week of the semd 200 level Bability of spa

_______________

leston Initiator (TY



Propos

1b. Div AMSC

ogical Scienc

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

Fall/9999

yne Duddlest

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 21D

Please attach the

Cover Memo

ment in ordere are implemmester may bBIOL courseace in course

_______________

PE NAME)

________________

_______________ airperson

sal to Initiate

vision

C Division of Ma

ces

UndergraBachelor

Departm

ton

(uaa-faculty@list

Dec11

following:

r to eliminatementing the fbe administraes 3 times anes and encou

___________ Date

_ __________ Date

___________ Date

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

ath Science

aduate:r of Science

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

Catalog Copy

e an internal following twatively dropp

nd 300 and 4urage reasona

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved


1c. Departm

Biolog

or

ge

vate

r College: UAA

Initiat

u) Date

in Word using

conflict witwo policies (1

ped and 2, s00 level couable progres

d


d


d



ent

gical Science

Graduate:CHOOSE

A Faculty Li

tor Signed Initial

e: 21Dec11

the track chan

thin our core1, students wstudents mayurses (BIOL)s through ou



_______________signee

est ge gram of Stu

es

: E ONE

istserve

s: _________

nges function

e physiologywho do not aty attempt to e) 2 times) in ur degree pro

________________

________________mic

________________

udy or Prefi

y ttend BIOL earn a C or order to

ograms.

________________ Date

________________ Date

________________ Date

ix

_ e

__ e

__e

347

1a. S A

2. Com

Ba

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

In D

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

Chuppescienthe fin 10avail

_______ Initiator

Khry

Appr

Disa

Appr

Disa


mplete Program

achelor of Ar

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: Fall/201

Coordination with


Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

hanges to theer division elnces. In addifirst week of 00 and 200 llability of sp

________________r (faculty only)

styne Duddl

roved


roved

approved

________ Curricul

e

Title/Prefix

rts, Biologic

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

12 To:

h Affected Units

yped): Khrysty_______

ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

e BA in Biollectives, andition, we aref the semesteevel BIOL c

pace in cours

_______________

leston Initiator (TY



Propos

1b. Div AMSC

cal Sciences

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

Fall/9999

yne Duddlest

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 21D

Please attach the

Cover Memo

logical Sciend improve th implementi

er may be adcourses 3 timses and enco

_______________

PE NAME)

________________

_______________ airperson

sal to Initiate

vision

C Division of Ma

UndergraBachelor

Departm

ton

(uaa-faculty@list

Dec11

following:

nces are intene depth and ing the follow

dministrativemes and 300 ourage reason

___________ Date

_ __________ Date

___________ Date

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

ath Science

aduate:r of Arts

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

Catalog Copy

nded to ensubreadth of ewing two po

ely dropped aand 400 levenable progre

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved


1c. Departm

Biolog

or

ge

vate

r College: UAA

Initiat

u) Date

in Word using

ure core requexposure to dolicies (1, stand 2, studenel courses (Bess through o

d


d


d



ent

gical Science

Graduate:CHOOSE

A Faculty Li

tor Signed Initial

e: 21Dec11

the track chan

uirements prdifferent disctudents who nts may attemBIOL) 2 timour degree p



_______________signee

est ge gram of Stu

es

: E ONE

istserve

s: _________

nges function

repare studenciplines in thdo not attenmpt to earn es) in order

programs.

________________

________________mic

________________

udy or Prefi

nts to take he biologicalnd BIOL labsa C or betterto maximize

________________ Date

________________ Date

________________ Date

ix

l s r e

_ e

__ e

__e

348

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES ConocoPhillips Integrated Sciences Building (CPSB), Room 101P,

(907) 786-4770

http://biology.uaa.alaska.edu

Biology is the science concerned with the study of living organisms. It encompasses a vast range of biological disciplines, from the

study of microbes and molecular biology to the study of plants, animals and the environment. The undergraduate program in the

Biological Sciences includes courses that provide students with a broad understanding of both traditional and modern biological

sciences. These courses are suitable as preparation for professional degrees, teaching, or careers in government or industry. Both the

Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degrees are available for undergraduates. A Master of Science degree program in

Biological Sciences as well as a joint UAA‐UAF Doctor of Science degree program is available for students already holding a

baccalaureate degree.

A program of study in the biological sciences requires completion of a basic science core curriculum in the chemical, physical and

mathematical sciences as well as required and elective courses in the biological sciences. Two general divisions are recognized in the

biology program: the cell‐molecular and the organismal‐ecology‐evolution areas. The cell‐molecular area focuses on pre‐

professional sciences for students wishing to pursue careers in medicine, dentistry, and veterinary medicine, or who wish to attend

graduate school. The organismal‐ecology‐evolution area is a more diversified curriculum emphasizing environmental, organismal,

evolutionary, and general biological sciences preparatory for graduate school or for employment in the private or public sector.

Students are strongly encouraged to consult with their academic advisors within the Department of Biological Sciences to determine

which electives best suit their programmatic needs and career requirements.

The Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degree programs require a total of 124‐125 credits for graduation and can be

completed in four years by students who have had adequate high school preparation in math and sciences. Refer to the beginning of

this chapter for recommended high school courses.

Student Learning Outcomes

It is expected that graduates of the Biological Sciences program will have the ability to:

1. Accept challenges and think through problems until solutions are derived and effectively communicate the solutions to

supervisors.

2. Design and conduct projects that include fieldwork, laboratory analyses, and interpretation in the discipline.

Community Service Courses The department offers a wide range of community service courses as a service to the people in the Anchorage area and extended

campuses who wish to become more knowledgeable about the science of biology and how it relates to them. Unless noted otherwise

in the course description, community service courses do not satisfy either core requirements or elective credit towards any degree

programs in the biological sciences. All are offered as demand warrants.

BIOL A074 Field Natural History

BIOL A075 Local Flora

BIOL A100 Human Biology

BIOL A124 Biota of Alaska: Selected Topics

BIOL A126 Birds in Field and Laboratory

Departmental Honors in Biology Undergraduate Biological Science majors may be recognized for exceptional performance by earning departmental honors in

Biology. In order to receive honors in biology, a student must meet each of the following requirements:


2. Meet the requirements for a BA/BS degree in Biological Sciences.

349

3. Earn a grade point average of 3.50 or above in the major requirements.

4. During the senior year of their academic program, the student must gain faculty approval for and complete, with a grade of B

or better, a senior thesis research project, with enrollment in BIOL A499 Senior Thesis. Biological Science faculty members must

approve the project proposal and final written report.

Bachelor of Arts, Biological Sciences Admission Requirements Complete the Admission to Baccalaureate Programs Requirements in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations.

Academic Progress To graduate with a BA in Biological Sciences, the student must complete all courses covered under Major Requirements for a BA in

Biological Sciences with a grade of C or better. All prerequisites for Biology courses must be completed with a grade of C or better.

Students who audit, or are unable to earn a grade of C or better in, a lower‐division (100 or 200 level) course in the Department of

Biological Sciences (BIOL) may repeat the course two additional times on a space available basis. Students who audit, or are unable

to earn a grade of C or better in, an upper‐division (300 or 400 level) course in the Department of Biological Sciences may repeat the

course one additional time on a space available basis. Students repeating a course in the Department of Biological Sciences are

required to complete all components of that course during the semester in which the course is retaken. When repeating a course

with a lecture and laboratory component, both components must be repeated.


A. General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for All Baccalaureate Degrees located at the beginning of this chapter.


C. College of Arts and Sciences Requirements Complete the College of Arts and Sciences Requirements listed at the beginning of the CAS section.

D. Major Requirements 1. Complete these required core courses (35‐36):

BIOL A115/L Fundamentals of Biology I

with Laboratory 4

BIOL A116/L Fundamentals of Biology II

with Laboratory 4

BIOL A242/L Fundamentals of Cell Biology

with Laboratory 4

BIOL A252/L Principles of Genetics with Laboratory 4

BIOL A271/L Principles of Ecology with Laboratory 4

BIOL A308 Principles of Evolution 3

BIOL A492 Undergraduate Seminar 1

CHEM A105 General Chemistry I 3

CHEM A105L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1

CHEM A106 General Chemistry II 3

CHEM A106L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1

STAT A252 Elementary Statistics (3) 3‐4

or

STAT A253 Applied Statistics for the Sciences (4)

350

or

STAT A307 Probability and Statistics (4)

2. Complete 15‐17 credits of upper division program

electives from the following 4 areas. At least one course

must come from each area*.

Cellular‐Molecular

BIOL A340 General Microbiology (3)

BIOL A403 Microtechnique (4)

BIOL A451 Applied Microbiology (3)

BIOL A452 Human Genome (integrative capstone) (3)

BIOL A461 Molecular Biology (3)

BIOL A461L Molecular Biology Laboratory (3)

BIOL/

CHEM A471 Immunochemistry (4)

BIOL A488 Developmental Biology (4)

Ecology‐Evolution

BIOL A309 Biogeography (3)

BIOL A373 Conservation Biology (3)

BIOL A378 Marine Biology (integrative capstone) (3)

BIOL A430 Marine Mammal Biology (4)

BIOL A441 Animal Behavior (4)

BIOL A445 Plant‐Herbivore Ecology (4)

BIOL A450 Microbial Ecology (3)

BIOL A477 Tundra and Taiga Ecosystems (3)

BIOL A478 Biological Oceanography (4)

BIOL A479 Physiological Plant Ecology (3)

BIOL A489 Population Genetics and Evolutionary Processes (integrative capstone) (3)

Organismal

BIOL A331 Systematic Botany (4)

BIOL A333 Biology of Non‐Vascular Plants (4)

BIOL A334 Biology of Vascular Plants (4)

BIOL A340 General Microbiology

BIOL A423 Ichthyology (4)

BIOL A425 Mammalogy (3)

BIOL A426 Ornithology (4)

BIOL A427 Invertebrate Zoology (4)


Physiology

BIOL A310 Principles of Physiology (4)

BIOL A316 Introduction to Plant Physiology (3)

BIOL A415 Comparative Animal Physiology (3)


BIOL A487 Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates (4)

*Several courses are listed under more than one area. Each course

can only count toward the credit requirement in one area.

3. The following may be taken for upper division elective credit in addition

351

to the 15‐17 credits required as stated in 2 above.

ASTR/

BIOL A365 Astrobiology (integrative capstone) (3)

BIOL/CHEM

PHYS A456 Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos (integrative capstone) (3)

BIOL A490 Selected Lecture Topics in Biology (1‐3)

BIOL A490L Selected Laboratory Topics in Biology (1‐3)

BIOL A495 Instructional Practicum: Laboratory (1)

BIOL A497 Independent Study in Biology (1‐12)

BIOL A498 Individual Research (1‐6)

BIOL A499 Senior Thesis (3)

4. It is recommended that students complete 8 credits

from the following: 8


GEOL A221 Historical Geology (4)

or

PHYS A123 Basic Physics I (3)

and

PHYS A123L Basic Physics I Laboratory (1)

PHYS A124 Basic Physics II (3)

and

PHYS A124L Basic Physics II Laboratory (1)

or

PHYS A211 General Physics I (3)

and

PHYS A211L General Physics I Laboratory (1)

PHYS A212 General Physics II (3)

and

PHYS A212L General Physics II Laboratory (1)

5. Students enrolled in a laboratory in the Department of Biological Sciences must attend lab the first week of class or they

may be administratively dropped.


Bachelor of Science, Biological Sciences The Bachelor of Science degree includes a single core program of coursework with two areas of study. Completing courses from the

cellular and molecular biology area prepares students for professional careers in areas such as medicine, dentistry and veterinary

science. Completing courses from the organismal, ecology, and evolutionary area prepares students for careers in environmental,

organismal, and evolutionary biology. A wide selection of electives is available to all students, including courses offered under

BIOL A490, which is a selected topics course. It is imperative that students consult their academic advisors within the Department

of Biological Sciences to determine which electives are most appropriate to their career interests. Some of these elective courses are

offered periodically, depending on demand. Refer to course descriptions to identify these courses.

Admission Requirements Complete the Admission to Baccalaureate Programs Requirements in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations.

352

Academic Progress To graduate with a BS in Biological Sciences, the student must complete all courses covered under Major Requirements for a BS in





course one additional time on a space available basis. Students repeating a course in the Department of Biological Sciences are







D. Major Requirements 1. Some major requirements may also be used to satisfy the College of Arts and Sciences BS requirements.

2. Complete these required support courses (39 credits):





CHEM A321 Organic Chemistry I 3

CHEM A322 Organic Chemistry II 3

CHEM A323L Organic Chemistry Laboratory 2

MATH A200 Calculus I 4

MATH A201 Calculus II 4

PHYS A123 Basic Physics I (3) 8


and



or



and



STAT A253 Applied Statistics for the

Sciences (4) 4

or


353

STAT A308 Intermediate Statistics for the

Sciences (integrative capstone) 3

or

3 upper division biological sciences credits

*It is recommended that STAT A308 be taken. Students may substitute STAT A308 with 3 upper division Biological Sciences

credits.

3. Complete Biological Sciences core courses (32‐33 credits):


Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4




BIOL A310/L Principles of Physiology with

Laboratory (4) 3‐4

or


BIOL A340 General Microbiology 5



electives from the following list: 11‐12

a. Recommended electives in cellular and molecular biology:






BIOL A462 Virology (3)

BIOL/



Zoology


BIOL A487 Comparative Anatomy of

Vertebrates (4)

Techniques



b. Recommended elective courses in organismal, ecology and evolutionary biology:

Botany



354




Zoology







Ecology‐Systems











BIOL A489 Population Genetics and Evolutionary

Processes (integrative capstone) (3)

Marine Biology






Techniques



c. Special topics, independent study, individual research, other (credits vary):

ASTR/


BIOL/CHEM/



BIOL A490L Selected Laboratory Topics in

Biology (1‐3)




CHEM A441 Principles of Biochemistry I (integrative capstone) (3)

CHEM A442 Principles of Biochemistry II (3)

CHEM A443 Biochemistry Laboratory (2)

355



6. A total of 122‐125 credits is required for the degree, of which 42 credits must be upper division.

Bachelor of Science, Natural Sciences The Department of Biological Sciences also oversees the Bachelor of Science in Natural Sciences. This curriculum emphasizes the

interrelationships among the sciences. A program of study in the Natural Sciences requires that students select an option within the

degree, and complete all courses required within the option, as well as sufficient science elective courses to meet minimum unit

requirements for graduation. Students accepted into this flexible degree program select one of three options: the General Sciences

Option is designed for students who are interested in understanding the interrelationships among various scientific fields, or in

teaching science at the secondary level. The Pre‐Health Professions Option is designed to meet the admission requirements of

specific professional schools in medicine, dentistry, and veterinary medicine. The Environmental Sciences Option is designed to

prepare students for graduate school or for employment in the private or public sector.

For a complete program description see the Natural Sciences section of this chapter.

Minor, Biological Sciences Students majoring in another subject who wish to minor in Biological Sciences must complete the following requirements. A total of

28 credits is required for the minor, 12 of which must be upper division.

BIOL A115/L Fundamentals of Biology I with Laboratory 4

BIOL A116/L Fundamentals of Biology II with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4


Upper division Biological Sciences electives 12

FACULTY

Lilian Alessa, Professor, [email protected]

Raymond Bailey, Professor, [email protected]

Marilyn Barker, Affl. Associate Professor, [email protected]

Loren Buck, Professor, [email protected]

Jason Burkhead, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Jennifer Moss Burns, Professor, [email protected]

Douglas Causey, Professor, [email protected]

Matt Carlson, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Khrys Duddleston, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Sarah Gerken, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Martha Hatch, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Timothy Hinterberger, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Miki Ii, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Andy Kliskey, Professor, [email protected]

Cindy Knall, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Jocelyn Krebs, Professor, [email protected]

Jerry Kudenov, Professor, [email protected]

Richard Kullberg, Professor Emeritus, [email protected]

Andrew Kulmatiski, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Kristine Mann, Professor Emeritus, [email protected]

Dean Milligan, Professor Emeritus, [email protected]

Jesse Owens, Associate Professor, [email protected]

356

Kim Peterson, Professor, [email protected]

David Pfeiffer, Professor, [email protected]

Quentin Reuer, Professor, [email protected]

Donald Spalinger, Professor, [email protected]

Bjartmar Sveinbjörnsson, Professor, [email protected]

Ian van Tets, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Frank von Hippel, Professor, [email protected]

357

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES ConocoPhillips Integrated Sciences Building (CPSB), Room 101P,

(907) 786-4770

http://biology.uaa.alaska.edu

The WWAMI/Biomedical program may be found at

http://biomed.uaa.alaska.edu.

Biology is the science concerned with the study of living organisms. It encompasses a vast range of biological disciplines, from the

study of microbes and molecular biology to the study of plants, animals and the environment. The undergraduate program in the

Biological Sciences includes courses that provide students with a broad understanding of both traditional and modern biological

sciences. These courses are suitable as preparation for professional degrees, teaching, or careers in government or industry. Both the

Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degrees are available for undergraduates. A Master of Science degree program in

Biological Sciences as well as a joint UAA‐UAF Doctor of Science degree program is available for students already holding a

baccalaureate degree.

A program of study in the biological sciences requires completion of a basic science core curriculum in the chemical, physical and

mathematical sciences as well as required and elective courses in the biological sciences. Two general divisions are recognized in the

biology program: the cell‐molecular and the organismal‐ecology‐evolution areas. The cell‐molecular area focuses on pre‐

professional sciences for students wishing to pursue careers in medicine, dentistry, and veterinary medicine, or who wish to attend

graduate school. The organismal‐ecology‐evolution area is a more diversified curriculum emphasizing environmental, organismal,

evolutionary, and general biological sciences preparatory for graduate school or for employment in the private or public sector.

Students are strongly encouraged to consult with their academic advisors within the Department of Biological Sciences to determine

which electives best suit their programmatic needs and career requirements.

The Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degree programs require a total of 124‐125 credits for graduation and can be

completed in four years by students who have had adequate high school preparation in math and sciences. Refer to the beginning of

this chapter for recommended high school courses.

Program Objectives and Expected Outcomes Objectives The curriculum of the UAA Biological Sciences program is designed to produce graduates who have:

1. A basic knowledge of the principles relating to the biological sciences with an emphasis in either molecular or organismal biology.

2. The ability to think critically, dissect problems, and offer solutions.

3. Developed written and oral communications skills consistent with a career in biological sciences.

4. Developed sufficient competency in knowledge and skills to obtain employment as an entry‐level biologist and be able to

progress professionally within the discipline.

5. Developed a mental attitude that learning is a lifetime occupation to maintain relevancy in the biological profession.


In keeping with the objectives, it is expected that graduates of the Biological Sciences program will have the ability to:

1. Apply their knowledge of general biology to the workplace or higher education pursuits.

12. Accept challenges and think through problems until solutions are derived and effectively communicate the solutions to

supervisors.

23. Design and conduct projects that include fieldwork, laboratory analyses, and interpretation in the discipline.

4. Recognize that education does not stop at graduation, but looks to continuing education as a professional responsibility.


358

Community Service Courses The department offers a wide range of community service courses as a service to the people in the Anchorage area and extended

campuses who wish to become more knowledgeable about the science of biology and how it relates to them. Unless noted otherwise

in the course description, community service courses do not satisfy either core requirements or elective credit towards any degree

programs in the biological sciences. All are offered as demand warrants.

BIOL A074 Field Natural History

BIOL A075 Local Flora

BIOL A100 Human Biology

BIOL A124 Biota of Alaska: Selected Topics

BIOL A126 Birds in Field and Laboratory

Departmental Honors in Biology Undergraduate Biological Science majors may be recognized for exceptional performance by earning departmental honors in

Biology. In order to receive honors in biology, a student must meet each of the following requirements:


2. Meet the requirements for a BA/BS degree in Biological Sciences.

3. Earn a grade point average of 3.50 or above in the major requirements.

4. During the senior year of their academic program, the student must gain faculty approval for and complete, with a grade of B

or better, a senior thesis research project, with enrollment in BIOL A499 Senior Thesis. Biological Science faculty members must

approve the project proposal and final written report.

Bachelor of Arts, Biological Sciences Admission Requirements Complete the Admission to Baccalaureate Programs Requirements in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations.

Academic Progress To graduate with a BA in Biological Sciences, the student must complete all courses covered under Major Requirements for a BA in


Students who audit a course in Biology or who are unable to earn a grade of C or better in the course may repeat the course.




course twoone additional times on a space available basis. Students repeating a course in the Department of Biological Sciences are







359

D. Major Requirements 1. Complete these required core courses (35‐36):


with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4


BIOL A310/L Principles of Physiology with 3‐4

Laboratory (4)

or


or









STAT A252 Elementary Statistics (3) 3‐4

or


or


2. Complete at least 15‐17 credits of upper division program

electives from the following 4 areas. At least one course

must come from each area*.








BIOL/



Ecology‐Evolution








360




BIOL A489 Population Genetics and Evolutionary Processes (integrative capstone) (3)

Organismal




BIOL A340 General Microbiology






Physiology






*Several courses are listed under more than one area. Each course

can only count toward the credit requirement in one area.

3. The following may be taken for upper division elective credit in addition

to the 15‐17 credits required as stated in 2 above.

ASTR/


BIOL/CHEM



BIOL A490L Selected Laboratory Topics in Biology (1‐3)





4. It is recommended that students complete 8 credits

from the following: 8


GEOL A221 Historical Geology (4)

or

PHYS A123 Basic Physics I (3)

and



and


361

or


and



and



electives from the following areas:

Ecology 3‐4

Microbiology 4‐5

Biology electives 8




Bachelor of Science, Biological Sciences The Bachelor of Science degree includes a single core program of coursework with two areas of study. Completing courses from the

cellular and molecular biology area prepares students for professional careers in areas such as medicine, dentistry and veterinary

science. Completing courses from the organismal, ecology, and evolutionary area prepares students for careers in environmental,

organismal, and evolutionary biology. A wide selection of electives is available to all students, including courses offered under

BIOL A394 and BIOL A490, which are is a selected topics courses. It is imperative that students consult their academic advisors

within the Department of Biological Sciences to determine which electives are most appropriate to their career interests. Some of

these elective courses are offered periodically, depending on demand. Refer to course descriptions to identify these courses.

Admission Requirements Complete the Admission to Baccalaureate Programs Requirements in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations.

Academic Progress To graduate with a BS in Biological Sciences, the student must complete all courses covered under Major Requirements for a BS in





course onetwo additional times on a space available basis. Students who audit a course in Biology or who are unable to earn a grade

of C or better in the course may repeat the course. Students repeating a course in the Department of Biological Sciences are required

to complete all components of that course during the semester in which the course is retaken. When repeating a course with a

lecture and laboratory component, both components must be repeated.




362


D. Major Requirements 1. Some major requirements may also be used to satisfy the College of Arts and Sciences BS requirements.

2. Complete these required support courses (39 credtiits):





CHEM A321 Organic Chemistry I 3

CHEM A322 Organic Chemistry II 3

CHEM A323L Organic Chemistry Laboratory 2

MATH A200 Calculus I 4

MATH A201 Calculus II 4



and



or



and



STAT A253 Applied Statistics for the

Sciences (4) 4

or



Sciences (integrative capstone)* 3

or

3 upper division biological sciences credits

*It is recommended that STAT A308 be taken. Students may substitute STAT A308 with 3 upper division Biological Sciences

credits. STAT A308 is an integrated capstone course.

3. Complete Biological Sciences core courses (32‐33 credits):


Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4




BIOL A310/L Principles of Physiology with

Laboratory (4) 3‐4

363

or


or


BIOL A340 General Microbiology 5



electives from the following list: 11‐12

Note: Preprofessional students may substitute CHEM A441‐A442 Principles of Biochemistry and CHEM A443 Biochemistry

Laboratory for 8 upper division biology credits.

a. Recommended electives in cellular and molecular biology:



BIOL A452 Human Genome* (integrative capstone) (3)




BIOL/



Zoology


BIOL A487 Comparative Anatomy of

Vertebrates (4)

Techniques



b. Recommended elective courses in organismal, ecology and evolutionary biology:

Botany






Zoology







Ecology‐Systems




364









Processes *(integrative capstone) (3)

Marine Biology






Techniques



c. Special topics, independent study, and individual research, other (credits vary):

ASTR/


BIOL/CHEM/



BIOL A490L Selected Laboratory Topics in

Biology (1‐3)




CHEM A441 Principles of Biochemistry I (integrative capstone) (3)



*Integrative capstone courses




Bachelor of Science, Natural Sciences The Department of Biological Sciences also oversees the Bachelor of Science in Natural Sciences. This curriculum emphasizes the

interrelationships among the sciences. A program of study in the Natural Sciences requires that students select an option within the

degree, and complete all courses required within the option, as well as sufficient science elective courses to meet minimum unit

requirements for graduation. Students accepted into this flexible degree program select one of three options: the General Sciences

Option is designed for students who are interested in understanding the interrelationships among various scientific fields, or in

teaching science at the secondary level. The Pre‐Health Professions Option is designed to meet the admission requirements of

specific professional schools in medicine, dentistry, and veterinary medicine. The Environmental Sciences Option is designed to

prepare students for graduate school or for employment in the private or public sector.

365

For a complete program description see the Natural Sciences section of this chapter.

Minor, Biological Sciences Students majoring in another subject who wish to minor in Biological Sciences must complete the following requirements. A total of

28 credits is required for the minor, 12 of which must be upper division.

BIOL A115/L Fundamentals of Biology I with Laboratory 4

BIOL A116/L Fundamentals of Biology II with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4


Upper division Biological Sciences electives 12

FACULTY













Miki Ii, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Andy Kliskey, Professor, [email protected]




Richard Kullberg, Professor Emeritus, [email protected]




Jesse Owens, Associate Professor, [email protected]








366

1a. S A

2. Com

Ba

3. Typ Choos

4. Typ

5. Im

F

6a. C

In D

6b. C

6c. C

7. T

8. J

Wethe slevelspacasses

_______ Initiator

Khry

Appr

Disa

Appr

Disa


mplete Program

achelor of Sc

pe of Program

se one from the a

pe of Action:

mplementation D

From: Fall/201

Coordination with


Coordination Ema

Coordination with

Title and Program

Justification for A

e are implemsemester mayl BIOL coure in courses ssment objec

________________r (faculty only)

s Duddleston Initia

roved


roved

approved

________ Curricul

e

Title/Prefix

cience, Natur

appropriate drop

PROGRAM

Add

Chang

Delete

Date (semester/yea

12 To:

h Affected Units

yped): Khrys D_______

ail submitted to F

h Library Liaison

m Description - P

Action

menting the fy be adminisrses 3 times a

and encouractives and ou

_______________

n tor (TYPE NAME)



Propos

1b. Div AMSC

ral Sciences

down menu:

M

ge

ar)

Fall/9999

Duddleston

Faculty Listserv (

Date: 21D

Please attach the

Cover Memo

following twstratively droand 300 andage reasonabutcomes to t

_______________

________________

_______________ airperson

sal to Initiate

vision

C Division of Ma

UndergraBachelor

Departm

(uaa-faculty@list

DEC11

following:

wo policies (1opped and 2

d 400 level coble progress the catalog c

___________ Date

_ __________ Date

___________ Date

ProgramUnivers

e, Add, Cha

ath Science

aduate:r of Science

PREFIX

Add

Chang

Inactiv

ment, School, or

ts.uaa.alaska.ed

Catalog Copy

1, students w, students mourses (BIOLthrough ouropy.

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved

Approved

Disapproved


1c. Departm

BIOL

or

ge

vate

r College: UAA

Initiat

u) Date

in Word using

who do not amay attempt t

L) 2 times) ir degree prog

d


d


d



ent

Graduate:CHOOSE

A Faculty Li

tor Signed Initial

e: 21Dec11

the track chan

attend BIOL to earn a C oin order to mgrams. We a



_______________signee

est ge gram of Stu

: E ONE

istserve

s: _________

nges function

labs the firsor better in 1maximize avare also addin

________________

________________mic

________________

udy or Prefi

st week of 00 and 200 ailability of ng our

________________ Date

________________ Date

________________ Date

ix

_ e

__ e

__e

367

Bachelor of Science, Natural Sciences Admission Requirements Complete the Admission to Baccalaureate Programs Requirements in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations. Declare the

major (see Major Requirements) and select one of 3 options: General Sciences, Pre‐Health Professions or Environmental Sciences.


It is expected that graduates of the Natural Sciences program will:

1. Demonstrate their knowledge of central conceptual models used in the major thematic areas of natural sciences.

2. Understand vocabulary specific to major thematic areas of the natural sciences.

3. Identify problems, devise solutions and communicate solutions effectively.

Academic Progress To graduate with a BS in Natural Sciences, the student must complete all courses covered under Major Requirements for a BS in

Natural Sciences with a grade of C or better. All prerequisites for courses used to meet the Natural Sciences degree requirements

must be completed with a grade of C or better. Students who audit a course intended to meet the Natural Sciences degree

requirements or who are unable to earn a grade of C or better in the course may repeat the course. Students who audit, or are

unable to earn a grade of C or better in, a lower‐division (100 or 200 level) course in the Department of Biological Sciences (BIOL)

may repeat the course two additional times on a space available basis. Students who audit, or are unable to earn a grade of C or

better in an upper‐division (300 or 400 level) course in the Department of Biological Sciences may repeat the course one additional

time on a space available basis. Students repeating a course in the Department of Biological Sciences are required to complete all

components of that course during the semester in which the course is retaken. When repeating a course with a lecture and

laboratory component, both components must be repeated.


A. General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for all Baccalaureate Degrees located at the beginning of this chapter.

B. General Education Requirements Complete the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees (GERs) listed at the beginning of this chapter.

C. College of Arts and Sciences Requirements Complete the College of Arts and Sciences (CAS) Requirements listed at the beginning of the CAS section. It is recommended

that MATH A200 or MATH A272, STAT A253 or STAT A307, and the computer programming requirements be completed in

the first two years of study.

D. Major Requirements 1. To declare the Bachelor of Science in Natural Sciences as their major, students must meet with an advisor and then apply

to be accepted into the major. To schedule your advising session, contact the Department of Biological Sciences. At the

advising session students are required to:

a. choose one of the three options and

b. file a preliminary program of study with the Department of Biological Sciences.

2. It is strongly recommended that any changes to the preliminary program be reviewed by an advisor to ensure that the final

program of study will meet all requirements for graduation.

3. Students must submit a final Program of Study‐Natural Sciences Degree form signed by their advisor to both the Office of

the Registrar and the Department of Biological Sciences during the semester prior to the semester in which they plan to

368

graduate. All courses listed in the Program of Study‐Natural Sciences Degree form must be approved by the formal

advisor before submitting the form to the Office of the Registrar and the Department of Biological Sciences.

4. No more than 6 credits may come from courses designated as A495, A499 and A498 combined, with no more than 2

credits from A495.

5. No more than 4 credits may be A492, with no more than 2 from the same discipline.

6. Courses not listed as approved for the Natural Sciences degree may be considered by petition, which should be signed by

an advisor.




Note 1: It is suggested that the required science sequences for any option be completed in the first two years of study.

Note 2: Students are encouraged to pay careful attention to prerequisite requirements when designing their program of study.

Note 3: Some courses meet more than one of the requirements (GER, CAS, Major). Consult the beginning of this chapter for information

about GERs and the beginning of the CAS section for information about CAS requirements.

Environmental Sciences Option (80 credits)

1. Complete the following required courses (30 credits):


with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4





GEOL A111/L Physical Geology with Laboratory 4

GEOL A221/L Historical Geology with Laboratory 4

ENVI A211 Environmental Science: Systems

and Processes 3

ENVI A212 Living on Earth: People and the

Environment 3

2. Complete an additional 50 credits of degree electives from the approved course lists for the Environmental Sciences

Option.

a. A minimum of 32 credits must be upper division.

b. A minimum of 20 credits must come from the

following Natural and Physical Sciences Course

List for the Environmental Sciences Option: 20

ASTR/


BIOL/


BIOL/

GEOL A179 Fundamentals of Oceanography

Laboratory (1)

BIOL/

CPLX A200 Introduction to Complexity (3)

BIOL A242 Fundamentals of Cell Biology (4)

369

BIOL A252 Principles of Genetics (4)

BIOL A271 Principles of Ecology (4)

BIOL A308 Principles of Evolution (3)




BIOL A331 Systematic Botany with Laboratory (4)

















BIOL/CHEM/

PHYS A456 Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos

(integrative capstone) (3)








BIOL A490L Selected Laboratory Topics

in Biology (1‐3)

BIOL A492 Undergraduate Seminar (1)

BIOL A495A Internship in the Biological Sciences (3)



CHEM A212 Quantitative Analysis (5)

CHEM A253 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry (3)

CHEM A311 Physical Chemistry: A Biological

Orientation (3)

CHEM A321 Organic Chemistry I (3)

CHEM A322 Organic Chemistry II (3)

CHEM A323L Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)

CHEM A331 Physical Chemistry I (3)

CHEM A332 Physical Chemistry II (3)

CHEM A333L Physical Chemistry Lab (2)

370

CHEM A434 Instrumental Methods (4)

CHEM A441 Principles of Biochemistry I





CHEM A453 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (5)

CHEM A460 Chemical Ecotoxicology (3)

CHEM A492 Undergraduate Seminar (1)

CHEM A498 Individual Research (3)

GEOL A115 Environmental Geology (3)

GEOL A115L Environmental Geology Laboratory (1)

GEOL A190 Introductory Topics in Geology (1‐3)

GEOL A320 Volcanology (3)

GEOL A321 Mineralogy (4)

GEOL A322 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (4)

GEOL A325 Geology of Ore Deposits (3)

GEOL A335 Structural Geology (4)

GEOL A340 Hydrogeology (3)

GEOL A350 Geomorphology (4)

GEOL A360 Geochemistry (3)

GEOL A380 Anchorage Field Studies (3)

GEOL A381 Kenai Peninsula Field Studies (3)

GEOL A382 Geological Field Studies (3)

GEOL A421 Invertebrate Paleontology (4)

GEOL A450 Paleoclimatology and Global Change (3)

GEOL A452 Sedimentology and Stratigraphy (4)

GEOL A454 Glacial and Quaternary Geology (3)

GEOL A455 Permafrost (3)

GEOL A456 Geoarchaeology


GEOL A457 Soil Genesis and Classification (4)

GEOL A460 Environmental Geochemistry (3)

GEOL A475 Environmental Geophysics (3)

GEOL A480 Geological Field Methods (3)

GEOL A481 Alaskan Field Investigations (3)

GEOL A482 Geological Field Investigations (3)

GEOL A490 Advanced Topics in Geology (1‐4)

GEOL A492 Geology Seminar (1)

GEOL A495 Geology Internship (1‐3)

GEOL A498 Student Research (1‐3)

GEOL A499 Senior Thesis (3)

LSIS A201 Life on Earth (5)

LSIS A202 Concepts and Processes: Natural

Sciences (5)

PHYSA123 Basic Physics I* (3)

PHYS A123L Basic Physics I Laboratory* (1)

PHYS A124 Basic Physics II* (3)

371

PHYS A124L Basic Physics II Laboratory* (1)

PHYS A211 General Physics I* (3)

PHYS A211L General Physics I Laboratory* (1)

PHYSA212 General Physics II* (3)

PHYS A212L General Physics II Laboratory* (1)


*Students cannot get credit for both PHYS A123/L and PHYS A211/L or PHYS A124/L and A212/L

c. A minimum of 15 credits must come from the following Math and Computational Skills Course List for the

Environmental Sciences Option: 15

CS A109 Computer Programming

(Languages Vary) (3)

or

CS A110 Java Programming (3)

or

CS A111 Visual Basic .NET Programming (3)

or

CS A201 Programming Concepts I (3)

CS A202 Programming Concepts II (3)

CS A304 Object‐Oriented Analysis

and Modeling (3)

CS A330 Algorithms and Data Structures (3)

CS A351 Automata, Algorithms,

and Complexity (3)

CS A360 Database Systems (3)

CS A385 Computer Graphics (3)

CS A405 Artificial Intelligence (3)

CS A407 Evolutionary Computing (3)

GEO A157 Analytical and Digital Cartography (3)

GEO A167 Remote Sensing and Image Analysis (3)

GEO A248 Digital Terrain Cartography (3)

GEO A257 Elements of Photogrammetry (3)

GEO A359 Geodesy and Map Projections (3)

GEO A459 Geodetic Geomatics (3)

GEO A467 Analytical and Digital

Photogrammetry (3)

GIS A268 Elements of Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) (4)

GIS A295 Internship in Geographic Information

Systems I (3)

GIS A366 Spatial Information Analysis

and Modeling (3)

GIS A367 GIS and Remote Sensing (3)

GIS A370 GIS and Remote Sensing for the

Natural Resources (3)

GIS A433 Coastal Mapping (3)

GIS A458 Design and Management of Spatial

Information (3)

372

GIS A468 Integration of Geomatics

Technologies (3)


Systems II (3)

MATH A200 Calculus I (4)

or

MATH A272 Applied Calculus (3)

MATH A201 Calculus II (4)

MATH A202 Calculus III (4)

MATH A215 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs (3)

MATH A231 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics (3)

MATH A302 Ordinary Differential Equations (3)

MATH A303 Introduction to Modern Algebra (3)

MATH A305 Introduction to Geometrics (3)

MATH A306 Discrete Methods (3)

MATH A314 Linear Algebra (3)

MATH A321 Analysis of Several Variables (3)

MATH A324 Advanced Calculus (3)

MATH A371 Stochastic Processes (3)

MATH A407 Mathematical Statistics I (3)

MATH A408 Mathematical Statistics II (3)

MATH A410 Introduction to Complex Analysis (3)

MATH A422 Partial Differential Equations (3)


or



Sciences (integrative capstone) (3)

STAT A402 Scientific Sampling (3)

STAT A403 Regression Analysis (3)

STAT A404 Analysis of Variance (3)

STAT A405 Nonparametric Statistics (3)

STAT A407 Time Series Analysis (3)

STAT A408 Multivariate Statistics (3)

STAT A490 Selected Topics in Statistics (1‐3)

d. A minimum of 9 credits must come from the following Social Sciences Course List for the Environmental Sciences

Option: 9

ANTH A101 Introduction to Anthropology (3)

ANTH A202 Cultural Anthropology (3)

ANTH A205 Biological Anthropology (3)

ANTH A335 Native North Americans (3)

ANTH A354 Culture and Ecology (3)

ANTH A415 Applied Anthropology (3)

ANTH A445 Evolution of Humans and Disease (3)

CEL A292 Introduction to Civic Engagement (3)

CEL A390 Selected Topics in Civic

Engagement (1‐3)

ECON A201 Principles of Macroeconomics (3)

373

ECON A202 Principles of Microeconomics (3)

ECON A210 Environmental Economics and Policy (3)

ECON A300 The Economy of Alaska (3)

ECON A321 Intermediate Microeconomics (3)

ECON A324 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3)

ECON A435 Natural Resource Economics (3)

ENVI/

PHIL A303 Environmental Ethics (3)

ENVI A470 Environmental Planning and

Problem Solving (4)

ENVI A490 Topics in Environment and Society (3)

GEOG A101 Local Places/Global Regions: An

Introduction to Geography (3)

LSSS A311 People, Places and Ecosystems (3)

SOC A101 Introduction to Sociology (3)

SOC A404 Environmental Sociology (3)

Pre‐Health Professions Option (80 credits)



with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4





PHYS A123 Basic Physics I 3

PHYS A123L Basic Physics I Laboratory 1

PHYS A124 Basic Physics II 3

PHYS A124L Basic Physics II Laboratory 1

2. Complete an additional 56 credits of degree electives from the approved course lists for the Pre‐Health Professions

Option.


b. A minimum of 24 credits must come from the following Natural Sciences Course List for the Pre‐Health Professions

Option: 24

BIOL A111/L Human Anatomy and Physiology I

with Laboratory (4)

BIOL A112/L Human Anatomy and Physiology II

with Laboratory (4)

BIOL/


BIOL A240 Introductory Microbiology for Health

Sciences (4)

or




374







BIOL/CHEM/

PHYS A456 Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos* (3)




BIOL/








in Biology (1‐3)






Orientation (3)












c. A minimum of (15) credits must come from the

following Social Sciences Course List for the

Pre‐Health Professions Option: 15



ANTH A324 Psychological Anthropology (3)

ANTH A365 Modern Human Biological

Diversity (3)


ANTH A455 Medical Anthropology (3)

375

AHTH A457 Food and Nutrition: An

Anthropological Perspective (3)

ANTH A485 Human Osteology (4)

ANTH A486 Applied Human Osteology (3)

ANTH A490 Selected Topics in Anthropology (1‐3)



HS A220 Core Concepts in Health Sciences (3)

HS A210 Introduction to Environmental

Health (3)

HS A230 Introduction to Global Health (3)

HS A326 Introduction to Epidemiology (3)

HS A492 Senior Seminar: Contemporary

Health Policy (integrative capstone) (3)

PHIL A302 Biomedical Ethics (3)

PSY A111 General Psychology (3)

PSY A143 Death and Dying (3)

PSY A150 Lifespan Development (3)

PSY A245 Child Development (3)

PSY A245L Child Development Laboratory (1)

PSY A260 Statistics for Psychology (3)

PSY A260L Statistics for Psychology Lab (1)

PSY A261 Research Methods in Psychology (4)

PSY A345 Abnormal Psychology (3)

PSY A355 Learning and Cognition (4)

PSY A366 Perception (3)

PSY A368 Personality (3)

PSY A370 Biological Psychology


PSY A412 Foundations of Modern Psychology (3)

PSY A420 Conducting Research in Psychology (3)

PSY A425 Clinical Psychology (3)

PSY A428 Evolutionary Psychology (3)

PSY A450 Adult Development and Aging (3)

PSY A453 Application of Statistics to the Social

Sciences (4)

PSY A455 Mental Health Services in Alaska (3)

PSY A485 Health Psychology (3)

PSY A498 Individual Research (3)

d. A minimum of 9 credits must come from the following Math and Computational Skills Course List for the Pre‐

Health Professions Option: 9


or






376













MATH A490A Selected Topics in Pure Mathematics (3)

MATH A490B Selected Topics in Applied

Mathematics (3)

MATH A498 Individual Research (1‐3)


or


STAT A308 Intermediate Statistics f or the Sciences









General Sciences Option (80 credits)



with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4









and



or



377

and



2. Complete an additional 48 credits of degree electives. 48

a. The credits may come from the following course lists:

i. Environmental Sciences Option Course Lists (above)

ii. Pre‐Health Professions Course Lists (above)

iii. General Sciences Additional Course List

ASTR A103 Solar System Astronomy (3)

ASTR A103L Solar System Astronomy

Laboratory (1)

ASTR A104 Stars, Galaxies and Cosmology (3)

ASTR A104L Stars, Galaxies and Cosmology

Laboratory (1)

PHYS A311 Intermediate Classical

Mechanics (3)



PHYS/EE A324 Electromagnetics II (3)

PHYS A403 Quantum Mechanics (3)

PHYS A413 Statistical and Thermal

Mechanics (3)

PHYS A498 Individual Research (1‐6)

b. At least 2 of the following disciplines must be represented at the upper division level: Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry,

Geology, Mathematics, Physics, Statistics.

c. Students wishing to meet the National Science Teachers Association Standards for Science Teacher Preparation will

need to meet the following credit requirements within the 48 degree elective credits:

i. Twenty of the 48 credits must come from the following (4 credits each):

Biology (BIOL)

Chemistry (CHEM)

Geology (GEOL)

Astronomy (ASTR)

Physics or Astronomy (PHYS or ASTR) (4)

ii. In addition to the credits listed above (i), at least 17 additional credits must come from one of the following

disciplines such that a minimum of 21 elective credits are taken in a single science discipline.

1. Biology (BIOL) (17)

or

2. Chemistry (CHEM) (17)

or

3. Geology (GEOL) (17)

or

4. Physics/Astronomy (PHYS and/or ASTR) (17)

d. Students wishing to meet the National Science Teachers Association Standards for Science Teacher Preparation with

an emphasis in Physics will be unable to do so while earning a degree in 120‐125 credits. Options are to earn a

degree with greater than 125 credits, or develop a degree plan that meets the majority of the standards’ requirements

and complete the remainder as a post‐Baccalaureate student.

378

e. A minimum of 32 credits must be upper division.

FACULTY









Kristine Crossen, Associate Professor, [email protected]





Eric Holmberg, Professor, [email protected]

John Kennish, Professor, [email protected]

Andrew Kliskey, Professor, [email protected]





Miki Li, Assistant Professor, [email protected]


Jerzy Maselko, Professor, [email protected]


LeeAnn Munk, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Terry Naumann, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Jesse Owens, Professor, [email protected]

James Pantaleone, Professor, [email protected]

Greg Parrish, Professor, [email protected]

Ann Pasch, Emeritus Professor, [email protected]



Travis Rector, Associate Professor, [email protected]



Ram Srinivasan, Professor, [email protected]




Bryce Willems, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

379

Bachelor of Science, Natural Sciences Admission Requirements Complete the Admission to Baccalaureate Programs Requirements in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations. Declare the

major (see Major Requirements) and select one of 3 options: General Sciences, Pre‐Health Professions or Environmental Sciences.

Program Objectives and Expected Outcomes Objectives The curriculum of the UAA Natural Sciences program is designed to produce graduates who have:

1. A basic knowledge of the vocabulary and principles relating to the natural sciences.

2. The ability to think critically, dissect problems, and offer solutions.

3. Developed written and oral communications skills.


In keeping with the objectives, itIt is expected that graduates of the Natural Sciences program will :

1. Demonstrate their knowledge of central conceptual models used in the major thematic areas of natural sciences.

2. Understand vocabulary specific to major thematic areas of the natural sciences.

3. Identify problems, devise solutions and communicate solutions effectively.Have the ability to accept challenges and think

through problems until solutions are derived and effectively communicate those solutions.

Academic Progress To graduate with a BS in Natural Sciences, the student must complete all courses covered under Major Requirements for a BS in

Natural Sciences with a grade of C or better. All prerequisites for courses used to meet the Natural Sciences degree requirements

must be completed with a grade of C or better. Students who audit a course intended to meet the Natural Sciences degree

requirements or who are unable to earn a grade of C or better in the course may repeat the course. Students who audit, or are

unable to earn a grade of C or better in, a lower‐division (100 or 200 level) course in the Department of Biological Sciences (BIOL)

may repeat the course two additional times on a space available basis. Students who audit, or are unable to earn a grade of C or

better in, an upper‐division (300 or 400 level) course in the Department of Biological Sciences may repeat the course onetwo

additional times on a space available basis. Students repeating a course in the Department of Biological Sciences are required to

complete all components of that course during the semester in which the course is retaken. When repeating a course with a lecture

and laboratory component, both components must be repeated.


A. General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for all Baccalaureate Degrees located at the beginning of this chapter.

B. General Education Requirements Complete the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees (GERs) listed at the beginning of this chapter.

C. College of Arts and Sciences Requirements Complete the College of Arts and Sciences (CAS) Requirements listed at the beginning of the CAS section. It is recommended

that MATH A200 or MATH A272, STAT A253 or STAT A307, and the computer programming requirements be completed in

the first two years of study.


380

D. Major Requirements 1. To declare the Bachelor of Science in Natural Sciences as their major, students must meet with an advisor and then apply

to be accepted into the major. To schedule your advising session, contact the Department of Biological Sciences. At the

advising session students are required to:

a. choose one of the three options and

b. file a preliminary program of study with the Department of Biological Sciences.

2. It is strongly recommended that any changes to the preliminary program be reviewed by an advisor to ensure that the final

program of study will meet all requirements for graduation.

3. Students must submit a final Program of Study‐Natural Sciences Degree form signed by their advisor to both the Office of

the Registrar and the Department of Biological Sciences during the semester prior to the semester in which they plan to

graduate. All courses listed in the Program of Study‐Natural Sciences Degree form must be approved by the formal

advisor before submitting the form to the Office of the Registrar and the Department of Biological Sciences.

4. No more than 6 credits may come from courses designated as A495, A499 and A498 combined, with no more than 2

credits from A495.

5. No more than 4 credits may be A492, with no more than 2 from the same discipline.

6. Courses not listed as approved for the Natural Sciences degree may be considered by petition, which should be signed by

an advisor.




Note 1: It is suggested that the required science sequences for any option be completed in the first two years of study.

Note 2: Students are encouraged to pay careful attention to prerequisite requirements when designing their program of study.

Note 3: Some courses meet more than one of the requirements (GER, CAS, Major). Consult the beginning of this chapter for information

about GERs and the beginning of the CAS section for information about CAS requirements.

Environmental Sciences Option (80 credits)



with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4







ENVI A211 Environmental Science: Systems

and Processes 3

ENVI A212 Living on Earth: People and the

Environment 3

2. Complete an additional 50 credits of degree electives from the approved course lists for the Environmental Sciences

Option.


381

b. A minimum of 20 credits must come from the

following Natural and Physical Sciences Course

List for the Environmental Sciences Option: 20

ASTR/


BIOL/


BIOL/

GEOL A179 Fundamentals of Oceanography

Laboratory (1)

BIOL/




BIOL A271 Principles of Ecology (4)

BIOL A308 Principles of Evolution (3)




BIOL A331 Systematic Botany with Laboratory (4)

















BIOL/CHEM/

PHYS A456 Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos










in Biology (1‐3)

382






CHEM A253 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry (3)


Orientation (3)




CHEM A331 Physical Chemistry I (3)

CHEM A332 Physical Chemistry II (3)

CHEM A333L Physical Chemistry Lab (2)







CHEM A453 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (5)




GEOL A115 Environmental Geology (3)

GEOL A115L Environmental Geology Laboratory (1)

GEOL A190 Introductory Topics in Geology (1‐3)

GEOL A320 Volcanology (3)

GEOL A321 Mineralogy (4)

GEOL A322 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (4)

GEOL A325 Geology of Ore Deposits (3)

GEOL A335 Structural Geology (4)

GEOL A340 Hydrogeology (3)

GEOL A350 Geomorphology (4)

GEOL A360 Geochemistry (3)

GEOL A380 Anchorage Field Studies (3)

GEOL A381 Kenai Peninsula Field Studies (3)

GEOL A382 Geological Field Studies (3)

GEOL A421 Invertebrate Paleontology (4)

GEOL A450 Paleoclimatology and Global Change (3)

GEOL A452 Sedimentology and Stratigraphy (4)

GEOL A454 Glacial and Quaternary Geology (3)

GEOL A455 Permafrost (3)

GEOL A456 Geoarchaeology


GEOL A457 Soil Genesis and Classification (4)

GEOL A460 Environmental Geochemistry (3)

GEOL A475 Environmental Geophysics (3)

383

GEOL A480 Geological Field Methods (3)

GEOL A481 Alaskan Field Investigations (3)

GEOL A482 Geological Field Investigations (3)

GEOL A490 Advanced Topics in Geology (1‐4)

GEOL A492 Geology Seminar (1)

GEOL A495 Geology Internship (1‐3)

GEOL A498 Student Research (1‐3)

GEOL A499 Senior Thesis (3)

LSIS A201 Life on Earth (5)

LSIS A202 Concepts and Processes: Natural

Sciences (5)

PHYSA123 Basic Physics I* (3)

PHYS A123L Basic Physics I Laboratory* (1)

PHYS A124 Basic Physics II* (3)

PHYS A124L Basic Physics II Laboratory* (1)

PHYS A211 General Physics I* (3)

PHYS A211L General Physics I Laboratory* (1)

PHYSA212 General Physics II* (3)

PHYS A212L General Physics II Laboratory* (1)


*Students cannot get credit for both PHYS 123/L and PHYS 211/L or PHYS 124/L and 212/L

c. A minimum of 15 credits must come from the following Math and Computational Skills Course List for the

Environmental Sciences Option: 15

CS A109 Computer Programming

(Languages Vary) (3)

or

CS A110 Java Programming (3)

or

CS A111 Visual Basic .NET Programming (3)

or

CS A201 Programming Concepts I (3)

CS A202 Programming Concepts II (3)

CS A304 Object‐Oriented Analysis

and Modeling (3)

CS A330 Algorithms and Data Structures (3)

CS A351 Automata, Algorithms,

and Complexity (3)

CS A360 Database Systems (3)

CS A385 Computer Graphics (3)

CS A405 Artificial Intelligence (3)

CS A407 Evolutionary Computing (3)

GEO A157 Analytical and Digital Cartography (3)

GEO A167 Remote Sensing and Image Analysis (3)

GEO A248 Digital Terrain Cartography (3)

GEO A257 Elements of Photogrammetry (3)

GEO A359 Geodesy and Map Projections (3)

GEO A459 Geodetic Geomatics (3)

384

GEO A467 Analytical and Digital

Photogrammetry (3)

GIS A268 Elements of Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) (4)


Systems I (3)

GIS A366 Spatial Information Analysis

and Modeling (3)

GIS A367 GIS and Remote Sensing (3)

GIS A370 GIS and Remote Sensing for the

Natural Resources (3)

GIS A433 Coastal Mapping (3)

GIS A458 Design and Management of Spatial

Information (3)

GIS A468 Integration of Geomatics

Technologies (3)


Systems II (3)


or



















or



Sciences (integrative capstone) (3)








385

d. A minimum of 9 credits must come from the following Social Sciences Course List for the Environmental Sciences

Option: 9


ANTH A202 Cultural Anthropology (3)


ANTH A335 Native North Americans (3)

ANTH A354 Culture and Ecology (3)

ANTH A415 Applied Anthropology (3)


CEL A292 Introduction to Civic Engagement (3)

CEL A390 Selected Topics in Civic

Engagement (1‐3)



ECON A210 Environmental Economics and Policy (3)

ECON A300 The Economy of Alaska (3)

ECON A321 Intermediate Microeconomics (3)

ECON A324 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3)

ECON A435 Natural Resource Economics (3)

ENVI/

PHIL A303 Environmental Ethics (3)

ENVI A470 Environmental Planning and

Problem Solving (4)

ENVI A490 Topics in Environment and Society (3)

GEOG A101 Local Places/Global Regions: An

Introduction to Geography (3)

LSSS A311 People, Places and Ecosystems (3)

SOC A101 Introduction to Sociology (3)

SOC A404 Environmental Sociology (3)

Pre‐Health Professions Option (80 credits)



with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4





PHYS A123 Basic Physics I 3

PHYS A123L Basic Physics I Laboratory 1

PHYS A124 Basic Physics II 3

PHYS A124L Basic Physics II Laboratory 1

2. Complete an additional 56 credits of degree electives from the approved course lists for the Pre‐Health Professions

Option.


386

b. A minimum of 24 credits must come from the following Natural Sciences Course List for the Pre‐Health Professions

Option: 24

BIOL A111/L Human Anatomy and Physiology I

with Laboratory (4)

BIOL A112/L Human Anatomy and Physiology II

with Laboratory (4)

BIOL/


BIOL A240 Introductory Microbiology for Health

Sciences (4)

or










BIOL/CHEM/

PHYS A456 Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos* (3)




BIOL/








in Biology (1‐3)






Orientation (3)










387



c. A minimum of (15) credits must come from the

following Social Sciences Course List for the

Pre‐Health Professions Option: 15



ANTH A324 Psychological Anthropology (3)

ANTH A365 Modern Human Biological

Diversity (3)


ANTH A455 Medical Anthropology (3)

AHTH A457 Food and Nutrition: An

Anthropological Perspective (3)

ANTH A485 Human Osteology (4)

ANTH A486 Applied Human Osteology (3)

ANTH A490 Selected Topics in Anthropology (1‐3)



HS A220 Core Concepts in Health Sciences (3)

HS A210 Introduction to Environmental

Health (3)

HS A230 Introduction to Global Health (3)

HS A326 Introduction to Epidemiology (3)

HS A492 Senior Seminar: Contemporary

Health Policy (integrative capstone) (3)

PHIL A302 Biomedical Ethics (3)

PSY A111 General Psychology (3)

PSY A143 Death and Dying (3)

PSY A150 Lifespan Development (3)

PSY A245 Child Development (3)

PSY A245L Child Development Laboratory (1)

PSY A260 Statistics for Psychology (3)

PSY A260L Statistics for Psychology Lab (1)

PSY A261 Research Methods in Psychology (4)

PSY A345 Abnormal Psychology (3)

PSY A355 Learning and Cognition (4)

PSY A366 Perception (3)

PSY A368 Personality (3)

PSY A370 Biological Psychology


PSY A412 Foundations of Modern Psychology (3)

PSY A420 Conducting Research in Psychology (3)

PSY A425 Clinical Psychology (3)

PSY A428 Evolutionary Psychology (3)

PSY A450 Adult Development and Aging (3)

PSY A453 Application of Statistics to the Social

Sciences (4)

388

PSY A455 Mental Health Services in Alaska (3)

PSY A485 Health Psychology (3)

PSY A498 Individual Research (3)

d. A minimum of 9 credits must come from the following Math and Computational Skills Course List for the Pre‐

Health Professions Option: 9


or


















MATH A490A Selected Topics in Pure Mathematics (3)

MATH A490B Selected Topics in Applied

Mathematics (3)

MATH A498 Individual Research (1‐3)


or


STAT A308 Intermediate Statistics f or the Sciences









General Sciences Option (80 credits)



with Laboratory 4


with Laboratory 4


389








and



or



and



2. Complete an additional 48 credits of degree electives. 48

a. The credits may come from the following course lists:

i. Environmental Sciences Option Course Lists (above)

ii. Pre‐Health Professions Course Lists (above)

iii. General Sciences Additional Course List

ASTR A103 Solar System Astronomy (3)

ASTR A103L Solar System Astronomy

Laboratory (1)

ASTR A104 Stars, Galaxies and Cosmology (3)

ASTR A104L Stars, Galaxies and Cosmology

Laboratory (1)

PHYS A311 Intermediate Classical

Mechanics (3)



PHYS/EE A324 Electromagnetics II (3)

PHYS A403 Quantum Mechanics (3)

PHYS A413 Statistical and Thermal

Mechanics (3)

PHYS A498 Individual Research (1‐6)

b. At least 2 of the following disciplines must be represented at the upper division level: Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry,

Geology, Mathematics, Physics, Statistics.

c. Students wishing to meet the National Science Teachers Association Standards for Science Teacher Preparation will

need to meet the following credit requirements within the 48 degree elective credits:

i. Twenty of the 48 credits must come from the following (4 credits each):

Biology (BIOL)

Chemistry (CHEM)

Geology (GEOL)

Astronomy (ASTR)

Physics or Astronomy (PHYS or ASTR) (4)

390

ii. In addition to the credits listed above (i), at least 17 additional credits must come from one of the following

disciplines such that a minimum of 21 elective credits are taken in a single science discipline.

1. Biology (BIOL) (17)

or

2. Chemistry (CHEM) (17)

or

3. Geology (GEOL) (17)

or

4. Physics/Astronomy (PHYS and/or ASTR) (17)

d. Students wishing to meet the National Science Teachers Association Standards for Science Teacher Preparation with

an emphasis in Physics will be unable to do so while earning a degree in 120‐125 credits. Options are to earn a

degree with greater than 125 credits, or develop a degree plan that meets the majority of the standards’ requirements

and complete the remainder as a post‐Baccalaureate student.

e. A minimum of 32 credits must be upper division.

FACULTY









Kristine Crossen, Associate Professor, [email protected]





Eric Holmberg, Professor, [email protected]

John Kennish, Professor, [email protected]

Andrew Kliskey, Professor, [email protected]





Miki Li, Assistant Professor, [email protected]


Jerzy Maselko, Professor, [email protected]


LeeAnn Munk, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Terry Naumann, Associate Professor, [email protected]

Jesse Owens, Professor, [email protected]

James Pantaleone, Professor, [email protected]

Greg Parrish, Professor, [email protected]

Ann Pasch, Emeritus Professor, [email protected]



Travis Rector, Associate Professor, [email protected]

391



Ram Srinivasan, Professor, [email protected]




Bryce Willems, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

392

2/10/12 Paul E. Dunscomb Professor Undergraduate Academic Board Dear Board Members: As per the decision of the UAA Faculty Senate to require all academic programs to publish their student outcomes as part of the catalog copy, I am submitting the necessary Program Action Request to place the Department of History Student Learning Outcomes in the UAA Catalog. We have made no changes in our SLOs, which have been in place and published on the History Department’s website for a number of years now. The Department will send out a coordination email to the Faculty Listserv. Paul E. Dunscomb Dept. of History Assessment Coordinator Student Outcomes: The desired student outcomes for the Department of History are:

Demonstrate the ability to write clear and precise English

Demonstrate advanced level historical research skills (proper use of historical citation style, critical use of primary and secondary sources, adequate research base, ability to frame a good historical question)

Demonstrate advanced historical skills (recognition of significance, cause and effect,

continuity v. discontinuity, historiographical conversancy and perspective, critical and integrative thinking)

393


1b. Division AHUM Division of Humanities

1c. Department

History

2. Complete Program Title/Prefix

HIST

3. Type of Program Choose one from the appropriate drop down menu: Undergraduate: or Graduate: Bachelor of Arts CHOOSE ONE

4. Type of Action: PROGRAM PREFIX

Add Add

Change Change

Delete Inactivate

5. Implementation Date (semester/year)

From: fall/2013 To: spring/9999

6a. Coordination with Affected Units Department, School, or College: CAS

Initiator Name (typed): Paul E. Dunscomb Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________

6b. Coordination Email submitted to Faculty Listserv ([email protected]) Date: 2/13/12

6c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date:

7. Title and Program Description - Please attach the following: Cover Memo Catalog Copy in Word using the track changes function

8. Justification for Action

Compliance with Faculty Senate directives.

__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Paul E. Dunscomb Initiator (TYPE NAME)

Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Approved

Disapproved


Program/Prefix Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage

Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Program of Study or Prefix

394

Draft Policy for award of Posthumous Degrees, 15 June 2011 1

AWARD OF POSTHUMOUS DEGREES

Definition: University of Alaska Anchorage may confer posthumous transcripted degrees and certificates upon students who are deceased prior to but nearing formal completion of all degree requirements of the programs being pursued. Question> Does the policy go into the catalog or just part of it? Which part of it?

A. Eligibility

To be eligible for the award of a University of Alaska Anchorage degree posthumously the student generally must have met the following conditions:

1. At the time of death, the student was enrolled in a degree/certificate program, in

good academic standing, and nearing completion of the work required for award of

the degree/certificate. “Nearing completion” is defined as having completed a

minimum of 75% of the program credits?/requirements. In addition, for graduate

students in thesis/project programs, the student should have made significant

progress in the research/project process as determined by the student’s

committee.(could also say must have successfully submitted a proposal with all

committee signatures)

2. Recommendation for award of the degree/certificate is to be endorsed by the

following:

A) faculty in the student’s major department,

B) the department head, school or college dean/director

C) In the case of graduate students, the endorsement of the Dean of the Graduate

School is also required prior to sending to the Provost.

3. Final approval for awarding of posthumous degrees/certificates shall rest with the

Provost.

B. Approval Process

The process for identifying and considering candidates for the award of degrees posthumously shall be as follows:

1. Upon request that a deceased student be considered for the award of a posthumous

degree/certificate VC of OAA will communicate this information to the appropriate

department, school or college dean/director.

2. The departmental faculty, department head and dean/director will determine if the

student’s overall record merits further consideration and recommendation that the

posthumous award be granted; such information will be jointly reviewed by the OAA

Comment [SM1]: Do we have definitions of enrolled and in good standing so we don’t repeat them here? Another University used the wording Or their continuous enrollment was interrupted by their injury, illness, deployment, etc.

Comment [SM2]: Does family need to endorse this??

Comment [SM3]: These areas considered 1. who initiates… family, school, friend 2. once requested eligibility determined by OAA Vice Chancellor and 3. dept/school has a say even if basic eligibility is ascertained 4. IF eligibility passes both OAA and dept/school then goes to the dean

395

Draft Policy for award of Posthumous Degrees, 15 June 2011 2

3. If the deceased student is determined to be eligible as a candidate for posthumous

award of the degree/certificate being pursued, the Vice Chancellor for OAA , will so

certify to the Provost.

4. After weighing all pertinent information, the Provost will communicate a decision to

posthumously confer a degree to the deceased student’s family, appropriate

dean/director, VC of OAA , Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs, and to the University

Registrar.

C. Awarding of Posthumous Degrees

Upon approval by the Provost the following procedure will be followed:

1. The degree/certificate will be conferred at the next regularly scheduled

commencement exercise.

2. The University Registrar will note the posthumous nature of the award on the

diploma, the student’s permanent record and in the commencement program.

D. Extraordinary Circumstances

Cases that do not meet the above specified criteria may be considered when extraordinary circumstances prevail. In such cases, the appropriate faculty, department head, dean/director, Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs, OAA and the Registrar will be consulted prior to a recommendation being prepared for the Provost’s consideration.

Student dies

OAA receives request

Together OAA/dept

Determine eligibility

NO YES Dept/school notified

Dean/Director

Dean of Grad School

Provost

Comment [SM4]: We felt someone needs to move the process along and be the custodian of where it lives, and that would be OAA not Student Affairs.

Comment [SM5]: Discussion regarding awarding of degree even if family doesn’t/didn’t initiate…still a university decision

Comment [SM6]: Some schools had it on transcript others did not… advantage or disadvantage?

396

Student Dies

Family Generates Request

Faculty Generates Request

Dean of Students Generates Request

OAA Receives Request

Registrar Determines Academic Standing

Department and Dean/Director Review Request and Make a

Recommendation

OAA Decides Not to AwardOAA Notifies Initiators, VC for

Student Affairs, Dean

Provost Certifies the Degree

Award

OAA Reviews Eligibility

EligibleNot Eligible

OAA Notifies Initiators, VC for Student Affairs, Dean, Registrar

Registrar Records the Award

Award made at next Commencement

DRAFT: 9 February 2012

Initiators

397

3211 Providence Drive Anchorage, AK 99508-4614

T 907.786.1050, F 907.786.1426 www.uaa.alaska.edu/academicaffairs/

1

Date: 20 March 2012 To: Undergraduate Academic Board Graduate Academic Board From: Academic Policy Advisory Committee (PAC)

T. Bart Quimby, Chair

RE: Proposed modification of Catalog language regarding course repeats. The PAC has been approached about issues regarding the number of times a student can repeat a course. The PAC has identified UAB and GAB as the appropriate venue for the development of any policy in this area. To initiate this discussion, the PAC has drafted new catalog language to address this issue (see below). In most cases students retake the course to achieve a passing grade, however there are cases of students trying to improve on an earned passing grade for purposes of increasing their GPA.

The problems with this practice seem to be:

These students are often times taking up seats in oversubscribed courses,

Students chances for success in the course are low (for example the student who took a course 15+ times in an attempt to pass) and they need advising to help them either be successful or find another educational alternative.

In discussion, it seems that the problem is primarily with specific courses which tend to be oversubscribed (the first bullet).

Challenges

Experience shows that it is difficult to enforce an enrollment requirement based on number of attempts unless the course is a specialty program requirement and the program is small and shares information about their students’ performance within the program. There is not a Banner option at the time of registration for checking number of times a student has enrolled.

It would be difficult to thoroughly enforce any such policy in a large general education course, or other high demand course with multiple sections and multiple instructors. Consequently any solution should make enforcement a faculty option instead of a hard requirement which would require extensive resources to enforce. This way the requirement could be enforced only where there is a significant problem.

There is some thought that programs could change their program catalog copy to restrict course with their prefix. The problem with this approach is that program catalog copy only applies to admitted majors.

398

2

Possible Solutions

It appears that there are two paths for addressing the problem.

Modify the catalog section on Faculty Initiated Withdrawals to allow faculty to withdraw students who have taken the course at least twice. Faculty would have to do their own check on enrollment history in order to invoke this option.

Modify the registration restrictions for each course with a statement that limits number of times a student may enroll in the course.

Both options could also be pursued. The language should probably capture students who withdrew from the course in addition to those who followed all the way through to a grade. Action Sought The PAC concluded that the first solution could be easily implemented with the second being offered to programs where there are specific course problems. The following suggested catalog copy would address the first bullet. It is requested that the two boards consider this action for inclusion in the Catalog. It would be nice to have in the next catalog, however there would be little harm done if left for the following catalog. Proposed Catalog Copy The highlighted text is the proposed new language. Retaking Courses (currently p. 58) Any course for which a student has received a transcripted grade may be retaken once at the student’s discretion, if the course is available and if permitted by the program offering the course. After a student has retaken a course once, faculty have discretion to initiate a drop or withdrawal of a student who registers for additional retakes. The student’s transcript will reflect all grades earned by the student in each semester in which the course is taken. Only the credits and chronologically last grade earned are applied toward graduation requirements, prerequisite fulfillment and cumulative UAA GPA calculation. The credit/no credit grading option cannot be selected when courses are to be retaken for GPA improvement. Students may not retake a course through credit-by-examination, correspondence, or through work at another college or university for the purpose of raising their grade point average at UAA. To determine eligibility for graduation with honors, all credits and grades from retaken courses are included in GPA calculation. Faculty-Initiated Drop or Withdrawal (currently p. 66) A faculty member may initiate a drop or withdrawal from a class of a student who fails to meet published individual course requirements (see next paragraph). A student who fails to attend class within the first seven calendar days of the semester is also eligible for this action. The deadlines for faculty-initiated drop or withdrawal are the same as for student-initiated drop or withdrawal.

399

3

The requirements which a student must meet include all catalog pre- or co-requisites for the course, as well as other registration restrictions, and attendance requirements established for the class. Faculty have discretion to initiate a drop or withdrawal of a student who has already received a transcripted grade for the course and has already retaken the course once. Faculty may initiate a withdrawal for a student in audit status for a class according to criteria for audit status distributed in the class syllabus. Faculty are not obligated to initiate drops or withdrawal for any reason. Students who need to be excused from first-week attendance must contact the faculty member and receive permission before the first class meeting of the semester.

400

GER Assessment Recommendations

In response to a request from the Office of Academic Affairs to the Faculty Senate for a suggested structure and

funding for General Education Assessment:

A. The General Education Review Committee (GERC) recommends formation of a one‐year General Education Requirements Assessment Task Force (GER Task Force). This task force will be funded through the Office of Academic Affairs. The composition should be of the same nature as the GERC (refer to Faculty Senate

Bylaws), but also include the Chair of the Associate of Arts Assessment Committee, a member of the Faculty

Senate Academic Assessment Committee, and the Director of General Education (see below). Members of

GERC may also serve on the GER Task Force as GER discipline area representatives or unit representatives.

The task force’s charge is to work with faculty involved in general education to develop as assessment plan

for General Education Requirements at UAA. The assessment plan should include use of a Director of

General Education as the primary facilitator of general education assessment. The task force should

consider close alignment with the Associate of Arts degree assessment plan as an option to conserve

university resources.

B. The General Education Review Committee recommends formation of a “Center for General Education” that would report to a Vice‐Provost in the Office of Academic Affairs. The Center for General Education would include a position for a Director of General Education and any necessary support staff. The director position should be established and filled prior to formation of the GER Task Force, and should receive at least a half‐

time course release on his/her faculty workload. The director should become an ex‐officio member of the

GERC and should be a member of the GER Task Force. Depending on the plan adopted by the task force, the

role of the Director of General Education could be as follows:

1. Serve on the GER Task Force as primary investigator/researcher.

2. Lead the development of a General Education Assessment Plan using faculty collaboration.

3. Implement the assessment plan developed by the GER Task Force.

4. Collect, analyze, and interpret data, identifying deficient areas. This task may be delegated as needed to

the Office of Institutional Research.

5. Consult with faculty in each category to determine recommendations for program improvement.

6. Generate assessment report.

7. Present report to GERC for approval or further refinement and subsequent approval.

8. Facilitate implementation of corrective actions recommended in the assessment report.

9. Work with faculty governance (GERC) to refine and update assessment plan as needed.

10. Facilitate regular faculty review of GER Classifications including the nine GER outcomes and the

outcomes of each of the eight classifications.

11. Ensure continuity between the nine General Education outcomes, the outcomes for each of the eight

classifications, the seven Associate of Arts program outcomes, and the five Institutional Learning

Outcomes. Representative faculty in each classification must approve outcomes for their respective

classification.

401

GER Assessment Recommendations

Qualifications for the position of Director of General Education should include: Required:

Qualified for appointment as a member of the UAA Faculty Preferred:

Substantial/significant experience in General Education Substantial/significant experience in Institutional Accreditation Substantial/significant experience in Curriculum Development Substantial/significant experience in Assessment

402

Documents

Undergraduate Academic Board Agenda...March 30, 2012 Undergraduate Academic Board Page 2 Agenda Chg CHEM A311 Physical Chemistry: A Biological Orientation (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 105-110)